雜阿含經 卷第十三Saṃyukta Āgama · Fascicle 13

〔T02 0086c20〕
心要Essence

摩羅迦舅年老出家,請世尊略說。世尊先問他一句:沒見過的色,你會對它起愛嗎?不會。那麼愛從哪裡起?從見過的色起。見是見,愛是見上多出來的。世尊說:「見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量。」〔T02 0090a12〕這一卷三十九經,拿這一句就讀得完。

一、門內沒有人

卷第十一說眼是門,守門不閉門。這一卷說門內沒有人在看。「眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處。如是眼不實而生,生已盡滅,有業報而無作者,此陰滅已,異陰相續,除俗數法。」〔T02 0092c16〕有見,沒有見的人。有業,沒有作業的人。眼、色、識、觸、受、想、思,「此等法名為人」〔T02 0087c28〕——人是這幾樣法的名字。說我眼見色,我耳聞聲,說我叫什麼、活多久,「是則為想,是則為誌,是則言說」〔T02 0088a05〕。名字不假,但名字底下沒有另一個東西。

二、愛是第二個

鹿紐問:什麼是第二住,什麼是一一住?世尊答:眼見可愛色,喜樂,讚歎,繫著;繫著了心歡喜,歡喜了深樂,深樂了貪愛,貪愛了阨礙。這叫第二住。「正使空閑獨處,猶名第二住。所以者何?愛喜不斷不滅故。」〔T02 0088c28〕一個人在林中,愛跟著他,就是兩個。反過來,見色不喜不讚不繫著,「正使處於高樓重閣,猶是一一住者」〔T02 0089a07〕。獨住不在山裡,在愛斷。第二個,從來不是別人,是愛。富樓那去西方輸盧那前,世尊問他:那裡的人罵你、打你、殺你,怎麼辦?他每一答都說那裡的人賢善。見色是一樁,被罵被打是一樁,都是見以見為量。

三、見為量,不是不見

見以見為量,不是不見。眼照樣見色。摩羅迦舅自己廣解:「若眼已見色,而失於正念,則於所見色,而取愛念相。」〔T02 0090a20〕失正念、取相,是多出來的那一步。「見色不取相,其心隨正念,不染惡心愛,亦不生繫著」〔T02 0090a26〕。見了,不取相,就止在見上。經法經說得更實:比丘眼見色,「覺知色而不覺色貪,『我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪』如實知」〔T02 0090c05〕。不是不覺色,是覺色而不覺貪。先有貪、今無貪,自己知道,不靠人告訴。

四、捨心住

六常行:「若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,正念正智捨心住。」〔T02 0093a18〕見色,不隨它苦,不隨它樂,捨心住在那裡,正念正智。這不是六行裡的捨行——捨行是遇到捨境就隨捨境走,還是跟著境轉。捨心住是不跟。世尊說成就這六常行的人,「世間難得」〔T02 0093a27〕,「則為世間無上福田」〔T02 0093b05〕,「當知是舍利弗等」〔T02 0093b13〕。

見以見為量:見到見為止。門內沒有人,愛不來作第二個,見了不取相,捨心住。

Moluojiajiu, gone forth in old age, asks the World-Honored One for a teaching in brief. The World-Honored One first asks him one thing: toward a form you have never seen, would craving arise? It would not. Then where does craving arise from? From forms that have been seen. Seeing is seeing; craving is something added on top of seeing. The World-Honored One says: “In the seen, only the seen as its measure; in the heard, only the heard; in the sensed, only the sensed; in the cognized, only the cognized.” The thirty-nine discourses of this fascicle can be read through with this one sentence.

No One Inside the Door

Fascicle 11 says the eye is a door: guard it without shutting it. This fascicle says there is no one inside the door looking out. “When the eye arises there is no place it comes from; when it ceases there is no place it goes to. Thus the eye arises without substance, and having arisen is wholly extinguished; there is the result of action, but no agent. When this aggregate has ceased, another aggregate continues, apart from conventional reckoning.” There is seeing; there is no one who sees. There is action; there is no one who acts. Eye, forms, consciousness, contact, feeling, perception, volition: “these things are called a person.” A person is the name of these few things. To say my eye sees forms, my ear hears sounds, to say what one is called and how long one lives, “this is a notion, this is a designation, this is a verbal expression.” The names are not false, but beneath the names there is no further thing.

Craving Is the Second

Luniu asks: what is dwelling with a second, what is dwelling alone? The World-Honored One answers: the eye sees a lovely form; one delights, praises, dwells attached; attached, the mind grows glad; glad, it deeply enjoys; deeply enjoying, it craves; craving, it is obstructed. This is called dwelling with a second. “Even if he is alone in a secluded place, it is still called dwelling with a second. Why? Because craving and delight are not cut off, not extinguished.” One man in the forest with craving beside him makes two. Conversely, seeing forms without delighting, praising, or dwelling attached, “even if he lives in a lofty tower of many storeys, he is still one who dwells alone.” Living alone is not in the mountains; it is in the cutting off of craving. The second has never been someone else; it is craving. Before Pūrṇa goes to Shuluna in the west, the World-Honored One asks him: if the people there abuse you, strike you, kill you, what then? In each answer he says the people there are good. Seeing a form is one case; being abused and struck is another; both are only the seen as its measure.

Only the Seen, Not No Seeing

“In the seen, only the seen as its measure” does not mean not seeing. The eye sees forms as before. Moluojiajiu explains it at length himself: “If the eye has seen a form and loses right mindfulness, then toward the form it sees it grasps the sign of fond longing.” Losing right mindfulness and grasping the sign is the step added on. “Seeing forms without grasping signs, the mind following right mindfulness, not stained by craving in an evil mind, not giving rise to attachment.” Having seen, one does not grasp the sign, and stops at the seeing. The Teaching of the Discourses puts it more plainly: a bhikṣu’s eye sees forms, and “he is aware of the form but is not aware of lust for the form; ‘before, my eye-consciousness had lust for forms; now my eye-consciousness has no lust for forms,’ he knows as it really is.” It is not that he is unaware of the form; he is aware of the form and unaware of lust. Lust before, none now: he knows it himself, without being told.

Dwelling with a Mind of Equanimity

The six constant abidings: “if a bhikṣu’s eye sees a form, neither suffering nor pleased, he dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge.” Seeing a form, not following it into suffering, not following it into pleasure, the mind of equanimity dwells there, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. This is not the course of equanimity among the six courses: the course of equanimity meets an object of equanimity and moves along with it, still turning with the object. Dwelling with a mind of equanimity does not follow. The World-Honored One says one who accomplishes these six constant abidings is “rare in the world,” “the unsurpassed field of merit in the world,” “know that he is Śāriputra and his like.”

Only the seen as its measure: seeing goes as far as seeing. No one inside the door, craving does not come as the second, having seen one does not grasp the sign, one dwells with a mind of equanimity.

原典Canonical · verbatim

宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》〈六處相應·卷第十三〉· 大正藏 T02n0099〔起 T02 0086c20〕。段/行首〔T02 …〕=大正藏頁・欄・行錨;「(N)」=底本經序(本卷39經)。

〔T02 0086c20〕雜阿含經卷第十三 宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯 〔T02 0086c23〕(三〇四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘留搜調牛聚落。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當為汝等說法,初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白。諦聽,善思,有六六法。何等為六六法?謂六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六愛身。「何等為六內入處?謂眼入處、耳入處、鼻入處、舌入處、身入處、意入處。何等為六 〔T02 0087a01〕外入處,色入處、聲入處、香入處、味入處、觸入處、法入處。云何六識身?謂眼識身、耳識身、鼻識身、舌識身、身識身、意識身。云何六觸身?謂眼觸、耳觸、鼻觸、舌觸、身觸、意觸。云何六受身?謂眼觸生受、耳觸生受、鼻觸生受、舌觸生受、身觸生受、意觸生受。云何六愛身?謂眼觸生愛、耳觸生愛、鼻觸生愛、舌觸生愛、身觸生愛、意觸生愛。「若有說言眼是我,是則不然。所以者何?眼生滅故,若眼是我者,我應受生死,是故說眼是我者,是則不然。如是若色、若眼識、眼觸、眼觸生受若是我者,是則不然。所以者何?眼觸生受是生滅法,若眼觸生受是我者,我復應受生死,是故說眼觸生受是我者,是則不然,是故眼觸生受非我。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生受非我。所以者何?意觸生受是生滅法,若是我者,我復應受生死,是故意觸生受是我者,是則不然,是故意觸生受非我。「如是,比丘!當如實知眼所作、智所作、寂滅所作,開發神通,正向涅槃。云何如實知見眼所作,乃至正向涅槃?如是。比丘!眼非我,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼亦觀察非我。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說,是名如實知見眼所作,乃至正向涅槃,是名六六法經。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0087a27〕(三〇五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘留搜調牛聚落。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當為汝等說法,初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白,所謂六分別六入處經。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。「何等為六分別六入處經?謂於眼入處不如實知見者,色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,不如實知見;不如實知見故,於眼染著,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,皆生染著。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意,若法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,不如實知見;不如實知見故,生染著。如是染著相應、愚闇、顧念、結縛其心,長養五受陰;及當來有愛,貪、喜,悉皆增長;身心疲惡,身心壞燒然,身心熾然,身心狂亂,身生苦覺;彼身生苦覺故,於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦悉皆增長,是名純一大苦陰聚集。「諸比丘!若於眼如實知見,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,如實知見;見已於眼不染著,若色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,不染著。如是耳、鼻、舌、身、意法如實知見,若法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,如實知見;如實知見故,於意不染著。若法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,不染;不染著故,不相雜、不愚闇、不顧念、不繫縛,損減五受陰;當來有愛,貪、喜,彼彼染著,悉皆消滅;身不疲苦,心不疲苦,身不燒,心不燒,身不熾然,心不熾然,身覺樂,心覺樂;身心覺樂故,於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦悉皆消滅,如是純大苦聚陰滅。「作如是知、如是見者,名為正見修習滿足,正志、正方便、正念、正定,前說正語、正業、正命清淨修習滿足,是名修習八聖道清淨滿足。八聖道修習滿足已,四念處修習滿足,四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺分修習滿足。「若法應知、應了者,悉知、悉了。若法應知、應斷者,悉知、悉斷。若法應知、應作證者,悉皆作證。若法應知、應修習者,悉已修習。何等法應知、應了,悉知、悉了?所謂名色。何等法應知、應斷?所謂無明及有愛。何等法應知、應證?所謂明、解脫。何等法應知、應修?所謂止、觀。若比丘於此法應知、應了,悉知、悉了。若法應知、應斷者,悉知、悉斷。若法應知、應作證者,悉知、悉證。若法應知、應修者,悉知、悉修,是名比丘斷愛結縛,正無間等,究竟苦邊。諸比丘!是名六分別六入處經。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0087c18〕(三〇六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有異比丘獨一靜處,專精思惟,作是念:「比丘云何知、云何見而得見法?」作是思惟已,從禪起,往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!我獨一靜處,專精思惟,作是念:『比丘云何知、云何見而得見法?』」爾時,世尊告彼比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。有二法。何等為二?眼、色為二……」如是廣說,乃至「非其境界故。所以者何?眼、色緣生眼識,三事和合觸,觸俱生受、想、思,此四無色陰、眼、色,此等法名為人,於斯等法作人想、眾生、那羅、摩㝹闍、摩那婆、士夫、福伽羅、耆婆、禪頭。「又如 〔T02 0088a01〕是說:『我眼見色,我耳聞聲,我鼻嗅香,我舌甞味,我身覺觸,我意識法。』彼施設又如是言說:『是尊者如是名、如是生、如是姓、如是食、如是受苦樂、如是長壽、如是久住、如是壽分齊。』比丘!是則為想,是則為誌,是則言說,此諸法皆悉無常、有為、思願緣生;若無常、有為、思願緣生者,彼則是苦。又復彼苦生,亦苦住,亦苦滅,亦苦數數出生,一切皆苦。若復彼苦無餘斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅、息、沒,餘苦更不相續,不出生,是則寂滅,是則勝妙。所謂捨一切有餘、一切愛盡、無欲、滅盡、涅槃。耳、鼻、舌,身觸緣,生身識,三事和合觸,觸俱生受、想、思,此四是無色陰,身根是色陰,此名為人……」如上說,乃至「滅盡,涅槃。緣意,法生意識、三事和合觸,觸俱生受,想、思,此四無色陰、四大,士夫所依,此等法名為人……」如上廣說,乃至「滅盡、涅槃。若有於此諸法,心隨入,住解脫不退轉,於彼所起繫著,無有我。比丘!如是知、如是見,則為見法。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0088a21〕(三〇七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有異比丘獨一靜處,專精思惟,作是念:「云何知、云何見,名為見法?」思惟已,從禪起,往詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!我獨一靜處,專精思惟,作是念:『比丘云何知、云何見,名為見法?』今問世尊,唯願解說。」佛告比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。有二法,眼、色,緣生眼識……」如上廣說。「尊者!如所說偈: 「眼色二種緣,生於心心法, 識觸及俱生,受想等有因, 非我非我所,亦非福伽羅, 亦非摩㝹闍,亦非摩那婆, 是則為生滅,苦陰變易法, 於斯等作想,施設於眾生。 那羅摩㝹闍,及與摩那婆, 亦餘眾多想,皆因苦陰生。 諸業愛無明,因積他世陰, 餘沙門異道,異說二法者。 彼但有言說,聞已增癡惑, 貪愛息無餘,無明沒永滅。 愛盡眾苦息,無上佛眼說。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0088b15〕(三〇八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「諸天、世人於色染著愛樂住,彼色若無常、變易、滅盡,彼諸天、人則生大苦;於聲、香、味、觸、法染著愛樂住,彼法變易、無常、滅盡,彼諸天、人得大苦住。「如來於色、色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離如實知,如實知已,於色不復染著愛樂住,彼色變易、無常、滅盡,則生樂住;於聲、香、味、觸、法,集、滅、味、患、離如實知,如實知已,不復染著愛樂住,彼色變易、無常、滅盡,則生樂住。所以者何?眼、色緣生眼識,三事和合觸,觸緣受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,此三受集,此受滅、此受患、此受離如實知,於彼色因緣生阨礙,阨礙盡已,名無上安隱涅槃。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法緣生意識,三事和合觸,觸緣受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,彼受集、受滅、受味、受患、受離如實知,如實知已,彼法因緣生阨礙,阨礙盡已,名無上安隱涅槃。」爾時,世尊而說偈言: 「於色聲香味,觸法六境界, 一向生喜悅,愛染深樂著。 諸天及世人,唯以此為樂, 變易滅盡時,彼則生大苦。 唯有諸賢聖,見其滅為樂, 世間之所樂,觀察悉為怨。 賢聖見苦者,世間以為樂, 世間之所苦,於聖則為樂。 甚深難解法,世間疑惑生, 大闇所昏沒,盲冥無所見。 唯有智慧者,發朦開大明, 如是甚深句,非聖孰能知, 不還受身者,深達諦明了。」 佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0088c18〕(三〇九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住瞻婆國揭伽池側。爾時,尊者鹿紐來詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!如世尊說,有第二住,有一一住。彼云何第二住?云何一一住?」佛告鹿紐:「善哉!善哉!鹿紐!能問如來如是之義。」佛告鹿紐:「若眼識色可愛、樂、念、可意,長養於欲;彼比丘見已,喜樂,讚歎,繫著住;愛樂、讚歎、繫著住已,心轉歡喜;歡喜已,深樂;深樂已,貪愛;貪愛已,阨礙。歡喜、深樂、貪愛、阨礙者,是名第二住。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。鹿紐!有如是像類比丘,正使空閑獨處,猶名第二住。所以者何?愛喜不斷不滅故。愛欲不斷、 〔T02 0089a01〕不知者,諸佛如來說第二住。「若有比丘於可愛、樂、念、可意、長養於欲色,彼比丘見已,不喜樂,不讚歎,不繫著住;不喜樂、不讚歎、不繫著住已,不歡喜;不歡喜故,不深樂;不深樂故,不貪愛;不貪愛故,不阨礙。不歡喜、深樂、貪愛、阨礙者,是名為一一住。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。鹿紐!如是像類比丘,正使處於高樓重閣,猶是一一住者。所以者何?貪愛已盡、已知故。貪愛已盡、已知者,諸佛如來說名一一住。」爾時,尊者鹿紐聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。 〔T02 0089a12〕(三一〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住瞻婆國揭伽池側。爾時,尊者鹿紐來詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「善哉!世尊!為我說法,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。」佛告鹿紐:「善哉!善哉!鹿紐!能問如來如是之義。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。」佛告鹿紐:「若眼見可愛、樂、可意、可念、長養於欲之色,見已,彼說讚歎,繫著;欣悅、讚歎、繫著已,則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。鹿紐!若有比丘眼見可愛、樂、可念、可意、長養於欲之色,見已,不欣悅,不讚歎,不繫著;不欣悅、不讚歎、不繫著故,不歡喜集;不歡喜集故,則苦滅。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法亦如是說。」爾時,尊者鹿紐聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。爾時,尊者鹿紐聞佛說法教誡已,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至得阿羅漢,心善解脫。 〔T02 0089b01〕(三一一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,尊者富樓那來詣佛所,稽首禮足,退住一面,白佛言:「善哉!世尊!為我說法,我坐獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至自知不受後有。」佛告富樓那:「善哉!善哉!能問如來如是之義。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。若有比丘眼見可愛、可樂、可念、可意、長養欲之色,見已,欣悅,讚歎,繫著;欣悅、讚歎、繫著已,歡喜;歡喜已,樂著;樂著已,貪愛;貪愛已,阨礙。歡喜、樂著、貪愛、阨礙故,去涅槃遠。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。「富樓那!若比丘眼見可愛、樂、可念、可意、長養欲之色,見已,不欣悅,不讚歎,不繫著;不欣悅、不讚歎、不繫著故,不歡喜;不歡喜故,不深樂;不深樂故,不貪愛;不貪愛故,不阨礙。不歡喜、不深樂、不貪愛、不阨礙故,漸近涅槃。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。」佛告富樓那:「我已略說法教,汝欲何所住?」富樓那白佛言:「世尊!我已蒙世尊略說教誡,我欲於西方輸盧那人間遊行。」佛告富樓那:「西方輸盧那人兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵。富樓那!汝若聞彼兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵、毀辱者,當如之何?」富樓那白佛言:「世尊!若彼西方輸盧那國人,面前兇惡、訶罵、毀辱者,我作是念:『彼西方輸盧那人賢善智慧,雖於我前兇惡、弊暴、罵、毀辱我,猶尚不以手、石而見打擲。』」佛告富樓那:「彼西方輸盧那人但兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、罵辱,於汝則可脫,復當以手、石打擲者,當如之何?」富樓那白佛言:「世尊!西方輸盧那人脫以手、石加於我者,我當念言:『輸盧那人賢善智慧,雖以手、石加我,而不用刀杖。』」佛告富樓那:「若當彼人脫以刀杖而加汝者,復當云何?」富樓那白佛言:「世尊!若當彼人脫以刀杖,而加我者,當作是念:『彼輸盧那人賢善智慧,雖以刀杖而加於我,而不見殺。』」佛告富樓那:「假使彼人脫殺汝者,當如之何?」富樓那白佛言:「世尊!若西方輸盧那人脫殺我者,當作是念:『有諸世尊弟子,當厭患身,或以刀自殺,或服毒藥,或以繩自繫,或投深坑;彼西方輸盧那人賢善智慧,於我朽敗之身,以少作方便,便得解脫。』」佛言:「善哉!富樓那!汝善學忍辱,汝今堪能於輸盧那人間住止,汝今宜去度於未度,安於未安,未涅槃者令得涅槃。」爾時,富樓那聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。爾時,尊者富樓那夜過晨朝,著衣持鉢,入舍衛城乞食,食已還出,付囑臥具,持衣鉢去,至西方輸盧那人間遊行。到已,夏安居,為五百優婆塞說法,建立五百僧伽藍,繩床、臥褥、供養眾具悉皆備足。三月過已,具足三明,即於彼處入無餘涅槃。 〔T02 0089c24〕(三一二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,摩羅迦舅來詣佛所,稽首禮足,退坐一面,白佛言:「善哉!世尊!為我說法,我聞法已,獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至不受後有。」爾時,世尊告摩羅迦舅言:「諸年少聰明利根,於我法、律出家未久,於 〔T02 0090a01〕我法、律尚無懈怠,而況汝今日年耆根熟,而欲聞我略說教誡。」摩羅迦舅白佛言:「世尊!我雖年耆根熟,而尚欲得聞世尊略說教誡。唯願世尊為我略說教誡,我聞法已,當獨一靜處,專精思惟,乃至自知不受後有。」第二、第三亦如是請。佛告摩羅迦舅:「汝今且止!」如是再三,亦不為說。爾時,世尊告摩羅迦舅:「我今問汝,隨意答我。」佛告摩羅迦舅:「若眼未曾見色,汝當欲見,於彼色起欲、起愛、起念、起染著不?」答言:「不也,世尊!」「耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法亦如是說。」佛告摩羅迦舅:「善哉!善哉!摩羅迦舅!見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量。」而說偈言: 「若汝非於彼,彼亦復非此, 亦非兩中間,是則為苦邊。」 摩羅迦舅白佛言:「已知。世尊!已知。善逝!」佛告摩羅迦舅:「汝云何於我略說法中廣解其義?」爾時,摩羅迦舅說偈白佛言: 「若眼已見色,而失於正念, 則於所見色,而取愛念相。 取愛樂相者,心則常繫著, 起於種種愛,無量色集生。 貪欲恚害覺,令其心退減, 長養於眾苦,永離於涅槃。 見色不取相,其心隨正念, 不染惡心愛,亦不生繫著。 不起於諸愛,無量色集生, 貪欲恚害覺,不能壞其心。 小長養眾苦,漸次近涅槃, 日種尊所說,離愛般涅槃。 若耳聞諸聲,心失於正念, 而取諸聲相,執持而不捨。 鼻香舌甞味,身觸意念法, 忘失於正念,取相亦復然。 其心生愛樂,繫著堅固住, 起種種諸愛,無量法集生。 貪欲恚害覺,退滅壞其心, 長養眾苦聚,永離於涅槃。 不染於諸法,正智正念住, 其心不染污,亦復不樂著。 不起於諸愛,無量法集生, 貪瞋恚害覺,不退減其心。 眾苦隨損滅,漸近般涅槃, 愛盡般涅槃,世尊之所說。」 是名世尊略說法中廣解其義。佛告摩羅迦舅:「汝真於我略說法中廣解其義。所以者何?如汝所說偈: 「若眼見眾色,忘失於正念, 則於所見色,而取愛念相。」 如前廣說。爾時,尊者摩羅迦舅聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。爾時,尊者摩羅迦舅於世尊略說法中廣解其義已,於獨一靜處,專精思惟,不放逸住,乃至成阿羅漢,心得解脫。 〔T02 0090b27〕(三一三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有經法,諸比丘!崇向,而於經法異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍,正知而說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有』?」諸比丘白佛言:「世尊是法根、法眼、法依。善哉!世尊!唯願廣說,諸比丘聞已,當受奉行。」佛告諸比丘:「諦聽,善思,當為汝說。比丘眼見色已,覺知色而不覺色貪,『我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪』如實知。若比丘眼見於色已,覺知色而不起色貪,覺『我先眼識有貪』,而言『今眼識於色無貪』如實知者,諸比丘!於意云何:彼於此為有信、有欲、有聞、有行思惟、有見審諦忍不?」答言:「不也,世尊!」「歸於此法,如實正知所知所見不?」答言:「如是,世尊!」耳、鼻、舌、身、意法亦如是說。「諸比丘!是名有經法。比丘於此經法崇向,異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍,正知而說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0090c19〕(三一四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「當斷欲,斷眼欲已,眼則已斷、已知,斷其根本,如截多羅樹頭,於未來世永不復生。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0090c25〕(三一五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「若眼生、住、轉出,則苦生、病住、老死出。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。若眼滅、息、沒,苦生則滅,病則息,死則沒。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛 〔T02 0091a01〕所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0091a02〕(三一六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「眼無常,若眼是常者,則不應受逼迫苦,亦應說於眼欲令如是、不令如是。以眼無常故,是故眼受逼迫苦生,是故不得於眼欲令如是、不令如是。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0091a09〕(三一七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「眼苦,若眼是樂者,不應受逼迫苦,應得於眼欲令如是、不令如是,以眼是苦故,受逼迫苦,不得於眼欲令如是、不令如是。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0091a16〕(三一八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「眼非我,若眼是我者,不應受逼迫苦,應得於眼欲令如是、不令如是,以眼非我故,受逼迫苦,不得於眼欲令如是、不令如是。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。如內六入處三經,外六入處三經,亦如是說。 〔T02 0091a24〕(三一九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有生聞婆羅門往詣佛所,共相問訊,問訊已,退坐一面,白佛言:「瞿曇!所謂一切者,云何名一切?」佛告婆羅門:「一切者,謂十二入處,眼色、耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法,是名一切。若復說言此非一切,沙門瞿曇所說一切,我今捨,別立餘一切者,彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑。所以者何?非其境界故。」時,生聞婆羅門聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜奉行。 〔T02 0091b04〕(三二〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有生聞婆羅門往詣佛所,面相問訊已,退坐一面,白佛言:「瞿曇!所謂一切有,云何一切有?」佛告生聞婆羅門:「我今問汝,隨意答我。婆羅門!於意云何?眼是有不?」答言:「是有,沙門瞿曇!」「色是有不?」答言:「是有,沙門瞿曇!」「婆羅門!有色、有眼識、有眼觸、有眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂不?」答言:「有,沙門瞿曇!」「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」。如是廣說,乃至「非其境界故。」佛說此經已,生聞婆羅門聞佛所說,歡喜隨喜,從坐起去。 〔T02 0091b15〕(三二一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有生聞婆羅門往詣佛所,共相問訊已,退坐一面,白佛言:「沙門瞿曇!所謂一切法,云何為一切法?」佛告婆羅門:「眼及色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,是名為一切法。若復有言此非一切法,沙門瞿曇所說一切法,我今捨,更立一切法者,此但有言數,問已不知,增其癡惑。所以者何?非其境界故。」佛說此經已,生聞婆羅門聞佛說已,歡喜隨喜,從坐起去。如生聞婆羅門所問三經,有異比丘所問三經、尊者阿難所問三經、世尊法眼法根法依三經,亦如上說。 〔T02 0091c01〕(三二二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。時,有異比丘往詣佛所,稽首佛足,退坐一面,白佛言:「世尊!如世尊說,眼是內入處,世尊略說,不廣分別。云何眼是內入處?」佛告彼比丘:「眼是內入處,四大所造淨色,不可見,有對。耳、鼻、舌、身內入處亦如是說。」復白佛言:「世尊!如世尊說,意是內入處,不廣分別。云何意是內入處?」佛告比丘:「意內入處者,若心、意、識非色,不可見,無對,是名意內入處。」復問:「如世尊說,色外入處,世尊略說,不廣分別。云何,世尊!色外入處?」佛告比丘:「色外入處,若色四大造,可見,有對,是名色是外入處。」復白佛言:「世尊說聲是外入處,不廣分別。云何聲是外入處?」佛告比丘:「若聲四大造,不可見,有對,如聲,香、味亦如是。」復問:「世尊說觸外入處,不廣分別。云何觸外入處?」佛告比丘:「觸外入處者,謂四大及四大造色,不可見,有對,是名觸外入處。」復問:「世尊說法外入處,不廣分別。云何法外入處?」佛告比丘:「法外入處者,十一入所不攝,不可見,無對,是名法外入處。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0091c23〕(三二三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六內入處。謂眼內入處,耳、鼻、舌、身、意內入處。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0091c27〕(三二四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六外入處。云何為六?謂色是外入處,聲、香、味、觸、法是外入 〔T02 0092a01〕處,是名六外入處。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092a03〕(三二五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六識身。云何為六?謂眼識身、耳識身、鼻識身、舌識身、身識身、意識身,是名六識身。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092a08〕(三二六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六觸身。云何為六觸身?謂眼觸身、耳觸身、鼻觸身、舌觸身、身觸身、意觸身,是名六觸身。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092a13〕(三二七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六受身。云何為六?眼觸生受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生受,是名六受身。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092a18〕(三二八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六想身。云何為六?謂眼觸生想,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生想,是名六想身。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092a23〕(三二九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六思身。云何為六?謂眼觸生思,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生思,是名六思身。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092a28〕(三三〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六愛身。云何為六愛身?謂眼觸生愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸生愛,是名六愛身。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092b04〕(三三一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六顧念。云何為六?謂色顧念、聲顧念、香顧念、味顧念、觸顧念、法顧念,是名六顧念。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092b09〕(三三二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六覆。云何為六?謂色有漏、是取,心覆藏;聲、香、味、觸、法有漏、是取,心覆藏。是名六覆。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092b14〕(三三三) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「過去、未來眼無常,況現在眼,多聞聖弟子如是觀者,不顧過去眼,不欣未來眼,於現在眼生厭、離欲、滅盡向。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。」如無常。如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說。如內入處四經、外入處四經,亦如是說。 〔T02 0092b21〕(三三四) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘留搜調牛聚落。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「今當為汝說法,初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白。諦聽,善思,謂有因、有緣、有縛法經。「云何有因、有緣、有縛法經?謂眼有因、有緣、有縛。何等為眼因、眼緣、眼縛?謂眼,業因、業緣、業縛。業有因、有緣、有縛。何等為業因、業緣、業縛?謂業,愛因、愛緣、愛縛。愛有因、有緣、有縛。何等為愛因、愛緣、愛縛?謂愛,無明因、無明緣、無明縛。無明有因、有緣、有縛。何等無明因、無明緣、無明縛?謂無明,不正思惟因、不正思惟緣、不正思惟縛。不正思惟有因、有緣、有縛。何等不正思惟因、不正思惟緣、不正思惟縛?謂緣眼、色生不正思惟,生於癡。緣眼、色生不正思惟,生於癡。彼癡者是無明。癡求欲,名為愛;愛所作,名為業。如是,比丘!不正思惟因無明,無明因愛,愛因為業,業因為眼。」耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說。「是名有因、有緣、有縛法經。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092c12〕(三三五) 如是我聞:一時,佛住拘留搜調牛聚落。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「我今當為汝等說法,初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白,所謂第一義空經。諦聽,善思,當為汝說。「云何為第一義空經?諸比丘!眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處。如是眼不實而生,生已盡滅,有業報而無作者,此陰滅已,異陰相續,除俗數法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說,除俗數法。俗數法者,謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,如無明緣行,行緣識……」廣說乃至「純大苦聚集起。又復,此無故彼無,此滅故彼滅,無明滅故行滅,行滅故識滅……」如是廣說,乃至「純大苦聚滅。比丘!是名第一義空法經。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0092c27〕(三三六) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六喜行。云何為六?如是。比丘!若眼見色喜,於彼色處 〔T02 0093a01〕行。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法喜,於彼法處行。諸比丘!是名六喜行。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0093a04〕(三三七) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六憂行。云何為六?諸比丘!若眼見色憂,於彼色處行。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法憂,於彼法處行。諸比丘!是名六憂行。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0093a10〕(三三八) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六捨行。云何為六?諸比丘!謂眼見色捨,於彼色處行。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法捨,於彼法處行,是名比丘六捨行。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0093a16〕(三三九) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六常行。云何為六,若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,正念正智捨心住。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智,是名比丘六常行。」佛說是經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0093a22〕(三四〇) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六常行。云何為六?若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智,若比丘成就此六常行者,世間難得。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0093a29〕(三四一) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六常行。云何為六?若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智。若比丘成就此六常行者,世間難得,所應承事、恭敬、供養,則為世間無上福田。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 〔T02 0093b08〕(三四二) 如是我聞:一時,佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園。爾時,世尊告諸比丘:「有六常行。云何為六?若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智。若比丘成就此六常行者,當知是舍利弗等。舍利弗比丘眼見色已,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智。耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智。舍利弗比丘成就此六常行故,世間難得,所應承事、恭敬、供養,則為世間無上福田。」佛說此經已,諸比丘聞佛所說,歡喜奉行。 雜阿含經卷第十三

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

宋求那跋陀羅譯《雜阿含經》卷第十三,本卷為六處相應之第四卷;自經三百零四至經三百四十二,凡三十九經。所說仍就眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意六處而說:或說六六法、六分別六入處,或答一比丘怎樣知、怎樣見而得見法,或說諸天世人染著諸境而如來樂住,或答尊者鹿紐第二住與一一住、歡喜集與苦集,或為尊者富樓那略說而問其往西方輸盧那之忍,或為年耆的摩羅迦舅略說「見以見為量」而聽其偈,或說離於信等而正知而說的經法,或說斷欲、眼之生住轉出與無常、苦、非我,或答生聞婆羅門一切、一切有、一切法之問,或答一比丘內外入處之分別,或說六內入處乃至六覆、三世之眼、有因有緣有縛法、第一義空,或說六喜行、六憂行、六捨行與六常行。說者多為世尊告諸比丘;其中一比丘、尊者鹿紐、尊者富樓那、摩羅迦舅、生聞婆羅門諸經為問答。偈五處;本卷無攝頌。往返問答之長經,經內依問答回合分段。底本略說之處,白話依底本之語作提挈句,不代為補出;六根遞推之「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」,白話照省。段首(…)=大正藏頁·欄·行錨。

〔0·題署〕(0086c20)經名是「雜阿含經」,這是「卷第十三」。譯者署名「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」——宋代從天竺來的三藏法師求那跋陀羅所翻譯。本卷收經三十九部,自經三百零四至經三百四十二;偈五處;卷末以「雜阿含經卷第十三」作結。

〔304·有六六法〕(0086c23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘留搜調牛聚落。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要為你們說法,初、中、後都善,義善、味善,純一、圓滿、清淨,梵行清白。仔細聽,好好思惟。有六六法。什麼是六六法?就是六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六愛身。

『什麼是六內入處?就是眼入處、耳入處、鼻入處、舌入處、身入處、意入處。什麼是六外入處?色入處、聲入處、香入處、味入處、觸入處、法入處。什麼是六識身?就是眼識身、耳識身、鼻識身、舌識身、身識身、意識身。什麼是六觸身?就是眼觸、耳觸、鼻觸、舌觸、身觸、意觸。什麼是六受身?就是眼觸所生的受、耳觸所生的受、鼻觸所生的受、舌觸所生的受、身觸所生的受、意觸所生的受。什麼是六愛身?就是眼觸所生的愛、耳觸所生的愛、鼻觸所生的愛、舌觸所生的愛、身觸所生的愛、意觸所生的愛。

『如果有人說眼是我,這是不對的。為什麼呢?因為眼是生滅的;如果眼是我,我就應當承受生死,所以說眼是我的,這是不對的。同樣地,若是色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸所生的受,如果說是我,這是不對的。為什麼呢?眼觸所生的受是生滅之法;如果眼觸所生的受是我,我又應當承受生死,所以說眼觸所生的受是我,這是不對的,因此眼觸所生的受不是我。同樣地,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的受不是我。為什麼呢?意觸所生的受是生滅之法,如果是我,我又應當承受生死,所以說意觸所生的受是我,這是不對的,因此意觸所生的受不是我。

『像這樣,比丘!應當如實知道眼所作、智所作、寂滅所作,開發神通,正向涅槃。怎樣如實知見眼所作,乃至正向涅槃呢?是這樣的。比丘!眼不是我;若是色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,那也觀察為不是我。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。這叫做如實知見眼所作,乃至正向涅槃,這叫做六六法經。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔305·六分別六入處〕(0087a27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘留搜調牛聚落。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要為你們說法,初、中、後都善,義善、味善,純一、圓滿、清淨,梵行清白,就是六分別六入處經。仔細聽,好好思惟,當為你們說。

『什麼是六分別六入處經?就是對於眼入處不如實知見的人,對於色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,也不如實知見;因為不如實知見,就對眼染著,對於色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,都生起染著。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣:對於法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,不如實知見;因為不如實知見,就生起染著。像這樣,染著相應、愚闇、顧念、結縛他的心,長養五受陰;以及當來的有愛、貪、喜,全都增長;身心疲憊惡劣,身心敗壞而燒然,身心熾然,身心狂亂,身中生起苦覺;因為那身中生起苦覺,於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦全都增長,這叫做純一大苦陰的聚集。

『諸比丘!如果對眼如實知見,對於色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,如實知見;見了之後,對眼不染著,對於色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,不染著。耳、鼻、舌、身、意與法也是這樣如實知見:對於法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,如實知見;因為如實知見,對意不染著。對於法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受,內心所覺的或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,不染;因為不染著,就不相雜、不愚闇、不顧念、不繫縛,損減五受陰;當來的有愛、貪、喜,種種的染著,全都消滅;身不疲苦,心不疲苦,身不燒,心不燒,身不熾然,心不熾然,身覺得樂,心覺得樂;因為身心覺得樂,於未來世生、老、病、死、憂、悲、惱、苦全都消滅,像這樣,純大苦聚陰滅。

『作這樣知、這樣見的人,名為正見修習滿足,正志、正方便、正念、正定也修習滿足;前面所說的正語、正業、正命清淨修習滿足,這叫做修習八聖道清淨滿足。八聖道修習滿足之後,四念處修習滿足,四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺分修習滿足。

『若是應當知、應當了的法,全都知、全都了。若是應當知、應當斷的法,全都知、全都斷。若是應當知、應當作證的法,全都作證。若是應當知、應當修習的法,全都已經修習。什麼法應當知、應當了,全都知、全都了?就是名色。什麼法應當知、應當斷?就是無明及有愛。什麼法應當知、應當證?就是明、解脫。什麼法應當知、應當修?就是止、觀。若比丘對於這些法,應當知、應當了的,全都知、全都了;應當知、應當斷的法,全都知、全都斷;應當知、應當作證的法,全都知、全都證;應當知、應當修的法,全都知、全都修,這叫做比丘斷了愛的結縛,正無間等,究竟苦邊。諸比丘!這叫做六分別六入處經。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔306·而得見法〕(0087c18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,作這樣的念頭:『比丘怎樣知、怎樣見,而得見法?』這樣思惟之後,從禪定中出來,前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!我獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,作這樣的念頭:比丘怎樣知、怎樣見,而得見法?』

那時,世尊告訴那比丘:『仔細聽,好好思惟,當為你說。有二法。什麼是二?眼與色為二……』像這樣廣說,乃至『……因為不是其境界的緣故。為什麼呢?眼與色為緣生起眼識,三事和合為觸,與觸俱生受、想、思,這四種無色陰,以及眼、色,這些法名為人;對於這些法,作人之想,作眾生、那羅、摩㝹闍、摩那婆、士夫、福伽羅、耆婆、禪頭之想。

『又這樣說:我眼見色,我耳聞聲,我鼻嗅香,我舌嘗味,我身覺觸,我意識法。那施設又這樣言說:這位尊者是這樣的名、這樣的生、這樣的姓、這樣的食、這樣地受苦樂、這樣地長壽、這樣地久住、這樣的壽命分齊。比丘!這就是想,這就是誌,這就是言說;這些法全都是無常、有為、由思願為緣而生的;若是無常、有為、由思願為緣而生的,那就是苦。又那苦生起,也是苦住,也是苦滅,也是苦數數出生,一切都是苦。若是那苦無餘地斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅、息、沒,其餘的苦不再相續,不再出生,這就是寂滅,這就是勝妙,就是所謂捨棄一切有餘、一切愛盡、無欲、滅盡、涅槃。

『耳、鼻、舌,身觸為緣,生起身識,三事和合為觸,與觸俱生受、想、思,這四種是無色陰,身根是色陰,這名為人……』如上文所說,乃至『……滅盡、涅槃。緣於意與法,生起意識,三事和合為觸,與觸俱生受、想、思,這四種無色陰,以及四大,是士夫所依,這些法名為人……』如上文廣說,乃至『……滅盡、涅槃。若有人對於這些法,心隨入,住於解脫而不退轉,對於那所生起的繫著,沒有我。比丘!這樣知、這樣見,就是見法。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔307·名為見法〕(0088a21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,作這樣的念頭:『怎樣知、怎樣見,名為見法?』思惟之後,從禪定中出來,前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!我獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,作這樣的念頭:比丘怎樣知、怎樣見,名為見法?現在請問世尊,唯願為我解說。』

佛告訴比丘:『仔細聽,好好思惟,當為你說。有二法,眼與色,為緣生起眼識……』如上文廣說。『尊者!如所說的偈:』

  『眼與色二種為緣,生起心與心法,

  識、觸以及與之俱生的,受、想等,皆是有因;

  不是我、不是我所,也不是福伽羅,

  也不是摩㝹闍,也不是摩那婆,

  這就是生滅,是苦陰的變易之法;

  對這些作想,施設為眾生。

  那羅、摩㝹闍,以及摩那婆,

  還有其餘眾多的想,都因苦陰而生。

  諸業、愛、無明,是積集他世諸陰之因;

  其餘的沙門、異道,另說二法的人,

  他們只有言說,聽了之後更增癡惑。

  貪愛止息無餘,無明隱沒而永滅,

  愛盡而眾苦止息,這是無上的佛眼所說。』

佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔308·染著愛樂住〕(0088b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『諸天、世人對於色染著、愛樂而住,那色若是無常、變易、滅盡,那些天、人就生起大苦;對於聲、香、味、觸、法染著、愛樂而住,那法變易、無常、滅盡,那些天、人就得大苦而住。

『如來對於色、色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離如實知道,如實知道之後,對於色不再染著、愛樂而住,那色變易、無常、滅盡,就生起樂住;對於聲、香、味、觸、法的集、滅、味、患、離如實知道,如實知道之後,不再染著、愛樂而住,那色變易、無常、滅盡,就生起樂住。為什麼呢?眼與色為緣生起眼識,三事和合為觸,以觸為緣而有受,或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,對這三受的集、這受的滅、這受的患、這受的離如實知道,於那色的因緣所生的阨礙,阨礙盡了之後,名為無上安隱涅槃。耳、鼻、舌、身、意與法為緣生起意識,三事和合為觸,以觸為緣而有受,或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,對那受的集、受的滅、受的味、受的患、受的離如實知道,如實知道之後,那法的因緣所生的阨礙,阨礙盡了之後,名為無上安隱涅槃。』那時,世尊就說偈言:

  『對於色、聲、香、味,觸、法這六種境界,

  一向生起喜悅,愛染而深深樂著。

  諸天以及世人,唯獨以此為樂,

  當它變易滅盡的時候,他們就生起大苦。

  唯有諸位賢聖,見它的滅為樂,

  世間所樂的,觀察起來都是怨敵。

  賢聖所見為苦的,世間以為是樂;

  世間所以為苦的,對聖者而言則是樂。

  這甚深難解之法,世間對它生起疑惑,

  被大黑闇所昏沒,盲冥而無所見。

  唯有具智慧的人,啟發蒙昧、開啟大光明;

  這樣甚深的句義,不是聖者,誰能知道?

  不再回來受身的人,深深通達,諦實明了。』

佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔309·云何第二住〕(0088c18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在瞻婆國的揭伽池側。那時,尊者鹿紐來到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!如世尊所說,有第二住,有一一住。那什麼是第二住?什麼是一一住?』

佛告訴鹿紐:『好啊!好啊!鹿紐!能問如來這樣的義理。』佛告訴鹿紐:『若眼所識的色是可愛、可樂、可念、可意的,長養欲望;那比丘見了之後,喜樂、讚歎、繫著而住;愛樂、讚歎、繫著而住之後,心轉而歡喜;歡喜之後,深深樂著;深深樂著之後,貪愛;貪愛之後,阨礙。歡喜、深樂、貪愛、阨礙的,這叫做第二住。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。鹿紐!有這樣一類的比丘,即使在空閑之處獨處,仍名為第二住。為什麼呢?因為愛喜不斷不滅的緣故。愛欲不斷、不知的,諸佛如來說為第二住。

『若有比丘對於可愛、可樂、可念、可意、長養欲望的色,那比丘見了之後,不喜樂,不讚歎,不繫著而住;不喜樂、不讚歎、不繫著而住之後,不歡喜;因為不歡喜,不深樂;因為不深樂,不貪愛;因為不貪愛,不阨礙。不歡喜、深樂、貪愛、阨礙的,這叫做一一住。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。鹿紐!這樣一類的比丘,即使住在高樓重閣,仍是一一住的人。為什麼呢?因為貪愛已經盡了、已經知了的緣故。貪愛已盡、已知的,諸佛如來說名為一一住。』那時,尊者鹿紐聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。

〔310·歡喜集已〕(0089a12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在瞻婆國的揭伽池側。那時,尊者鹿紐來到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『好啊!世尊!請為我說法;我聽了法之後,當獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至自知不受後有。』佛告訴鹿紐:『好啊!好啊!鹿紐!能問如來這樣的義理。仔細聽,好好思惟,當為你說。』

佛告訴鹿紐:『若眼見到可愛、可樂、可意、可念、長養欲望的色,見了之後,他稱說讚歎、繫著;欣悅、讚歎、繫著之後,就歡喜集起;歡喜集起之後,就苦集起。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。鹿紐!若有比丘眼見到可愛、可樂、可念、可意、長養欲望的色,見了之後,不欣悅,不讚歎,不繫著;因為不欣悅、不讚歎、不繫著,不歡喜集起;因為不歡喜集起,就苦滅。耳、鼻、舌、身、意與法也是這樣說。』那時,尊者鹿紐聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。

那時,尊者鹿紐聽了佛說法、教誡之後,獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至得阿羅漢,心善解脫。

〔311·去涅槃遠〕(0089b01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,尊者富樓那來到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退住一旁,對佛說:『好啊!世尊!請為我說法;我將坐在獨自一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至自知不受後有。』

佛告訴富樓那:『好啊!好啊!能問如來這樣的義理。仔細聽,好好思惟,當為你說。若有比丘眼見到可愛、可樂、可念、可意、長養欲望的色,見了之後,欣悅、讚歎、繫著;欣悅、讚歎、繫著之後,歡喜;歡喜之後,樂著;樂著之後,貪愛;貪愛之後,阨礙。因為歡喜、樂著、貪愛、阨礙,離涅槃遠。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。

『富樓那!若比丘眼見到可愛、可樂、可念、可意、長養欲望的色,見了之後,不欣悅,不讚歎,不繫著;因為不欣悅、不讚歎、不繫著,不歡喜;因為不歡喜,不深樂;因為不深樂,不貪愛;因為不貪愛,不阨礙。因為不歡喜、不深樂、不貪愛、不阨礙,漸漸接近涅槃。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』

佛告訴富樓那:『我已經略說了法教,你想住在什麼地方?』富樓那對佛說:『世尊!我已蒙世尊略說教誡,我想到西方輸盧那的人間去遊行。』佛告訴富樓那:『西方輸盧那人兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵。富樓那!你若是聽到他們兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵、毀辱,當怎麼辦?』富樓那對佛說:『世尊!若是那西方輸盧那國的人,當面兇惡、訶罵、毀辱,我會這樣想:那西方輸盧那人賢善有智慧,雖然在我面前兇惡、弊暴、罵我、毀辱我,還不曾用手、石頭來打擲我。』

佛告訴富樓那:『那西方輸盧那人若只是兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、罵辱,對你還可以算是得脫;若又用手、石頭打擲,當怎麼辦?』富樓那對佛說:『世尊!西方輸盧那人倘若用手、石頭加在我身上,我會這樣念:輸盧那人賢善有智慧,雖然用手、石頭加我,卻不用刀杖。』

佛告訴富樓那:『若是那些人倘若用刀杖加在你身上,又當怎樣?』富樓那對佛說:『世尊!若是那些人倘若用刀杖加在我身上,我會這樣想:那輸盧那人賢善有智慧,雖然用刀杖加在我身上,卻沒有殺我。』

佛告訴富樓那:『假使那些人倘若殺了你,當怎麼辦?』富樓那對佛說:『世尊!若是西方輸盧那人倘若殺了我,我會這樣想:有一些世尊的弟子,厭患此身,或用刀自殺,或服毒藥,或用繩子自縊,或投入深坑;那西方輸盧那人賢善有智慧,對於我這朽敗之身,以少許的方便,便使我得到解脫。』

佛說:『好啊!富樓那!你善學忍辱,你現在堪能在輸盧那的人間住止,你現在適宜去了,去度那些未度的,安那些未安的,令未涅槃的得到涅槃。』那時,富樓那聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。

那時,尊者富樓那過了一夜,清晨時著衣持鉢,進入舍衛城乞食;食畢回來,出城,付囑好臥具,拿著衣鉢離去,到西方輸盧那的人間遊行。到了之後,在那裡夏安居,為五百位優婆塞說法,建立五百座僧伽藍,繩床、臥褥、供養的眾多用具全都備足。三個月過後,具足三明,就在那裡入無餘涅槃。

〔312·見以見為量〕(0089c24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,摩羅迦舅來到佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『好啊!世尊!請為我說法;我聽了法之後,獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至不受後有。』

那時,世尊告訴摩羅迦舅說:『那些年少、聰明、根性銳利的人,在我的法、律中出家不久,在我的法、律中尚且沒有懈怠;何況你今天年紀老大、諸根已熟,卻想聽我略說的教誡。』摩羅迦舅對佛說:『世尊!我雖然年紀老大、諸根已熟,卻還想聽到世尊略說的教誡。唯願世尊為我略說教誡;我聽了法之後,當獨自在一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,乃至自知不受後有。』第二次、第三次也這樣請求。佛告訴摩羅迦舅:『你暫且停止!』這樣再三,也不為他說。

那時,世尊告訴摩羅迦舅:『我現在問你,隨你的意思回答我。』佛告訴摩羅迦舅:『若是眼不曾見過的色,你會想要見它,對那色生起欲、生起愛、生起念、生起染著嗎?』回答說:『不會的,世尊!』『耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意與法也是這樣說。』佛告訴摩羅迦舅:『好啊!好啊!摩羅迦舅!見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量。』就說偈言:

  『若是你不在於那裡,那也不在於這裡,

  也不在兩者的中間,這就是苦的邊際。』

摩羅迦舅對佛說:『已經知道了。世尊!已經知道了。善逝!』佛告訴摩羅迦舅:『你怎樣在我略說的法中廣解其義?』那時,摩羅迦舅說偈對佛說:

  『若是眼已見了色,而失去了正念,

  就對所見的色,取愛念之相。

  取愛樂之相的人,心就常常繫著,

  生起種種的愛,無量的色集起而生。

  貪欲、瞋恚、害的覺,使他的心退減,

  長養眾苦,永遠遠離涅槃。

  見色而不取相,他的心隨順正念,

  不染於惡心之愛,也不生起繫著。

  不生起諸愛,以及無量色集之生,

  貪欲、瞋恚、害的覺,不能破壞他的心。

  少少長養眾苦,漸次接近涅槃,

  日種尊所說的:離愛而般涅槃。

  若是耳聽到種種聲音,心失去了正念,

  而取種種聲音之相,執持而不捨。

  鼻與香、舌嘗味,身觸、意念法,

  忘失了正念,取相也是這樣。

  他的心生起愛樂,繫著而堅固地住,

  生起種種的愛,無量的法集起而生。

  貪欲、瞋恚、害的覺,退滅而破壞他的心,

  長養眾苦之聚,永遠遠離涅槃。

  不染於種種法,以正智、正念而住,

  他的心不染污,也不樂著。

  不生起諸愛,以及無量法集之生,

  貪、瞋恚、害的覺,不退減他的心。

  眾苦隨之損減消滅,漸漸接近般涅槃,

  愛盡而般涅槃,這是世尊所說的。』

這叫做在世尊略說的法中廣解其義。佛告訴摩羅迦舅:『你確實在我略說的法中廣解其義。為什麼呢?如你所說的偈:』

  『若是眼見到眾色,忘失了正念,

  就對所見的色,取愛念之相。』

以下如前文廣說。那時,尊者摩羅迦舅聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,作禮而去。

那時,尊者摩羅迦舅在世尊略說的法中廣解其義之後,在獨自一個安靜的地方,專精思惟,不放逸而住,乃至成就阿羅漢,心得解脫。

〔313·有經法〕(0090b27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有一種經法,諸比丘!崇向它,而於經法中,離於信、離於欲、離於聞、離於行思惟、離於見審諦忍,正知而說:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有,有嗎?』

諸比丘對佛說:『世尊是法根、法眼、法依。好啊!世尊!唯願廣說;諸比丘聽了之後,當受持奉行。』

佛告訴諸比丘:『仔細聽,好好思惟,當為你們說。比丘眼見色之後,覺知色而不覺知色貪:我先前眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪——如實知道。若比丘眼見色之後,覺知色而不生起色貪,覺知我先前眼識有貪,而說今眼識於色無貪,如實知道的人,諸比丘!你們的意思如何:他對於此,是有信、有欲、有聞、有行思惟、有見審諦忍嗎?』回答說:『不是的,世尊!』『歸於此法,如實正知所知、所見嗎?』回答說:『是的,世尊!』耳、鼻、舌、身、意與法也是這樣說。

『諸比丘!這叫做有經法。比丘對於這經法崇向,離於信、離於欲、離於聞、離於行思惟、離於見審諦忍,正知而說:我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔314·當斷欲〕(0090c19)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『應當斷欲。斷了眼的欲之後,眼就已斷、已知,斷了它的根本,如同截斷多羅樹的頭,於未來世永遠不再生。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔315·眼生、住、轉出〕(0090c25)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『若是眼生起、住、轉出,就是苦生起、病住、老死出現。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。若是眼滅、息、沒,苦的生起就滅,病就息,死就沒。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔316·眼無常〕(0091a02)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『眼是無常的。若眼是常的,就不應受逼迫之苦,也應能對眼說:要它這樣、不要它這樣。因為眼是無常的,所以眼受逼迫之苦而生,所以不能對眼要它這樣、不要它這樣。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔317·眼苦〕(0091a09)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『眼是苦的。若眼是樂的,就不應受逼迫之苦,應能對眼要它這樣、不要它這樣;因為眼是苦的,所以受逼迫之苦,不能對眼要它這樣、不要它這樣。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔318·眼非我〕(0091a16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『眼不是我。若眼是我,就不應受逼迫之苦,應能對眼要它這樣、不要它這樣;因為眼不是我,所以受逼迫之苦,不能對眼要它這樣、不要它這樣。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

如同內六入處這三經,外六入處的三經,也是這樣說。

〔319·云何名一切〕(0091a24)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位生聞婆羅門前往佛那裡,彼此問訊;問訊之後,退坐一旁,對佛說:『瞿曇!所謂一切,什麼叫做一切?』

佛告訴婆羅門:『一切,就是十二入處:眼與色、耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意與法,這叫做一切。若又有人說:這不是一切,沙門瞿曇所說的一切,我現在捨棄,另立其餘的一切。那人只有言說,問了之後並不知道,增長他的疑惑。為什麼呢?因為不是他的境界的緣故。』那時,生聞婆羅門聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜而奉行。

〔320·云何一切有〕(0091b04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位生聞婆羅門前往佛那裡,當面問訊之後,退坐一旁,對佛說:『瞿曇!所謂一切有,怎樣是一切有?』

佛告訴生聞婆羅門:『我現在問你,隨你的意思回答我。婆羅門!你的意思如何?眼是有嗎?』回答說:『是有的,沙門瞿曇!』『色是有嗎?』回答說:『是有的,沙門瞿曇!』『婆羅門!有色、有眼識、有眼觸、有眼觸因緣所生的受,或苦、或樂、不苦不樂嗎?』回答說:『有的,沙門瞿曇!』『耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』像這樣廣說,乃至『……因為不是其境界的緣故。』佛說完這部經,生聞婆羅門聽了佛所說的,歡喜隨喜,從座位起身而去。

〔321·云何為一切法〕(0091b15)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位生聞婆羅門前往佛那裡,彼此問訊之後,退坐一旁,對佛說:『沙門瞿曇!所謂一切法,什麼是一切法?』

佛告訴婆羅門:『眼及色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣所生的受,或苦、或樂、不苦不樂;耳、鼻、舌、身、意與法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣所生的受,或苦、或樂、不苦不樂,這叫做一切法。若又有人說:這不是一切法,沙門瞿曇所說的一切法,我現在捨棄,另立一切法。這人只有言數,問了之後並不知道,增長他的癡惑。為什麼呢?因為不是他的境界的緣故。』佛說完這部經,生聞婆羅門聽佛說完,歡喜隨喜,從座位起身而去。

如同生聞婆羅門所問的三經,有一位比丘所問的三經、尊者阿難所問的三經、世尊法眼法根法依三經,也如上文所說。

〔322·眼是內入處〕(0091c01)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,有一位比丘前往佛那裡,以頭頂禮佛足,退坐一旁,對佛說:『世尊!如世尊所說,眼是內入處;世尊只是略說,沒有廣加分別。怎樣是眼是內入處?』佛告訴那比丘:『眼是內入處,是四大所造的淨色,不可見,有對。耳、鼻、舌、身的內入處也是這樣說。』

又對佛說:『世尊!如世尊所說,意是內入處,沒有廣加分別。怎樣是意是內入處?』佛告訴比丘:『意內入處,是心、意、識,不是色,不可見,無對,這叫做意內入處。』

又問:『如世尊所說,色外入處,世尊只是略說,沒有廣加分別。世尊!怎樣是色外入處?』佛告訴比丘:『色外入處,是色由四大所造,可見,有對,這叫做色是外入處。』

又對佛說:『世尊說聲是外入處,沒有廣加分別。怎樣是聲是外入處?』佛告訴比丘:『是聲由四大所造,不可見,有對;如同聲,香、味也是這樣。』

又問:『世尊說觸外入處,沒有廣加分別。怎樣是觸外入處?』佛告訴比丘:『觸外入處,就是四大以及四大所造的色,不可見,有對,這叫做觸外入處。』

又問:『世尊說法外入處,沒有廣加分別。怎樣是法外入處?』佛告訴比丘:『法外入處,是十一入所不攝的,不可見,無對,這叫做法外入處。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔323·有六內入處〕(0091c23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六內入處,就是眼內入處,耳、鼻、舌、身、意內入處。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔324·有六外入處〕(0091c27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六外入處。是哪六種?就是色是外入處,聲、香、味、觸、法是外入處,這叫做六外入處。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔325·有六識身〕(0092a03)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六識身。是哪六種?就是眼識身、耳識身、鼻識身、舌識身、身識身、意識身,這叫做六識身。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔326·有六觸身〕(0092a08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六觸身。是哪六觸身?就是眼觸身、耳觸身、鼻觸身、舌觸身、身觸身、意觸身,這叫做六觸身。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔327·有六受身〕(0092a13)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六受身。是哪六種?眼觸所生的受,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的受,這叫做六受身。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔328·有六想身〕(0092a18)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六想身。是哪六種?就是眼觸所生的想,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的想,這叫做六想身。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔329·有六思身〕(0092a23)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六思身。是哪六種?就是眼觸所生的思,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的思,這叫做六思身。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔330·有六愛身〕(0092a28)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六愛身。是哪六愛身?就是眼觸所生的愛,耳、鼻、舌、身、意觸所生的愛,這叫做六愛身。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔331·有六顧念〕(0092b04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六顧念。是哪六種?就是色的顧念、聲的顧念、香的顧念、味的顧念、觸的顧念、法的顧念,這叫做六顧念。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔332·有六覆〕(0092b09)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六覆。是哪六種?就是色是有漏的、是取,心把它覆藏起來;聲、香、味、觸、法是有漏的、是取,心把它覆藏起來。這叫做六覆。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔333·不顧過去眼〕(0092b14)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『過去、未來的眼是無常的,何況現在的眼。多聞聖弟子這樣觀察的人,不顧念過去的眼,不欣求未來的眼,對於現在的眼生起厭、離欲,向於滅盡。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。』如同無常,苦、空、非我也是這樣說。如同內入處四經,外入處四經也是這樣說。

〔334·有因、有緣、有縛〕(0092b21)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘留搜調牛聚落。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『現在當為你們說法,初、中、後都善,義善、味善,純一、圓滿、清淨,梵行清白。仔細聽,好好思惟,就是有因、有緣、有縛法經。

『什麼是有因、有緣、有縛法經?就是眼有因、有緣、有縛。什麼是眼的因、眼的緣、眼的縛?就是眼,以業為因、以業為緣、以業為縛。業有因、有緣、有縛。什麼是業的因、業的緣、業的縛?就是業,以愛為因、以愛為緣、以愛為縛。愛有因、有緣、有縛。什麼是愛的因、愛的緣、愛的縛?就是愛,以無明為因、以無明為緣、以無明為縛。無明有因、有緣、有縛。什麼是無明的因、無明的緣、無明的縛?就是無明,以不正思惟為因、以不正思惟為緣、以不正思惟為縛。不正思惟有因、有緣、有縛。什麼是不正思惟的因、不正思惟的緣、不正思惟的縛?就是緣於眼與色而生不正思惟,生起癡;緣於眼與色而生不正思惟,生起癡。那癡就是無明。癡而求欲,名為愛;愛所作的,名為業。像這樣,比丘!不正思惟為無明之因,無明為愛之因,愛為業之因,業為眼之因。』耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說。『這叫做有因、有緣、有縛法經。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔335·第一義空經〕(0092c12)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在拘留搜調牛聚落。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『我現在要為你們說法,初、中、後都善,義善、味善,純一、圓滿、清淨,梵行清白,就是第一義空經。仔細聽,好好思惟,當為你們說。

『什麼是第一義空經?諸比丘!眼生起時沒有來處,滅去時沒有去處。像這樣,眼不實而生,生了之後盡滅;有業報而沒有作者,這陰滅了之後,另一陰相續,除了俗數法。耳、鼻、舌、身、意也是這樣說,除了俗數法。俗數法,就是此有故彼有,此起故彼起,如無明緣行,行緣識……』廣說乃至『……純大苦聚集起。又,此無故彼無,此滅故彼滅,無明滅故行滅,行滅故識滅……』像這樣廣說,乃至『……純大苦聚滅。比丘!這叫做第一義空法經。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔336·有六喜行〕(0092c27)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六喜行。是哪六種?是這樣的。比丘!若眼見色而喜,就在那色處而行。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法而喜,就在那法處而行。諸比丘!這叫做六喜行。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔337·有六憂行〕(0093a04)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六憂行。是哪六種?諸比丘!若眼見色而憂,就在那色處而行。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法而憂,就在那法處而行。諸比丘!這叫做六憂行。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔338·有六捨行〕(0093a10)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六捨行。是哪六種?諸比丘!就是眼見色而捨,在那色處而行。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法而捨,在那法處而行,這叫做比丘的六捨行。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔339·有六常行〕(0093a16)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六常行。是哪六種?若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,正念正智、捨心而住。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智,這叫做比丘的六常行。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔340·世間難得〕(0093a22)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六常行。是哪六種?若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智;若比丘成就這六常行,是世間難得的。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔341·無上福田〕(0093a29)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六常行。是哪六種?若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智。若比丘成就這六常行,是世間難得的,應當承事、恭敬、供養,就是世間的無上福田。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

〔342·舍利弗等〕(0093b08)我是這樣聽說的:有一個時候,佛住在舍衛國的祇樹給孤獨園。那時,世尊告訴諸比丘:『有六常行。是哪六種?若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智。若比丘成就這六常行,應當知道就是舍利弗等。舍利弗比丘眼見色之後,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智。耳與聲、鼻與香、舌與味、身與觸、意識法,不苦、不樂,捨心而住、正念正智。舍利弗比丘因為成就這六常行,是世間難得的,應當承事、恭敬、供養,就是世間的無上福田。』佛說完這部經,諸比丘聽了佛所說的,歡喜地奉行。

Fascicle 13 of the Saṃyukta Āgama, translated in the Song by Guṇabhadra: this fascicle is the fourth fascicle of the Connected Discourses on the Six Sense Bases; from the three hundred and fourth discourse to the three hundred and forty-second, thirty-nine discourses in all. What is taught is still taught with regard to the six sense bases of eye, ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind: some teach the six sets of six and the six analyses of the six sense bases; some answer a bhikṣu on how one knows and how one sees so as to see the Dharma; some teach that gods and humans are attached to their objects while the Tathāgata dwells in happiness; some answer the venerable Luniu on dwelling with a second and dwelling alone, and on the arising of delight and the arising of suffering; some teach in brief for the venerable Pūrṇa and then question him on his patient endurance in going to Shuluna in the west; some teach in brief for the aged Moluojiajiu, “in the seen, only the seen as its measure,” and hear his verse; some teach a teaching of the discourses by which one, apart from faith and the rest, knows rightly and declares; some teach abandoning desire, the arising, persisting, and coming forth of the eye, and its being impermanent, suffering, and not self; some answer the brāhmaṇa Shengwen’s questions on the all, all that exists, and all dharmas; some answer a bhikṣu on the analysis of the internal and external sense bases; some teach the six internal sense bases and so on up to the six coverings, the eye of the three times, things with a cause, a condition, and a bond, and emptiness in the ultimate sense; some teach the six courses of joy, the six courses of sorrow, the six courses of equanimity, and the six constant abidings. The speaker is for the most part the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus; the discourses of a certain bhikṣu, of the venerable Luniu, of the venerable Pūrṇa, of Moluojiajiu, and of the brāhmaṇa Shengwen are questions and answers. There are verses in five places; this fascicle has no summary verse. Long discourses of questions and answers back and forth are divided into segments within the discourse by the rounds of question and answer. Where the base text abbreviates, the plain rendering gives a brief phrase in the words of the base text and does not supply what is passed over; the extension to the six faculties, “so it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind,” the plain rendering abbreviates as the base text does. The figures (…) at the head of each segment give the Taishō page, register, and line.

〔0 · Title〕(0086c20)The title of the sūtra is “Saṃyukta Āgama,” and this is “Fascicle 13.” The translator’s attribution reads “translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”—translated by Guṇabhadra, the Tripiṭaka master who came from India in the time of the Song. The fascicle holds thirty-nine discourses, from the three hundred and fourth to the three hundred and forty-second; verses in five places; at the end of the fascicle it closes with “Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 13.”

〔304 · The Six Sets of Six〕(0086c23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach you the Dharma, good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, good in meaning and good in flavour, wholly pure and complete, the pure conduct clear and white. Listen closely and reflect well. There are six sets of six. What are the six sets of six? They are the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases, the six classes of consciousness, the six classes of contact, the six classes of feeling, and the six classes of craving.

“What are the six internal sense bases? They are the sense base of the eye, the sense base of the ear, the sense base of the nose, the sense base of the tongue, the sense base of the body, and the sense base of the mind. What are the six external sense bases? The sense base of forms, the sense base of sounds, the sense base of odours, the sense base of tastes, the sense base of tangibles, and the sense base of mental objects. What are the six classes of consciousness? They are the class of eye-consciousness, the class of ear-consciousness, the class of nose-consciousness, the class of tongue-consciousness, the class of body-consciousness, and the class of mind-consciousness. What are the six classes of contact? They are eye-contact, ear-contact, nose-contact, tongue-contact, body-contact, and mind-contact. What are the six classes of feeling? They are the feeling born of eye-contact, the feeling born of ear-contact, the feeling born of nose-contact, the feeling born of tongue-contact, the feeling born of body-contact, and the feeling born of mind-contact. What are the six classes of craving? They are the craving born of eye-contact, the craving born of ear-contact, the craving born of nose-contact, the craving born of tongue-contact, the craving born of body-contact, and the craving born of mind-contact.

“If someone says the eye is the self, that is not so. Why is that? Because the eye arises and ceases; if the eye were the self, the self would have to undergo birth and death; therefore to say that the eye is the self is not so. Likewise, whatever is forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, or the feeling born of eye-contact—to say that it is the self is not so. Why is that? The feeling born of eye-contact is a thing that arises and ceases; if the feeling born of eye-contact were the self, the self again would have to undergo birth and death; therefore to say that the feeling born of eye-contact is the self is not so, and so the feeling born of eye-contact is not self. Likewise, the feeling born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact is not self. Why is that? The feeling born of mind-contact is a thing that arises and ceases; if it were the self, the self again would have to undergo birth and death; therefore to say that the feeling born of mind-contact is the self is not so, and so the feeling born of mind-contact is not self.

“In this way, bhikṣu, one should know as it really is what is done by the eye, what is done by knowledge, what is done by quiescence, open up the supernormal powers, and head rightly toward nirvāṇa. How does one know and see as it really is what is done by the eye, and so on up to, head rightly toward nirvāṇa? It is thus. Bhikṣu! The eye is not self; whatever is forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, or the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, that too is contemplated as not self. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. This is called knowing and seeing as it really is what is done by the eye, and so on up to, heading rightly toward nirvāṇa; this is called the Discourse on the Six Sets of Six.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔305 · The Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases〕(0087a27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach you the Dharma, good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, good in meaning and good in flavour, wholly pure and complete, the pure conduct clear and white—namely, the Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases. Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you.

“What is the Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases? It is this: one who does not know and see the sense base of the eye as it really is also does not know and see as it really is forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; because he does not know and see as it really is, he is attached to the eye, and toward forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, he gives rise to attachment. So it is likewise with the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind: he does not know and see as it really is mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; because he does not know and see as it really is, he gives rise to attachment. In this way, attached, conjoined, dull and dark, longing, and bound in his mind, he nourishes the five aggregates of clinging; and the craving for future existence, greed, and delight all increase; body and mind are weary and wretched, body and mind are ruined and burning, body and mind are blazing, body and mind are deranged, and a painful sensation arises in the body; because of that painful sensation arising in the body, in future lives birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering all increase: this is called the arising of the whole mass of suffering, wholly and solely.

“Bhikṣus! If one knows and sees the eye as it really is, and knows and sees as it really is forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, then, having seen, one is not attached to the eye, and is not attached to forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant. So it is likewise that one knows and sees as it really is the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind and mental objects: one knows and sees as it really is mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; because one knows and sees as it really is, one is not attached to the mind. Toward mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, felt inwardly as painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant, one is not defiled; because one is not attached, one is not mixed with them, not dull and dark, not longing, not bound, and one diminishes the five aggregates of clinging; the craving for future existence, greed, and delight, and every kind of attachment, all cease; the body is not weary, the mind is not weary, the body does not burn, the mind does not burn, the body does not blaze, the mind does not blaze, the body feels pleasure, the mind feels pleasure; because body and mind feel pleasure, in future lives birth, old age, sickness, death, sorrow, lamentation, distress, and suffering all cease: in this way, the whole mass of suffering ceases.

“One who knows thus and sees thus is called one whose cultivation of right view is fulfilled, and whose cultivation of right intention, right effort, right mindfulness, and right concentration is fulfilled; right speech, right action, and right livelihood, spoken of before, are purified and their cultivation fulfilled: this is called the cultivation of the eightfold noble path purified and fulfilled. When the cultivation of the eightfold noble path is fulfilled, the cultivation of the four foundations of mindfulness is fulfilled, and the cultivation of the four right efforts, the four bases of supernormal power, the five faculties, the five powers, and the seven factors of awakening is fulfilled.

“Whatever things are to be known and to be understood are all known and all understood. Whatever things are to be known and to be abandoned are all known and all abandoned. Whatever things are to be known and to be realized are all realized. Whatever things are to be known and to be cultivated have all been cultivated. What things are to be known and to be understood, all known and all understood? They are name and form. What things are to be known and to be abandoned? They are ignorance and the craving for existence. What things are to be known and to be realized? They are knowledge and liberation. What things are to be known and to be cultivated? They are calm and insight. If a bhikṣu, with regard to these things, has known and understood all that is to be known and understood, has known and abandoned all things that are to be known and abandoned, has known and realized all things that are to be known and realized, and has known and cultivated all things that are to be known and cultivated, this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off the binding bonds of craving, has rightly attained unbroken comprehension, and has reached the utter end of suffering. Bhikṣus! This is called the Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔306 · Seeing the Dharma〕(0087c18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu, alone in a quiet place, reflected single-mindedly and had this thought: “How does a bhikṣu know, how does he see, so as to see the Dharma?” Having reflected thus, he emerged from meditation, went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Alone in a quiet place, I reflected single-mindedly and had this thought: how does a bhikṣu know, how does he see, so as to see the Dharma?”

At that time the World-Honored One said to that bhikṣu: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. There are two things. What are the two? The eye and forms are two …”—taught at length in this way, up to: “… because it is not within their range. Why is that? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; together with contact arise feeling, perception, and volition; these four formless aggregates, together with the eye and forms—these things are called a person; with regard to these things one forms the notion of a person, and forms the notions of a being, of a nara, a manuja, a mānava, a man, a pudgala, a jīva, a jantu.

“And again one speaks thus: I see forms with the eye, I hear sounds with the ear, I smell odours with the nose, I taste flavours with the tongue, I feel tangibles with the body, I cognize mental objects with the mind. That designation further speaks thus: this venerable one has such a name, such a birth, such a clan, such food, experiences pain and pleasure thus, lives long thus, abides long thus, has such a limit to his life span. Bhikṣu! This is a notion, this is a designation, this is a verbal expression; these things are all impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish; whatever is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish—that is suffering. Again, when that suffering arises, it also persists as suffering, ceases as suffering, is born again and again as suffering; all of it is suffering. If that suffering is abandoned without remainder, spat out, exhausted, freed from desire, ceased, stilled, and vanished, and no further suffering continues or is born again, this is quiescence, this is the sublime—namely, the relinquishing of all that remains, the exhaustion of all craving, desirelessness, complete cessation, nirvāṇa.

“The ear, the nose, the tongue; conditioned by body and contact, body-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; together with contact arise feeling, perception, and volition; these four are formless aggregates, and the body faculty is the aggregate of form; this is called a person …”—as said above, up to: “… complete cessation, nirvāṇa. Conditioned by the mind and mental objects, mind-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; together with contact arise feeling, perception, and volition; these four formless aggregates, together with the four great elements, are what a man relies on; these things are called a person …”—as taught at length above, up to: “… complete cessation, nirvāṇa. If someone’s mind enters into these things and dwells in liberation without turning back, then in the attachment that arises there, there is no self. Bhikṣu! To know thus and to see thus is to see the Dharma.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔307 · Called Seeing the Dharma〕(0088a21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu, alone in a quiet place, reflected single-mindedly and had this thought: “How does one know, how does one see, so that it is called seeing the Dharma?” Having reflected, he emerged from meditation, went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Alone in a quiet place, I reflected single-mindedly and had this thought: how does a bhikṣu know, how does he see, so that it is called seeing the Dharma? Now I ask the World-Honored One; may he explain it for me.”

The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. There are two things, the eye and forms; conditioned by them eye-consciousness arises …”—as taught at length above. “Venerable One! As the verse says:”

  “The eye and forms, these two, are the condition from which mind and mental states arise;

  consciousness, contact, and what arises together with them, feeling, perception, and the rest, all have a cause;

  it is not self, not what is mine, nor is it a pudgala,

  nor is it a manuja, nor is it a mānava;

  this is arising and ceasing, a thing of change of the aggregate of suffering;

  forming notions of these, one designates them as a being.

  nara, manuja, and mānava,

  and the many other notions besides, all arise from the aggregate of suffering.

  Actions, craving, and ignorance are the cause that heaps up the aggregates of other lives;

  the other ascetics and those of other paths, who teach two things otherwise,

  have only words; having heard them, one only adds to delusion and perplexity.

  Craving is stilled without remainder, ignorance sinks away and ceases forever,

  with craving exhausted the many sufferings are stilled: this is what the unsurpassed Buddha-eye has spoken.”

When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔308 · Dwelling Attached and Delighting〕(0088b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Gods and humans of the world dwell attached to forms, delighting and enjoying them; when those forms are impermanent, change, and cease, those gods and humans give rise to great suffering; they dwell attached to sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects, delighting and enjoying them; when those things change, are impermanent, and cease, those gods and humans dwell in great suffering.

“The Tathāgata knows as it really is forms, the arising of forms, the cessation of forms, the gratification of forms, the danger of forms, and the escape from forms; having known them as they really are, he no longer dwells attached to forms, delighting and enjoying them; when those forms change, are impermanent, and cease, he gives rise to dwelling in happiness; he knows as it really is the arising, the cessation, the gratification, the danger, and the escape of sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects; having known them as they really are, he no longer dwells attached to them, delighting and enjoying them; when those forms change, are impermanent, and cease, he gives rise to dwelling in happiness. Why is that? Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; with contact as condition there is feeling, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; he knows as it really is the arising of these three feelings, the cessation of these feelings, the danger of these feelings, and the escape from these feelings; the obstruction arising from those forms as cause and condition—when the obstruction has ended, this is called the unsurpassed, secure nirvāṇa. The ear, the nose, the tongue, the body; conditioned by the mind and mental objects, mind-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact; with contact as condition there is feeling, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; he knows as it really is the arising of that feeling, the cessation of feeling, the gratification of feeling, the danger of feeling, and the escape from feeling; having known them as they really are, the obstruction arising from those things as cause and condition—when the obstruction has ended, this is called the unsurpassed, secure nirvāṇa.” At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse:

  “Toward forms, sounds, odours, and tastes, tangibles and mental objects, these six objects,

  they wholly give rise to joy, defiled by craving and deeply delighting and clinging.

  The gods and the people of the world take only these as their pleasure,

  and when these change and cease, they then give rise to great suffering.

  Only the noble ones see their cessation as happiness;

  what the world delights in, when contemplated, is all an enemy.

  What the noble ones see as suffering, the world takes as happiness;

  what the world takes as suffering, for the noble one is happiness.

  This Dharma, profound and hard to understand, gives rise to doubt in the world;

  sunk in the great darkness, blind and in gloom, they see nothing.

  Only one who has wisdom dispels the dimness and opens the great light;

  words so profound in meaning—who but a noble one can know them?

  One who does not come back to take on a body penetrates them deeply, truly and clearly.”

When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔309 · What Is Dwelling with a Second〕(0088c18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of Zhanpo, beside the Jieqie Pond. At that time the venerable Luniu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! As the World-Honored One has said, there is dwelling with a second, and there is dwelling alone. What, then, is dwelling with a second? What is dwelling alone?”

The Buddha said to Luniu: “Good! Good! Luniu! You are able to ask the Tathāgata about such a meaning.” The Buddha said to Luniu: “If there are forms cognized by the eye that are lovely, delightful, dear, and agreeable, fostering desire, and that bhikṣu, having seen them, takes pleasure in them, praises them, and dwells bound and attached; having dwelt delighting in them, praising them, bound and attached, his mind turns to delight; having delighted, he enjoys them deeply; having enjoyed them deeply, he craves; having craved, he is obstructed. Delight, deep enjoyment, craving, and obstruction: this is called dwelling with a second. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Luniu! There is a kind of bhikṣu such as this who, even if he is alone in a secluded place, is still called one who dwells with a second. Why is that? Because craving-and-delight is not cut off and has not ceased. Craving and desire not cut off, not fully known—the Buddhas, the Tathāgatas, call this dwelling with a second.

“If there is a bhikṣu who, toward forms that are lovely, delightful, dear, and agreeable, fostering desire, having seen them, does not take pleasure in them, does not praise them, and does not dwell bound and attached; having dwelt not taking pleasure, not praising, not bound and attached, he does not delight; because he does not delight, he does not enjoy them deeply; because he does not enjoy them deeply, he does not crave; because he does not crave, he is not obstructed. No delight, deep enjoyment, craving, or obstruction: this is called dwelling alone. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Luniu! A bhikṣu of such a kind, even if he dwells in a lofty tower of many storeys, is still one who dwells alone. Why is that? Because craving has been exhausted and fully known. Craving exhausted and fully known—the Buddhas, the Tathāgatas, call this dwelling alone.” At that time the venerable Luniu, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.

〔310 · When Delight Has Arisen〕(0089a12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the land of Zhanpo, beside the Jieqie Pond. At that time the venerable Luniu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Good, World-Honored One! Please teach the Dharma for me; having heard the Dharma, I will be alone in a quiet place, reflect single-mindedly, and dwell in heedfulness, and so on up to, know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” The Buddha said to Luniu: “Good! Good! Luniu! You are able to ask the Tathāgata about such a meaning. Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you.”

The Buddha said to Luniu: “If the eye sees forms that are lovely, delightful, agreeable, and dear, fostering desire, then, having seen them, he speaks of them, praises them, and is bound and attached; having rejoiced in them, praised them, and become bound and attached, delight arises; when delight has arisen, suffering arises. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. Luniu! If there is a bhikṣu whose eye sees forms that are lovely, delightful, dear, and agreeable, fostering desire, then, having seen them, he does not rejoice in them, does not praise them, and is not bound and attached; because he does not rejoice, does not praise, and is not bound and attached, delight does not arise; because delight does not arise, suffering ceases. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind and mental objects.” At that time the venerable Luniu, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.

At that time the venerable Luniu, having heard the Buddha’s teaching of the Dharma and his instruction, was alone in a quiet place, reflected single-mindedly, and dwelt in heedfulness, and so on up to, attained arhatship, his mind well liberated.

〔311 · Far from Nirvāṇa〕(0089b01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the venerable Pūrṇa came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and stood to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Good, World-Honored One! Please teach the Dharma for me; I will sit alone in a quiet place, reflect single-mindedly, and dwell in heedfulness, and so on up to, know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.”

The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: “Good! Good! You are able to ask the Tathāgata about such a meaning. Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. If there is a bhikṣu whose eye sees forms that are lovely, delightful, dear, and agreeable, fostering desire, then, having seen them, he rejoices in them, praises them, and is bound and attached; having rejoiced, praised, and become bound and attached, he delights; having delighted, he enjoys and clings; having enjoyed and clung, he craves; having craved, he is obstructed. Because of delight, enjoying and clinging, craving, and obstruction, he is far from nirvāṇa. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.

“Pūrṇa! If a bhikṣu’s eye sees forms that are lovely, delightful, dear, and agreeable, fostering desire, then, having seen them, he does not rejoice in them, does not praise them, and is not bound and attached; because he does not rejoice, does not praise, and is not bound and attached, he does not delight; because he does not delight, he does not enjoy them deeply; because he does not enjoy them deeply, he does not crave; because he does not crave, he is not obstructed. Because he does not delight, does not enjoy deeply, does not crave, and is not obstructed, he gradually draws near to nirvāṇa. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.”

The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: “I have taught you the teaching in brief; where do you wish to dwell?” Pūrṇa said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Having received the World-Honored One’s instruction taught in brief, I wish to go wandering among the people of Shuluna in the west.” The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: “The people of Shuluna in the west are fierce, rash, violent, and given to abuse. Pūrṇa! If you hear them being fierce, rash, violent, abusive, and insulting, what will you do?” Pūrṇa said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! If the people of the land of Shuluna in the west are fierce to my face, revile me, and insult me, I will think thus: those people of Shuluna in the west are good and wise; though they are fierce and violent before me, revile me and insult me, they have not yet struck or pelted me with hands or stones.”

The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: “If those people of Shuluna in the west are only fierce, rash, violent, and abusive, you may still count yourself as having escaped; but if they also strike and pelt you with hands and stones, what will you do?” Pūrṇa said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! If the people of Shuluna in the west should lay hands and stones on my body, I will think thus: the people of Shuluna are good and wise; though they lay hands and stones on me, they do not use knives and staves.”

The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: “If those people should lay knives and staves on your body, what then?” Pūrṇa said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! If those people should lay knives and staves on my body, I will think thus: those people of Shuluna are good and wise; though they lay knives and staves on my body, they have not killed me.”

The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: “Suppose those people should kill you—what will you do?” Pūrṇa said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! If the people of Shuluna in the west should kill me, I will think thus: there are some disciples of the World-Honored One who, weary of and loathing this body, take their own lives with a knife, or take poison, or hang themselves with a rope, or throw themselves into a deep pit; those people of Shuluna in the west are good and wise: with this rotting body of mine, by a little effort, they let me gain liberation.”

The Buddha said: “Good, Pūrṇa! You have learned patient endurance well; you are now able to dwell among the people of Shuluna; it is now fitting for you to go, to carry across those not yet carried across, to settle those not yet settled, and to let those who have not attained nirvāṇa attain nirvāṇa.” At that time Pūrṇa, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.

At that time, when the night had passed, at early morning the venerable Pūrṇa put on his robe, took his bowl, and entered the city of Śrāvastī for alms; having eaten, he returned, left the city, entrusted his bedding in good order, took his robe and bowl, and departed, wandering among the people of Shuluna in the west. Having arrived, he spent the summer retreat there, taught the Dharma for five hundred upāsakas, and established five hundred monasteries, with rope beds, bedding, and the many requisites for offerings all fully provided. When the three months had passed, he became endowed with the three knowledges, and right there entered nirvāṇa without remainder.

〔312 · In the Seen, Only the Seen〕(0089c24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time Moluojiajiu came to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Good, World-Honored One! Please teach the Dharma for me; having heard the Dharma, I will be alone in a quiet place, reflect single-mindedly, and dwell in heedfulness, and so on up to, undergo no further existence.”

At that time the World-Honored One said to Moluojiajiu: “Those who are young, intelligent, and of sharp faculties, who have not long gone forth in my Dharma and Discipline, are still not slack in my Dharma and Discipline; how much more you, now aged, your faculties ripe, wishing to hear my instruction taught in brief.” Moluojiajiu said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! Though I am aged and my faculties are ripe, I still wish to hear the World-Honored One’s instruction taught in brief. May the World-Honored One teach me the instruction in brief; having heard the Dharma, I will be alone in a quiet place, reflect single-mindedly, and so on up to, know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” A second time and a third time he asked in the same way. The Buddha said to Moluojiajiu: “Stop for now!” Thus, three times over, he still did not teach him.

At that time the World-Honored One said to Moluojiajiu: “I will now ask you; answer me as you see fit.” The Buddha said to Moluojiajiu: “If there are forms the eye has never seen, would you wish to see them, and toward those forms give rise to desire, give rise to craving, give rise to longing, give rise to attachment?” He answered: “No, World-Honored One!” “So it is likewise taught of the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind and mental objects.” The Buddha said to Moluojiajiu: “Good! Good! Moluojiajiu! In the seen, only the seen as its measure; in the heard, only the heard as its measure; in the sensed, only the sensed as its measure; in the cognized, only the cognized as its measure.” Then he spoke in verse:

  “If you are not in that, and that too is not in this,

  nor in the middle between the two: this is the end of suffering.”

Moluojiajiu said to the Buddha: “I have understood, World-Honored One! I have understood, Well-Gone One!” The Buddha said to Moluojiajiu: “How do you understand at length the meaning of the Dharma I have taught in brief?” At that time Moluojiajiu spoke in verse to the Buddha:

  “If the eye has seen forms and right mindfulness is lost,

  then toward the forms that are seen one takes up the sign of fond regard.

  One who takes up the sign of fond delight has a mind constantly bound and attached;

  many kinds of craving arise, and measureless forms arise and gather.

  Thoughts of greed, of hatred, and of harming wear away his mind;

  he nourishes the many sufferings, and is forever far from nirvāṇa.

  Seeing forms and not taking up the sign, his mind follows right mindfulness;

  he is not defiled by the craving of an evil mind, and gives rise to no attachment.

  He gives rise to no cravings, nor to the arising and gathering of measureless forms;

  thoughts of greed, of hatred, and of harming cannot break down his mind.

  He nourishes the many sufferings only a little, and gradually draws near to nirvāṇa;

  as the Honored One of the Solar line has taught: free of craving, one attains final nirvāṇa.

  If the ear hears many sounds and the mind loses right mindfulness,

  it takes up the signs of the many sounds, holds them, and does not let go.

  The nose with odours, the tongue tasting flavours, the body with contact, the mind thinking of mental objects—

  when right mindfulness is forgotten, taking up the signs is likewise.

  His mind gives rise to fond delight, bound and attached, it dwells firmly;

  many kinds of craving arise, and measureless things arise and gather.

  Thoughts of greed, of hatred, and of harming wear away and break down his mind;

  he nourishes the mass of many sufferings, and is forever far from nirvāṇa.

  Not defiled by the many things, he dwells with right knowledge and right mindfulness;

  his mind is not defiled, nor does it delight and cling.

  He gives rise to no cravings, nor to the arising and gathering of measureless things;

  thoughts of greed, of hatred, and of harming do not wear away his mind.

  The many sufferings dwindle and cease along with it, and step by step he draws near to final nirvāṇa;

  with craving exhausted one attains final nirvāṇa: this is what the World-Honored One has taught.”

This is called understanding at length the meaning of the Dharma that the World-Honored One taught in brief. The Buddha said to Moluojiajiu: “You have truly understood at length the meaning of the Dharma I taught in brief. Why is that? As in the verse you spoke:”

  “If the eye sees the many forms and right mindfulness is forgotten,

  then toward the forms that are seen one takes up the sign of fond regard.”

The rest is as taught at length before. At that time the venerable Moluojiajiu, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed.

At that time the venerable Moluojiajiu, having understood at length the meaning of the Dharma the World-Honored One taught in brief, was alone in a quiet place, reflected single-mindedly, and dwelt in heedfulness, and so on up to, became an arhat, his mind liberated.

〔313 · A Teaching of the Discourses〕(0090b27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Is there a teaching of the discourses, bhikṣus, such that, esteeming and inclining toward it, one may, within that teaching, apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearing, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, know rightly and declare: My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence?”

The bhikṣus said to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma. Good, World-Honored One! May he teach it at length; having heard it, the bhikṣus will receive it, uphold it, and practise accordingly.”

The Buddha said to the bhikṣus: “Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you. A bhikṣu, having seen forms with the eye, is aware of the forms but is not aware of lust for forms: formerly in my eye-consciousness there was lust for forms, and now in my eye-consciousness there is no lust for forms—this he knows as it really is. If a bhikṣu, having seen forms with the eye, is aware of the forms and gives rise to no lust for forms, is aware that formerly his eye-consciousness had lust, and declares that now his eye-consciousness has no lust for forms—one who knows this as it really is, bhikṣus, what do you think: is it, in this, by faith, by inclination, by hearing, by reasoned reflection, by acceptance of a view after pondering?” They answered: “No, World-Honored One!” “Is it by returning to this teaching that he rightly knows, as it really is, what is known and what is seen?” They answered: “Yes, World-Honored One!” So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind and mental objects.

“Bhikṣus! This is called a teaching of the discourses. A bhikṣu, esteeming and inclining toward this teaching of the discourses, apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearing, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, knows rightly and declares: My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔314 · Abandon Desire〕(0090c19)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “You should abandon desire. When desire for the eye has been abandoned, the eye is then abandoned and fully known, cut off at its root, like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to arise again in future. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔315 · Arising, Persisting, Coming Forth〕(0090c25)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “If the eye arises, persists, and comes forth, then suffering arises, sickness persists, and old age and death come forth. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. If the eye ceases, subsides, and vanishes, then the arising of suffering ceases, sickness subsides, and death vanishes. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔316 · The Eye Is Impermanent〕(0091a02)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The eye is impermanent. If the eye were permanent, it should not undergo oppressive suffering, and one should also be able to say of the eye: let it be thus, let it not be thus. Because the eye is impermanent, the eye arises undergoing oppressive suffering, and so one cannot say of the eye: let it be thus, let it not be thus. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔317 · The Eye Is Suffering〕(0091a09)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The eye is suffering. If the eye were pleasant, it should not undergo oppressive suffering, and one should be able to say of the eye: let it be thus, let it not be thus; because the eye is suffering, it undergoes oppressive suffering, and one cannot say of the eye: let it be thus, let it not be thus. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔318 · The Eye Is Not Self〕(0091a16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The eye is not self. If the eye were the self, it should not undergo oppressive suffering, and one should be able to say of the eye: let it be thus, let it not be thus; because the eye is not self, it undergoes oppressive suffering, and one cannot say of the eye: let it be thus, let it not be thus. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

As with these three discourses on the internal six sense bases, so the three discourses on the external six sense bases are likewise taught.

〔319 · What Is Called the All〕(0091a24)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the brāhmaṇa Shengwen went to where the Buddha was, and they exchanged greetings; having exchanged greetings, he withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Gautama! What is called the all—what is it that is called the all?”

The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa: “The all means the twelve sense bases: the eye and forms, the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind and mental objects; this is called the all. If someone were further to say: This is not the all; the all that the ascetic Gautama teaches I now set aside, and I establish another all—that person has only words; when questioned they do not know, and only increase their own perplexity. Why is that? Because it is not within their range.” At that time the brāhmaṇa Shengwen, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, and practiced accordingly.

〔320 · What Is All That Exists〕(0091b04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the brāhmaṇa Shengwen went to where the Buddha was; having greeted him face to face, he withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Gautama! What is called all that exists—how is it all that exists?”

The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa Shengwen: “I will now ask you; answer me as you see fit. Brāhmaṇa! What do you think? Does the eye exist?” He answered: “It exists, ascetic Gautama!” “Do forms exist?” He answered: “They exist, ascetic Gautama!” “Brāhmaṇa! Are there forms, is there eye-consciousness, is there eye-contact, is there feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant?” He answered: “There are, ascetic Gautama!” “So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” Taught at length in this way, up to: “… because it is not within their range.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the brāhmaṇa Shengwen, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, rose from his seat, and departed.

〔321 · What Are All Dharmas〕(0091b15)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the brāhmaṇa Shengwen went to where the Buddha was; having exchanged greetings, he withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “Ascetic Gautama! What is called all dharmas—what are all dharmas?”

The Buddha said to the brāhmaṇa: “The eye and forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind and mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen with mind-contact as condition, painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant: this is called all dharmas. If someone were further to say: These are not all dharmas; the all dharmas that the ascetic Gautama teaches I now set aside, and I establish all dharmas—this person has only verbal reckoning; when questioned they do not know, and only increase their own delusion and perplexity. Why is that? Because it is not within their range.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the brāhmaṇa Shengwen, having heard the Buddha finish, rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, rose from his seat, and departed.

As with the three discourses asked by the brāhmaṇa Shengwen, the three discourses asked by a certain bhikṣu, the three discourses asked by the venerable Ānanda, and the three discourses on the World-Honored One as the eye of the Dharma, the root of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma, are also as said above.

〔322 · The Eye Is an Internal Sense Base〕(0091c01)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time a certain bhikṣu went to where the Buddha was, bowed his head at the Buddha’s feet, withdrew and sat to one side, and said to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! As the World-Honored One has said, the eye is an internal sense base; the World-Honored One taught it only in brief and did not analyse it at length. How is the eye an internal sense base?” The Buddha said to that bhikṣu: “The eye is an internal sense base: subtle matter made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant. So it is likewise taught of the internal sense bases of the ear, nose, tongue, and body.”

He said further to the Buddha: “World-Honored One! As the World-Honored One has said, the mind is an internal sense base, without analysing it at length. How is the mind an internal sense base?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “The internal sense base of the mind is mind, mentality, and consciousness; it is not form, invisible, non-resistant: this is called the internal sense base of the mind.”

He asked further: “As the World-Honored One has said, forms are an external sense base; the World-Honored One taught it only in brief and did not analyse it at length. World-Honored One! How are forms an external sense base?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “The external sense base of forms is form made of the four great elements, visible, resistant: this is called forms as an external sense base.”

He said further to the Buddha: “The World-Honored One says sounds are an external sense base, without analysing it at length. How are sounds an external sense base?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “Sounds are made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant; as with sounds, so it is likewise with odours and tastes.”

He asked further: “The World-Honored One speaks of the external sense base of tangibles, without analysing it at length. How is the external sense base of tangibles?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “The external sense base of tangibles is the four great elements and the form made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant: this is called the external sense base of tangibles.”

He asked further: “The World-Honored One speaks of the external sense base of mental objects, without analysing it at length. How is the external sense base of mental objects?” The Buddha said to the bhikṣu: “The external sense base of mental objects is what is not included in the eleven sense bases, invisible, non-resistant: this is called the external sense base of mental objects.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔323 · The Six Internal Sense Bases〕(0091c23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six internal sense bases, namely the internal sense base of the eye, and the internal sense bases of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔324 · The Six External Sense Bases〕(0091c27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six external sense bases. What are the six? Namely, forms are an external sense base, and sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects are external sense bases: these are called the six external sense bases.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔325 · The Six Classes of Consciousness〕(0092a03)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six classes of consciousness. What are the six? Namely, the class of eye-consciousness, the class of ear-consciousness, the class of nose-consciousness, the class of tongue-consciousness, the class of body-consciousness, and the class of mind-consciousness: these are called the six classes of consciousness.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔326 · The Six Classes of Contact〕(0092a08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six classes of contact. What are the six classes of contact? Namely, the class of eye-contact, the class of ear-contact, the class of nose-contact, the class of tongue-contact, the class of body-contact, and the class of mind-contact: these are called the six classes of contact.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔327 · The Six Classes of Feeling〕(0092a13)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six classes of feeling. What are the six? The feeling born of eye-contact, and the feeling born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact: these are called the six classes of feeling.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔328 · The Six Classes of Perception〕(0092a18)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six classes of perception. What are the six? Namely, the perception born of eye-contact, and the perception born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact: these are called the six classes of perception.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔329 · The Six Classes of Volition〕(0092a23)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six classes of volition. What are the six? Namely, the volition born of eye-contact, and the volition born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact: these are called the six classes of volition.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔330 · The Six Classes of Craving〕(0092a28)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six classes of craving. What are the six classes of craving? Namely, the craving born of eye-contact, and the craving born of ear-, nose-, tongue-, body-, and mind-contact: these are called the six classes of craving.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔331 · The Six Longings〕(0092b04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six longings. What are the six? Namely, longing for forms, longing for sounds, longing for odours, longing for tastes, longing for tangibles, and longing for mental objects: these are called the six longings.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔332 · The Six Coverings〕(0092b09)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six coverings. What are the six? Namely, forms are with outflows and are clinging, and the mind covers them over; sounds, odours, tastes, tangibles, and mental objects are with outflows and are clinging, and the mind covers them over. These are called the six coverings.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔333 · Not Longing for the Past Eye〕(0092b14)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “The eye of the past and of the future is impermanent; how much more the eye of the present. The learned noble disciple who contemplates thus does not look back to the past eye, does not long for the future eye, and toward the present eye is weary, free from desire, heading toward cessation. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind.” As with impermanence, so suffering, emptiness, and not self are likewise taught. As with the four discourses on the internal sense bases, so the four discourses on the external sense bases are likewise taught.

〔334 · With a Cause, a Condition, a Bond〕(0092b21)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “Now I will teach you the Dharma, good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, good in meaning and good in flavour, wholly pure and complete, the pure conduct clear and white. Listen closely and reflect well: namely, the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond.

“What is the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond? It is that the eye has a cause, has a condition, has a bond. What is the cause of the eye, the condition of the eye, the bond of the eye? It is that the eye has action as cause, action as condition, action as bond. Action has a cause, has a condition, has a bond. What is the cause of action, the condition of action, the bond of action? It is that action has craving as cause, craving as condition, craving as bond. Craving has a cause, has a condition, has a bond. What is the cause of craving, the condition of craving, the bond of craving? It is that craving has ignorance as cause, ignorance as condition, ignorance as bond. Ignorance has a cause, has a condition, has a bond. What is the cause of ignorance, the condition of ignorance, the bond of ignorance? It is that ignorance has wrong reflection as cause, wrong reflection as condition, wrong reflection as bond. Wrong reflection has a cause, has a condition, has a bond. What is the cause of wrong reflection, the condition of wrong reflection, the bond of wrong reflection? It is that, conditioned by the eye and forms, wrong reflection arises and gives rise to delusion; conditioned by the eye and forms, wrong reflection arises and gives rise to delusion. That delusion is ignorance. Deluded and seeking desire: this is called craving; what craving does is called action. In this way, bhikṣus, wrong reflection is the cause of ignorance, ignorance is the cause of craving, craving is the cause of action, action is the cause of the eye.” So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind. “This is called the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔335 · Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense〕(0092c12)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “I will now teach you the Dharma, good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, good in meaning and good in flavour, wholly pure and complete, the pure conduct clear and white—namely, the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense. Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you.

“What is the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense? Bhikṣus! When the eye arises, there is no place it comes from; when it ceases, there is no place it goes to. In this way, the eye arises without substance, and having arisen, it is exhausted and ceases; there is the result of action, but no agent; when this aggregate has ceased, another aggregate continues—apart from conventional reckoning. So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind—apart from conventional reckoning. Conventional reckoning is this: because this exists, that exists; because this arises, that arises—as ignorance conditions formations, formations condition consciousness …”—taught at length, up to: “… the whole mass of suffering arises. Again, because this does not exist, that does not exist; because this ceases, that ceases; with the cessation of ignorance, formations cease; with the cessation of formations, consciousness ceases …”—taught at length in this way, up to: “… the whole mass of suffering ceases. Bhikṣus! This is called the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔336 · The Six Courses of Joy〕(0092c27)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six courses of joy. What are the six? It is thus. Bhikṣus! If the eye sees forms and is joyful, it courses there, in that place of forms. When the ear with sounds, the nose with odours, the tongue with tastes, the body with tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects is joyful, it courses there, in that place of mental objects. Bhikṣus! These are called the six courses of joy.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔337 · The Six Courses of Sorrow〕(0093a04)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six courses of sorrow. What are the six? Bhikṣus! If the eye sees forms and is sorrowful, it courses there, in that place of forms. When the ear with sounds, the nose with odours, the tongue with tastes, the body with tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects is sorrowful, it courses there, in that place of mental objects. Bhikṣus! These are called the six courses of sorrow.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔338 · The Six Courses of Equanimity〕(0093a10)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six courses of equanimity. What are the six? Bhikṣus! Namely, when the eye sees forms and is equanimous, it courses there, in that place of forms. When the ear with sounds, the nose with odours, the tongue with tastes, the body with tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects is equanimous, it courses there, in that place of mental objects: these are called a bhikṣu’s six courses of equanimity.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔339 · The Six Constant Abidings〕(0093a16)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six constant abidings. What are the six? If a bhikṣu sees forms with the eye and is neither pained nor pleased, he dwells with right mindfulness and right knowledge, with a mind of equanimity. With the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects, he is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge: these are called a bhikṣu’s six constant abidings.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔340 · Rare in the World〕(0093a22)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six constant abidings. What are the six? If a bhikṣu sees forms with the eye and is neither pained nor pleased, he dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. With the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects, he is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge; if a bhikṣu is accomplished in these six constant abidings, he is rare in the world.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔341 · The Unsurpassed Field of Merit〕(0093a29)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six constant abidings. What are the six? If a bhikṣu sees forms with the eye and is neither pained nor pleased, he dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. With the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects, he is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. If a bhikṣu is accomplished in these six constant abidings, he is rare in the world, and should be attended upon, honoured, and supported; he is the unsurpassed field of merit in the world.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

〔342 · Śāriputra and His Like〕(0093b08)Thus have I heard. At one time the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park. At that time the World-Honored One said to the bhikṣus: “There are six constant abidings. What are the six? If a bhikṣu sees forms with the eye and is neither pained nor pleased, he dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. With the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects, he is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. If a bhikṣu is accomplished in these six constant abidings, know that he is one like Śāriputra. The bhikṣu Śāriputra, having seen forms with the eye, is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. With the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind cognizing mental objects, he is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. Because the bhikṣu Śāriputra is accomplished in these six constant abidings, he is rare in the world, and should be attended upon, honoured, and supported; he is the unsurpassed field of merit in the world.” When the Buddha had spoken this discourse, the bhikṣus, having heard what the Buddha said, rejoiced and practiced accordingly.

義疏Exposition

卷第十一末一經說無上修根:眼見色,生可意不可意,俄爾盡滅,得捨。卷第十三三十九經,回到眼色本身來問:這見色的是誰?經三三五答得最直:「眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處。如是眼不實而生,生已盡滅,有業報而無作者,此陰滅已,異陰相續,除俗數法。」〔T02 0092c16〕有業報,沒有作者。這一卷從六六法起,到六常行止,說的都是這一句。

這一卷短經多。長經集中在前半:六六法、六分別六入處、見法二經、鹿紐二經、富樓那、摩羅迦舅、經法;後半多是短經,六六身八經、六行七經,一經一句。短經不是附錄,是前半的話收成清單。讀法在末節說。

一、六六法與六分別(經三〇四、三〇五)

兩經同在拘留搜調牛聚落,同以「初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白」〔T02 0086c25〕開場,各自題名:「是名六六法經」〔T02 0087a24〕、「是名六分別六入處經」〔T02 0087c15〕。經自題經名,本卷四見,另二見是有因有緣有縛法經與第一義空法經。

六六法:「謂六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六愛身。」〔T02 0086c27〕列完就破我:「若有說言眼是我,是則不然。所以者何?眼生滅故,若眼是我者,我應受生死,是故說眼是我者,是則不然。」〔T02 0087a08〕眼生滅,若眼是我,我就跟著生死。色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸生受一一同破。理由只有一個:「眼觸生受是生滅法」〔T02 0087a12〕。破完說修:「當如實知眼所作、智所作、寂滅所作,開發神通,正向涅槃。」〔T02 0087a18〕眼所作是什麼,經自答:眼非我,色、眼識、眼觸、受「彼亦觀察非我」〔T02 0087a22〕。知眼所作,就是觀眼非我。

六分別六入處經分染與不染。於眼不如實知見,「於眼染著」〔T02 0087b05〕,染著則「愚闇、顧念、結縛其心,長養五受陰」〔T02 0087b10〕,身心疲惡、熾然、狂亂,「是名純一大苦陰聚集」〔T02 0087b14〕。如實知見則不染,「損減五受陰」〔T02 0087b24〕,身心覺樂,「如是純大苦聚陰滅」〔T02 0087b28〕。這是六入處上的集與滅。然後說果:「名為正見修習滿足」〔T02 0087b29〕,八聖道滿足,四念處、四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺分滿足。末後一段四句:「何等法應知、應了,悉知、悉了?所謂名色。何等法應知、應斷?所謂無明及有愛。何等法應知、應證?所謂明、解脫。何等法應知、應修?所謂止、觀。」〔T02 0087c08〕知名色、斷無明有愛、證明解脫、修止觀,「是名比丘斷愛結縛,正無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0087c14〕。六分別,是六入處各各分別;就眼一處說,分眼、色、眼識、眼觸、受五項去看,每項都問如實知不知。

二、見法(經三〇六、三〇七)

兩經同一問:「比丘云何知、云何見而得見法?」〔T02 0087c20〕世尊答二法,眼色為二,底本以「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0087c25〕略去,接下去是新的話:「眼、色緣生眼識,三事和合觸,觸俱生受、想、思,此四無色陰、眼、色,此等法名為人,於斯等法作人想、眾生、那羅、摩㝹闍、摩那婆、士夫、福伽羅、耆婆、禪頭。」〔T02 0087c26〕眼、色、識、觸、受、想、思——這些法叫做人。人是這些法的名字,不是這些法之外的東西。

然後說人怎麼說自己:「我眼見色,我耳聞聲,我鼻嗅香,我舌甞味,我身覺觸,我意識法。」〔T02 0088a01〕又說:「是尊者如是名、如是生、如是姓、如是食、如是受苦樂、如是長壽、如是久住、如是壽分齊。」〔T02 0088a03〕世尊判一句:「是則為想,是則為誌,是則言說,此諸法皆悉無常、有為、思願緣生;若無常、有為、思願緣生者,彼則是苦。」〔T02 0088a05〕名、姓、壽、見聞覺知,都是想、是誌、是言說。言說所指的法,無常、有為、思願緣生,所以是苦。苦斷,「餘苦更不相續,不出生,是則寂滅,是則勝妙」〔T02 0088a09〕。見法是什麼?「若有於此諸法,心隨入,住解脫不退轉,於彼所起繫著,無有我。比丘!如是知、如是見,則為見法。」〔T02 0088a17〕見法不是見到一個法,是於這些法上心隨入、住解脫、繫著處無我。

第二經同問,世尊同答,底本「如上廣說」〔T02 0088a28〕。接著一段偈,前導「尊者!如所說偈」〔T02 0088a28〕。底本無主語,稱「尊者」。佛不呼比丘為尊者;偈末「愛盡眾苦息,無上佛眼說」〔T02 0088b13〕是說佛所說。這裡讀作異比丘向佛誦偈,把世尊的話收成十三句。偈說:「眼色二種緣,生於心心法,識觸及俱生,受想等有因,非我非我所,亦非福伽羅」〔T02 0088b01〕,那羅、摩㝹闍、摩那婆這些名字,「皆因苦陰生」〔T02 0088b08〕;異道說二法的,「彼但有言說,聞已增癡惑」〔T02 0088b11〕。偈是前一經的縮本。

三、第二住與一一住(經三〇八至三一一)

四經一條鏈:見色,喜,繫著,貪愛,阨礙。經三〇八先說天人與如來:「諸天、世人於色染著愛樂住,彼色若無常、變易、滅盡,彼諸天、人則生大苦」〔T02 0088b16〕如來不同:「如來於色、色集、色滅、色味、色患、色離如實知,如實知已,於色不復染著愛樂住,彼色變易、無常、滅盡,則生樂住」〔T02 0088b20〕同一個色變易滅盡,天人生大苦,如來生樂住。差別在知集滅味患離。偈說:「唯有諸賢聖,見其滅為樂,世間之所樂,觀察悉為怨。」〔T02 0088c08〕「賢聖見苦者,世間以為樂,世間之所苦,於聖則為樂。」〔T02 0088c10〕

鹿紐問:「如世尊說,有第二住,有一一住。」〔T02 0088c20〕世尊答:眼識色可愛,「彼比丘見已,喜樂,讚歎,繫著住;愛樂、讚歎、繫著住已,心轉歡喜;歡喜已,深樂;深樂已,貪愛;貪愛已,阨礙」〔T02 0088c24〕,「是名第二住」〔T02 0088c27〕。「正使空閑獨處,猶名第二住。所以者何?愛喜不斷不滅故。」〔T02 0088c28〕反過來,不喜樂不讚歎不繫著,「是名為一一住」〔T02 0089a06〕,「正使處於高樓重閣,猶是一一住者」〔T02 0089a07〕。第二住,是有愛作伴;一一住,是獨住。住在哪裡不算,愛斷不斷才算。鹿紐第二經短,世尊略說同一條鏈,「則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集」〔T02 0089a20〕,反之「不歡喜集故,則苦滅」〔T02 0089a24〕。鹿紐聞法獨處思惟,「乃至得阿羅漢,心善解脫」〔T02 0089a28〕。

富樓那經前半同鏈,收在涅槃上:「歡喜、樂著、貪愛、阨礙故,去涅槃遠。」〔T02 0089b10〕「不歡喜、不深樂、不貪愛、不阨礙故,漸近涅槃。」〔T02 0089b15〕後半是富樓那要去西方輸盧那。世尊四問:那裡的人兇惡罵辱怎麼辦?手石打擲怎麼辦?刀杖加身怎麼辦?殺了你怎麼辦?富樓那四答,每一答都說「彼西方輸盧那人賢善智慧」〔T02 0089b24〕——罵而不打,打而不用刀杖,用刀杖而不殺;殺了,「於我朽敗之身,以少作方便,便得解脫」〔T02 0089c12〕。世尊說:「汝善學忍辱,汝今堪能於輸盧那人間住止,汝今宜去度於未度,安於未安,未涅槃者令得涅槃。」〔T02 0089c13〕富樓那去了,夏安居,「為五百優婆塞說法,建立五百僧伽藍」〔T02 0089c21〕,「三月過已,具足三明,即於彼處入無餘涅槃」〔T02 0089c22〕。經前半說眼見色不繫著,後半說罵辱刀杖不阨礙。是一件事。

四、略說與經法(經三一二、三一三)

摩羅迦舅年老出家,請略說教誡。世尊先不說:「諸年少聰明利根,於我法、律出家未久,於我法、律尚無懈怠,而況汝今日年耆根熟,而欲聞我略說教誡。」〔T02 0089c28〕三請三止。然後世尊問一句:「若眼未曾見色,汝當欲見,於彼色起欲、起愛、起念、起染著不?」〔T02 0090a09〕答:不。沒見過的色,起不了愛。世尊於是說:「見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量。」〔T02 0090a12〕偈二句:「若汝非於彼,彼亦復非此,亦非兩中間,是則為苦邊。」〔T02 0090a15〕見只到見為止,不在見上加愛;彼、此、中間,經不明指;順上文讀,你不在彼色上,彼色也不在你這裡,中間也沒有東西,這就是苦邊。

摩羅迦舅說「已知」,世尊問他怎麼廣解。他說二十六句偈:「若眼已見色,而失於正念,則於所見色,而取愛念相。」〔T02 0090a20〕取相,繫著,愛起,「貪欲恚害覺,令其心退減,長養於眾苦,永離於涅槃」〔T02 0090a24〕;反之「見色不取相,其心隨正念,不染惡心愛,亦不生繫著」〔T02 0090a26〕,「小長養眾苦,漸次近涅槃」〔T02 0090b01〕。耳鼻舌身意同。世尊印可:「汝真於我略說法中廣解其義。」〔T02 0090b18〕前一經是三十九經裡唯一一次弟子把世尊的略說廣成偈、世尊印可。見為量是略說;失正念取相是廣解。

經三一三說「經法」。世尊問:有經法,比丘崇向,卻「異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍,正知而說:『我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有』」〔T02 0090b29〕?諸比丘請說。世尊答:比丘眼見色,「覺知色而不覺色貪,『我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪』如實知」〔T02 0090c05〕。這樣的比丘,是靠信、欲、聞、思惟、見審諦忍嗎?不是。「歸於此法,如實正知所知所見不?」〔T02 0090c12〕是。經法不是信來的,是如實知自己眼識先有貪、今無貪。這是內證。

五、一切(經三一四至三二二)

五經短:斷眼欲「如截多羅樹頭,於未來世永不復生」〔T02 0090c21〕;眼生、住、轉出「則苦生、病住、老死出」〔T02 0090c26〕,眼滅息沒則苦滅病息死沒;眼無常、眼苦、眼非我三經同式,「若眼是常者,則不應受逼迫苦,亦應說於眼欲令如是、不令如是」〔T02 0091a03〕。眼若是常、是樂、是我,就該能叫它如是不如是;叫不動,所以無常苦非我。

生聞婆羅門三問:一切、一切有、一切法。「一切者,謂十二入處,眼色、耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法,是名一切。」〔T02 0091a27〕有人說這不是一切,另立一切,「彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑。所以者何?非其境界故」〔T02 0091b01〕。一切有,世尊反問:眼是有不?色是有不?眼識、眼觸、受是有不?婆羅門三答是有。一切法:「眼及色、眼識、眼觸、眼觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂。耳、鼻、舌、身、意法、意識、意觸、意觸因緣生受,若苦、若樂、不苦不樂,是名為一切法。」〔T02 0091b18〕一切就是十二入處,加上識觸受。經末說同樣三問還有異比丘問的、阿難問的、世尊自說的,各三經,「亦如上說」〔T02 0091b29〕。

經三二二分別內外入處。眼內入處,「四大所造淨色,不可見,有對」〔T02 0091c05〕;意內入處,「若心、意、識非色,不可見,無對」〔T02 0091c09〕;色外入處,「若色四大造,可見,有對」〔T02 0091c12〕;聲、香、味「不可見,有對」〔T02 0091c15〕;觸外入處,「四大及四大造色,不可見,有對」〔T02 0091c17〕;法外入處,「十一入所不攝,不可見,無對」〔T02 0091c20〕。這是雜阿含裡最整齊的一段入處定義。可見的只有色;有對的有十;無對的是意和法。

六、六六身與有因有緣(經三二三至三三四)

八經八句:六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六想身、六思身、六愛身。每經只說一列。經三〇四的六六法在這裡拆成八經,加了想身、思身。接著六顧念:「色顧念、聲顧念、香顧念、味顧念、觸顧念、法顧念」〔T02 0092b06〕;六覆:「色有漏、是取,心覆藏」〔T02 0092b11〕。顧念與覆,是六外入處上的兩種病。經三三三說三世:「過去、未來眼無常,況現在眼,多聞聖弟子如是觀者,不顧過去眼,不欣未來眼,於現在眼生厭、離欲、滅盡向。」〔T02 0092b15〕

有因有緣有縛法經倒推:「眼,業因、業緣、業縛。」〔T02 0092b26〕業的因是愛,愛的因是無明,無明的因是不正思惟,不正思惟的因:「緣眼、色生不正思惟,生於癡。」〔T02 0092c04〕然後順推:「彼癡者是無明。癡求欲,名為愛;愛所作,名為業。如是,比丘!不正思惟因無明,無明因愛,愛因為業,業因為眼。」〔T02 0092c06〕眼從業來,業從愛來,愛從無明來,無明從緣眼色的不正思惟來。繞一圈,眼的因在眼色上。

七、第一義空(經三三五)

「眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處。如是眼不實而生,生已盡滅,有業報而無作者,此陰滅已,異陰相續,除俗數法。」〔T02 0092c16〕眼生沒有從哪裡來,滅沒有到哪裡去,有業有報,沒有作業受報的人;這一陰滅了,另一陰接著。只除俗數法。「俗數法者,謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起,如無明緣行,行緣識」〔T02 0092c20〕,乃至純大苦聚集;此無故彼無,乃至純大苦聚滅。「是名第一義空法經。」〔T02 0092c24〕

前一經說眼有因有緣有縛,這一經說眼無來處無去處無作者。不相違。有因有緣是俗數法,此有故彼有;無作者是第一義。俗數法不除,除的是作者。經三〇六說「此等法名為人」〔T02 0087c28〕,人是名字;經三三五說「有業報而無作者」,作者也是名字。兩經隔二十九經,說的是一件事。

八、六常行(經三三六至三四二)

喜行、憂行、捨行:「若眼見色喜,於彼色處行。」〔T02 0092c29〕憂、捨同。六常行:「若比丘眼見色,不苦、不樂,正念正智捨心住。」〔T02 0093a18〕四經重說,一層層加:成就六常行者,「世間難得」〔T02 0093a27〕;「所應承事、恭敬、供養,則為世間無上福田」〔T02 0093b05〕;末經點名:「若比丘成就此六常行者,當知是舍利弗等。」〔T02 0093b12〕喜行憂行捨行是見色隨色轉;六常行是見色不苦不樂,捨心住,正念正智。前面的捨行是六行之一,隨捨境而行;六常行的捨心住,是不隨境。一字兩用,經自己分開了。

九、一卷的讀法

這一卷先長後短。前半十經把話說完:六六法非我(三〇四)、六入處上的集滅(三〇五)、人是法的名字(三〇六、三〇七)、見色繫著是第二住、去涅槃遠(三〇八至三一一)、見以見為量(三一二)、如實知先有貪今無貪(三一三)。後半二十九經是清單:無常苦非我、一切、入處定義、六六身、顧念覆、三世、業因、第一義空、六行六常行。讀短經要帶著長經讀:六識身一句,是三〇四的六識身;六常行四經,是三一二的「見色不取相,其心隨正念」〔T02 0090a26〕。

卷第十一說守門不閉門,這一卷說門內沒有人。「有業報而無作者」,見色的時候只有見,見以見為量;愛起來,是第二住;愛不起,一一住,捨心住正念正智。

承衍——攝事分所攝

攝事分處擇攝卷第九十二兩段嗢拕南所攝。前段末四門:無我論、定、法見、苦最為後。無我論:「無我論師略有三種正所作事。」〔T30n1579 0823c13〕第一,於苦集諦所攝行「自相、共相應正顯了,安立無我」〔T30n1579 0823c14〕,六六法經逐一列、逐一破我,即是。定:「於其成就世間正見多聞不定住正法者,即成就此世間正見多聞得定住正法者,當知略有五種殊勝正加行果稱讚利益。」〔T30n1579 0824a04〕末段:「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習。」〔T30n1579 0824b23〕「於所依色及能依名,正知、已知;於所依無明及能依有愛,正斷、已斷;於所依明淨智及能依解脫煩惱斷,正證、已證;於所依奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那,正修、已修。」〔T30n1579 0824b26〕與六分別六入處經末四句同列。法見:「有二法見。一、有為法見,二、無為法見。」〔T30n1579 0824c02〕世俗諦是「假想安立我或有情,乃至命者及生者等。又自稱言:我眼見色,乃至我意知法。又起言說,謂如是名,乃至如是壽量邊際」〔T30n1579 0824c06〕,勝義諦是「有無常性,廣說乃至有緣生性」〔T30n1579 0824c12〕;見法二經所說人、名、壽,論判為世俗諦,無常有為思願緣生,論判為勝義諦。苦最為後:「此中如來超過如是二種過患,住一向樂」〔T30n1579 0825a11〕即經三〇八如來樂住。

後段嗢拕南:「一住、遠涅槃、略說、內所證、辯一切、智相、捨所學、業、等、空、隨行、恒住、師弟二圓滿。」〔T30n1579 0825a20〕一住:「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住。謂有愛故」〔T30n1579 0825a23〕,有愛分憙樂、歡喜、染著三層,即鹿紐經的喜樂讚歎繫著、歡喜、深樂、貪愛。遠涅槃:「安住雜染法已,即便隨順後有而轉;若於後有隨順轉時,當知說名去涅槃遠。」〔T30n1579 0825b10〕論又說六種鄙碎行相與忍辱柔和二法,「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報。言柔和者,謂心無憤,性不惱他」〔T30n1579 0825b20〕,即富樓那後半。略說:「如來略依二種處所,說無界教。一者、說有餘依涅槃界教,二者、說無餘依涅槃界教。」〔T30n1579 0825b22〕「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯,二由前生串習,三、由現法數習。」〔T30n1579 0825c02〕摩羅迦舅年耆根熟而請略說,論從念力說。內所證:「由五種相,當知涅槃是內證法。謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故。」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕即經法經異信異欲異聞異思惟異見審諦忍。辯一切:「由三因緣,顯示諸佛無上菩提。一者、覺了一切境故;二者、覺了有及非有如實事故;三者、覺了染淨二品一切法故。是故他於如是三處,請問世尊。」〔T30n1579 0825c08〕一切境、有非有、一切法,即生聞婆羅門三問。智相:「諸有為法俱有轉時,令心迷亂,能令於相邪取分別。是故如來,為諸弟子分別開示,令於彼相決定悟入。」〔T30n1579 0825c12〕即內外入處分別。捨所學:「諸出家者,棄捨所學增上力故,當知安立顧戀境界。」〔T30n1579 0825c17〕「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆。」〔T30n1579 0825c24〕即六顧念、六覆。業:「六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因。」〔T30n1579 0826a04〕與有因有緣有縛法經倒推同序。空:「若說恒時一切諸行唯有因果,都無受者及與作者,當知是名勝義諦空。」〔T30n1579 0826b08〕論開七空,後際空、前際空、中際空、常空、我空、受者空、作者空;「作者、受者無所有故,唯有諸行於前生滅,唯有諸行於後生生,於中都無捨前生者、取後生者」〔T30n1579 0826b28〕;「但唯於彼因果法中,依世俗諦,假立作用,宣說此法能生彼法」〔T30n1579 0826c04〕。第一義空經的生時無來處是後際空,滅時無去處是前際空,無作者是作者空,此有故彼有是世俗諦假立。隨行:「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行。」〔T30n1579 0826c07〕順喜生貪,順憂生瞋,順捨生癡,即六喜行憂行捨行。恒住:「有諸苾芻證阿羅漢,諸漏永盡,於一切境隨順而行,恒時不堪乃至失念生諸煩惱,是故恒住無雜染住。由是因緣,說名恒住。」〔T30n1579 0826c15〕「能成就者極難得故,說名第一真實福田。」〔T30n1579 0826c20〕即六常行四經的世間難得、無上福田。師弟二圓滿一門說大師弟子各二相其德圓滿,本卷末經以舍利弗為成就六常行者,論說弟子圓滿「要為修行法隨法行,證得出離,非為受持」〔T30n1579 0827a04〕,對位弱,誌之。

承衍下接卷第四十三。

The last discourse of Fascicle 11 teaches the unsurpassed cultivation of the faculties: the eye sees forms, the agreeable and the disagreeable arise, in an instant they are extinguished, and equanimity is attained. The thirty-nine discourses of Fascicle 13 return to the eye and forms themselves and ask: who is it that sees the forms? Discourse 335 answers most directly: “When the eye arises there is no place it comes from; when it ceases there is no place it goes to. Thus the eye arises without substance, and having arisen is wholly extinguished; there is the result of action, but no agent. When this aggregate has ceased, another aggregate continues, apart from conventional reckoning.” There is the result of action; there is no agent. From the six sets of six at the start to the six constant abidings at the end, the whole fascicle says this one sentence.

This fascicle has many short discourses. The long ones gather in the first half: the six sets of six, the six analyses of the six sense bases, the two discourses on seeing the Dharma, the two discourses of Luniu, Pūrṇa, Moluojiajiu, the teaching of the discourses. The second half is mostly short discourses: eight on the six classes, seven on the six courses, one sentence to a discourse. The short discourses are not an appendix; they are the words of the first half gathered into a list. How to read them is said in the last section.

I. The Six Sets of Six and the Six Analyses (Discourses 304 and 305)

Both discourses are set in the cowherds’ village in the Kuru country, both open with “good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, good in meaning and good in flavour, wholly pure and complete, the pure conduct spotless,” and each names itself: “this is called the Discourse on the Six Sets of Six,” “this is called the Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases.” A discourse naming itself occurs four times in this fascicle; the other two are the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond and the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense.

The six sets of six: “namely the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases, the six classes of consciousness, the six classes of contact, the six classes of feeling, the six classes of craving.” Having listed them, it refutes the self: “If someone says the eye is the self, that is not so. Why? The eye arises and ceases; if the eye were the self, the self would undergo birth and death; therefore to say the eye is the self is not so.” The eye arises and ceases; if the eye were the self, the self would follow it into birth and death. Forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling born of eye-contact are refuted one by one in the same way. There is only one reason: “the feeling born of eye-contact is a thing that arises and ceases.” After the refutation comes the cultivation: “one should know as it really is what is done by the eye, what is done by knowledge, what is done by quiescence, open up the supernormal powers, and head rightly toward nirvāṇa.” What is done by the eye the discourse itself answers: the eye is not self, and forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, feeling “are likewise observed to be not self.” To know what is done by the eye is to observe that the eye is not self.

The Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases divides attachment from non-attachment. Not knowing and seeing the eye as it really is, one is “attached to the eye,” and being attached one is “in darkness, longing, with the mind bound, nourishing the five aggregates of clinging,” the body and mind weary and ill, blazing, deranged; “this is called the arising of the whole mass of suffering, wholly and solely.” Knowing and seeing it as it really is, one is not attached, one “diminishes the five aggregates of clinging,” body and mind feel at ease, “thus the whole mass of suffering ceases.” This is arising and cessation on the six sense bases. Then the fruit: “this is called right view cultivated to fulfilment,” the eightfold noble path fulfilled, the four foundations of mindfulness, the four right efforts, the four bases of supernormal power, the five faculties, the five powers, the seven factors of awakening fulfilled. The last passage has four sentences: “What things are to be known and understood, wholly known and wholly understood? Name and form. What things are to be known and abandoned? Ignorance and the craving for existence. What things are to be known and realized? Knowledge and liberation. What things are to be known and cultivated? Calm and insight.” To know name and form, to abandon ignorance and the craving for existence, to realize knowledge and liberation, to cultivate calm and insight: “this is called the bhikṣu cutting the bonds of craving, rightly attaining unbroken comprehension, reaching the end of suffering.” The six analyses are the six sense bases each analysed; taking the eye alone, it is divided into five items, eye, forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, feeling, and of each item one asks whether it is known as it really is.

II. Seeing the Dharma (Discourses 306 and 307)

Both discourses have the same question: “How does a bhikṣu know, how does he see, so that he sees the Dharma?” The World-Honored One answers with the two things, eye and forms being the two; the base text abbreviates with “thus taught at length, up to,” and what follows is new: “Eye and forms as condition give rise to eye-consciousness; the three things meeting are contact; together with contact arise feeling, perception, volition. These four formless aggregates and the eye and forms, these things are called a person, and on these things one forms the notion of a person, a being, a nara, a manuja, a mānava, a man, a pudgala, a jīva, a jantu.” Eye, forms, consciousness, contact, feeling, perception, volition: these things are called a person. A person is the name of these things, not something outside them.

Then it says how a person speaks of himself: “My eye sees forms, my ear hears sounds, my nose smells odours, my tongue tastes tastes, my body feels tangibles, my mind cognizes mental objects.” And again: “This venerable one has such a name, such a birth, such a clan, such food, undergoes such pleasure and pain, lives so long, stays so long, has such a span of life.” The World-Honored One passes a single judgement: “This is a notion, this is a designation, this is a verbal expression; all these things are impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish; and what is impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish, that is suffering.” Name, clan, span of life, what is seen, heard, sensed, and known: all are notion, designation, verbal expression. The things that the words point to are impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish, and so are suffering. When suffering is cut off, “the remaining suffering does not continue, does not arise; that is quiescence, that is the sublime.” What is seeing the Dharma? “If regarding these things the mind enters into them, dwells in liberation without turning back, and in the attachment that arose toward them there is no self—bhikṣu, knowing thus, seeing thus, that is seeing the Dharma.” Seeing the Dharma is not seeing a thing; it is, regarding these things, the mind entering in, dwelling in liberation, and no self where the attachment was.

The second discourse asks the same question and the World-Honored One gives the same answer; the base text has “as taught at length above.” Then comes a verse, introduced by “Venerable One! As the verse says.” The base text names no speaker and uses the address “Venerable One.” The Buddha does not address a bhikṣu as “Venerable One”; the end of the verse, “craving ended, all suffering stilled, spoken by the unsurpassed Buddha-eye,” speaks of what the Buddha has spoken. Here it is read as a bhikṣu reciting the verse to the Buddha, gathering the World-Honored One’s words into thirteen lines. The verse says: “Eye and forms, two kinds of condition, give rise to mind and mental states; consciousness, contact, and what arises with them, feeling, perception, and the rest, all have a cause; not self, not what belongs to self, nor yet a pudgala”; nara, manuja, mānava, these names “all arise from the aggregate of suffering”; those of other paths who teach a different two things, “they have only words; having heard, one grows more deluded.” The verse is the preceding discourse in short.

III. Dwelling with a Second and Dwelling Alone (Discourses 308 to 311)

Four discourses form one chain: seeing forms, delight, attachment, craving, obstruction. Discourse 308 first speaks of gods and men and of the Tathāgata: “Gods and men dwell attached to forms, delighting and enjoying; when those forms are impermanent, change, and are extinguished, those gods and men suffer greatly.” The Tathāgata is different: “The Tathāgata knows forms as they really are, the arising of forms, the cessation of forms, the gratification of forms, the danger of forms, the escape from forms; knowing them as they really are, he no longer dwells attached to forms, delighting and enjoying; when those forms change, are impermanent, and are extinguished, he dwells at ease.” The same forms change and are extinguished; gods and men suffer greatly, the Tathāgata dwells at ease. The difference lies in knowing arising, cessation, gratification, danger, and escape. The verse says: “Only the noble ones see their cessation as ease; what the world delights in, they observe as an enemy.” “The noble ones see as suffering what the world takes as ease; what the world takes as suffering is ease to the noble.”

Luniu asks: “As the World-Honored One has said, there is dwelling with a second and there is dwelling alone.” The World-Honored One answers: eye-consciousness cognizes a lovely form, “that bhikṣu, having seen it, delights, praises, and dwells attached; having delighted, praised, and dwelt attached, his mind turns to gladness; having become glad, he deeply enjoys; having deeply enjoyed, he craves; having craved, he is obstructed”; “this is called dwelling with a second.” “Even if he is alone in a secluded place, it is still called dwelling with a second. Why? Because craving and delight are not cut off, not extinguished.” Conversely, not delighting, not praising, not dwelling attached, “this is called dwelling alone”; “even if he lives in a lofty tower of many storeys, he is still one who dwells alone.” Dwelling with a second is having craving for company; dwelling alone is living alone. Where one lives does not count; whether craving is cut off counts. Luniu’s second discourse is short; the World-Honored One teaches the same chain in brief, “then delight arises; when delight has arisen, suffering arises,” and conversely, “because delight does not arise, suffering ceases.” Luniu hears the Dharma, reflects alone, “and so on until he attains arhatship, his mind well liberated.”

The first half of the Pūrṇa discourse is the same chain, gathered on nirvāṇa: “Because of gladness, delight, craving, and obstruction, one is far from nirvāṇa.” “Because of no gladness, no deep enjoyment, no craving, no obstruction, one gradually draws near to nirvāṇa.” The second half is Pūrṇa about to go to Shuluna in the west. The World-Honored One asks four questions: if the people there are fierce and abuse you, what then? if they strike you with hands and stones? if they put knife and staff to your body? if they kill you? Pūrṇa gives four answers, each beginning “the people of Shuluna in the west are good and wise”: they abuse but do not strike, strike but do not use knife and staff, use knife and staff but do not kill; if they kill, “with little effort upon this decaying body of mine, I shall gain liberation.” The World-Honored One says: “You have learned patient endurance well; you are now able to live among the people of Shuluna; go now, carry across those not yet carried across, settle those not yet settled, bring to nirvāṇa those not yet brought to nirvāṇa.” Pūrṇa goes, keeps the summer retreat, “teaches the Dharma to five hundred lay followers and establishes five hundred monasteries,” and “when the three months have passed, perfect in the three knowledges, there and then enters nirvāṇa without remainder.” The first half of the discourse says the eye sees forms and does not dwell attached; the second half says abuse, knife, and staff do not obstruct. It is one thing.

IV. The Teaching in Brief and the Teaching of the Discourses (Discourses 312 and 313)

Moluojiajiu, gone forth in old age, asks for instruction taught in brief. The World-Honored One at first does not give it: “The young, sharp, and keen of faculty, not long gone forth in my Dharma and Discipline, are not yet slack in my Dharma and Discipline—how much less you, aged now, the faculties ripe, wishing to hear my instruction taught in brief.” Three requests, three refusals. Then the World-Honored One asks one question: “If your eye has never seen a form, and you wish to see it, do you give rise to desire, craving, longing, attachment toward that form?” Answer: no. Toward a form never seen, craving cannot arise. So the World-Honored One says: “In the seen, only the seen as its measure; in the heard, only the heard; in the sensed, only the sensed; in the cognized, only the cognized.” Two lines of verse: “If you are not in that, and that is not in this, nor in between the two, that is the end of suffering.” Seeing goes only as far as seeing, and craving is not added to seeing. What “that,” “this,” and “between the two” refer to the discourse does not specify; read in the flow of the passage, you are not in that form, that form is not here in you, and there is nothing in between: this is the end of suffering.

Moluojiajiu says “I have understood,” and the World-Honored One asks how he explains it at length. He speaks twenty-six lines of verse: “If the eye has seen a form and loses right mindfulness, then toward the form it sees it grasps the sign of fond longing.” Grasping the sign, dwelling attached, craving arises, “thoughts of greed, ill will, and harm make the mind decline, nourish the mass of suffering, and keep one far from nirvāṇa”; conversely, “seeing forms without grasping signs, the mind following right mindfulness, not stained by craving in an evil mind, not giving rise to attachment,” “the mass of suffering is little nourished, and one gradually draws near to nirvāṇa.” Ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind are the same. The World-Honored One confirms it: “You have truly explained at length the meaning of what I taught in brief.” This is the only time in the thirty-nine discourses that a disciple expands the World-Honored One’s teaching in brief into verse and the World-Honored One confirms it. “Only the seen as its measure” is the teaching in brief; losing right mindfulness and grasping the sign is the explanation at length.

Discourse 313 speaks of “a teaching of the discourses.” The World-Honored One asks: is there a teaching of the discourses which a bhikṣu esteems and inclines toward, yet “apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearing, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, with right knowledge he declares: ‘My birth is ended, the pure conduct established, what was to be done is done; I know for myself that I shall not undergo another existence’”? The bhikṣus ask him to teach it. The World-Honored One answers: a bhikṣu’s eye sees forms, and “he is aware of the form but is not aware of lust for the form; ‘before, my eye-consciousness had lust for forms; now my eye-consciousness has no lust for forms,’ he knows as it really is.” Does such a bhikṣu rely on faith, inclination, hearing, reflection, acceptance of a view after pondering? No. “Does he resort to this Dharma, rightly knowing as it really is what is known and seen?” Yes. The teaching of the discourses does not come by faith; it is knowing as it really is that one’s own eye-consciousness formerly had lust and now has none. This is inner realization.

V. The All (Discourses 314 to 322)

Five short discourses: abandon desire for the eye “like cutting off the top of a palmyra tree, so that in the future it never grows again”; when the eye arises, persists, and comes forth, “suffering arises, sickness persists, old age and death come forth,” and when the eye ceases, subsides, and vanishes, suffering ceases, sickness subsides, death vanishes; the eye is impermanent, the eye is suffering, the eye is not self, three discourses of one form: “if the eye were permanent, it would not undergo oppressive suffering, and one could say of the eye, let it be thus, let it not be thus.” If the eye were permanent, pleasant, self, one could tell it to be thus or not thus; one cannot, and so it is impermanent, suffering, not self.

The brāhmaṇa Shengwen asks three questions: the all, all that exists, all dharmas. “The all means the twelve sense bases: eye and forms, ear and sounds, nose and odours, tongue and tastes, body and tangibles, mind and mental objects; this is called the all.” If someone says this is not the all and sets up another all, “he has only words; asked, he does not know, and his doubt grows. Why? Because it is not within his range.” All that exists: the World-Honored One asks back: does the eye exist? do forms exist? do eye-consciousness, eye-contact, feeling exist? The brāhmaṇa answers three times that they exist. All dharmas: “the eye and forms, eye-consciousness, eye-contact, and the feeling arisen from the condition of eye-contact, whether painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant; ear, nose, tongue, body; mind and mental objects, mind-consciousness, mind-contact, and the feeling arisen from the condition of mind-contact, whether painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant: this is called all dharmas.” The all is the twelve sense bases, with consciousness, contact, and feeling added. At the end the discourse says the same three questions are also asked by a bhikṣu, by Ānanda, and spoken by the World-Honored One himself, three discourses each, “likewise taught as above.”

Discourse 322 distinguishes the internal and external sense bases. The eye, an internal sense base, is “subtle matter made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant”; the mind, an internal sense base, is “mind, thought, consciousness, not matter, invisible, non-resistant”; forms, an external sense base, are “matter made of the four great elements, visible, resistant”; sounds, odours, tastes are “invisible, resistant”; tangibles, an external sense base, are “the four great elements and matter made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant”; mental objects, an external sense base, are “what is not included in the eleven sense bases, invisible, non-resistant.” This is the most orderly definition of the sense bases in the Saṃyukta Āgama. Only forms are visible; ten are resistant; mind and mental objects are non-resistant.

VI. The Six Classes and Cause and Condition (Discourses 323 to 334)

Eight discourses, eight sentences: the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases, the six classes of consciousness, of contact, of feeling, of perception, of volition, of craving. Each discourse states one list. The six sets of six of Discourse 304 are here split into eight discourses, with perception and volition added. Then the six longings: “longing for forms, longing for sounds, longing for odours, longing for tastes, longing for tangibles, longing for mental objects”; the six coverings: “forms with outflows, clung to, the mind covered over.” Longing and covering are two illnesses on the six external sense bases. Discourse 333 speaks of the three times: “The past and future eye are impermanent, how much more the present eye; a learned noble disciple, observing thus, does not look back to the past eye, does not long for the future eye, and toward the present eye is weary, free from desire, heading toward cessation.”

The Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond reasons backward: “The eye has action as cause, action as condition, action as bond.” The cause of action is craving, the cause of craving is ignorance, the cause of ignorance is wrong reflection, and the cause of wrong reflection: “with the eye and forms as condition arises wrong reflection, and delusion is born.” Then forward: “That delusion is ignorance. Delusion seeking desire is called craving; what craving does is called action. Thus, bhikṣus, wrong reflection is the cause of ignorance, ignorance the cause of craving, craving the cause of action, action the cause of the eye.” The eye comes from action, action from craving, craving from ignorance, ignorance from wrong reflection conditioned by eye and forms. Round the circle, the cause of the eye lies in the eye and forms.

VII. Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense (Discourse 335)

“When the eye arises there is no place it comes from; when it ceases there is no place it goes to. Thus the eye arises without substance, and having arisen is wholly extinguished; there is the result of action, but no agent. When this aggregate has ceased, another aggregate continues, apart from conventional reckoning.” The eye’s arising comes from nowhere, its ceasing goes nowhere; there is action and there is result, but no one who does the action and receives the result; when this aggregate has ceased, another follows. Only conventional reckoning is excepted. “Conventional reckoning means: this existing, that exists; this arising, that arises; as, conditioned by ignorance, formations; conditioned by formations, consciousness,” up to the arising of the whole mass of suffering; this not existing, that does not exist, up to the cessation of the whole mass of suffering. “This is called the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense.”

The preceding discourse says the eye has a cause, a condition, a bond; this discourse says the eye has no place it comes from, no place it goes to, no agent. They do not conflict. Cause and condition are conventional reckoning, this existing, that exists; no agent is the ultimate sense. Conventional reckoning is not excluded; what is excluded is the agent. Discourse 306 says “these things are called a person,” and a person is a name; Discourse 335 says “there is the result of action, but no agent,” and the agent too is a name. Twenty-nine discourses apart, the two say one thing.

VIII. The Six Constant Abidings (Discourses 336 to 342)

The course of joy, the course of sorrow, the course of equanimity: “if the eye sees a form and is joyful, it moves in that form.” Sorrow and equanimity are the same. The six constant abidings: “if a bhikṣu’s eye sees a form, neither suffering nor pleased, he dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge.” Four discourses repeat it, adding layer by layer: one who accomplishes the six constant abidings is “rare in the world”; “he should be served, honoured, and supported; he is the unsurpassed field of merit in the world”; the last discourse names him: “if a bhikṣu accomplishes these six constant abidings, know that he is Śāriputra and his like.” The courses of joy, sorrow, and equanimity are seeing forms and turning with the forms; the six constant abidings are seeing forms neither suffering nor pleased, dwelling with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge. The earlier course of equanimity is one of the six courses, moving along with an object of equanimity; the mind of equanimity of the six constant abidings does not follow the object. One word used two ways, and the discourse itself keeps them apart.

IX. How to Read the Fascicle

This fascicle is long first and short after. The ten discourses of the first half say everything: the six sets of six are not self (304), arising and cessation on the six sense bases (305), a person is the name of things (306, 307), seeing forms and dwelling attached is dwelling with a second, far from nirvāṇa (308 to 311), only the seen as its measure (312), knowing as it really is that there was lust before and none now (313). The twenty-nine discourses of the second half are a list: impermanent, suffering, not self; the all; the definition of the sense bases; the six classes; longing and covering; the three times; action as cause; emptiness in the ultimate sense; the six courses and the six constant abidings. Read the short discourses with the long ones: the one sentence on the six classes of consciousness is the six classes of consciousness of 304; the four discourses on the six constant abidings are 312’s “seeing forms without grasping signs, the mind following right mindfulness.”

Fascicle 11 says guard the door without shutting it; this fascicle says there is no one inside the door. “There is the result of action, but no agent”: when forms are seen there is only seeing, only the seen as its measure; when craving arises, that is dwelling with a second; when craving does not arise, dwelling alone, dwelling with a mind of equanimity, right mindfulness and right knowledge.

Carrying Forward — What the Compendium of Topics Gathers

The Compendium of Topics, in its Selection on the Sense Bases, Fascicle 92, gathers this fascicle under two summary verses. The last four headings of the first verse: the doctrine of not self, concentration, seeing the Dharma, suffering last of all. The doctrine of not self: “Those who teach the doctrine of not self have in brief three right tasks.” The first: in the formations gathered under the truths of suffering and arising, “their own characteristics and common characteristics should be rightly shown, and not self established”; the Discourse on the Six Sets of Six lists them one by one and refutes the self one by one, and this is that. Concentration: “For one who has accomplished the worldly right view and much learning but is not yet fixed and settled in the right Dharma, becoming one who has accomplished the worldly right view and much learning and is fixed and settled in the right Dharma, know that in brief there are five kinds of excellent fruit of right effort, praised and beneficial.” The last passage: “What is to be fully known he rightly fully knows; what is to be permanently abandoned he rightly permanently abandons; what is to be realized he rightly realizes; what is to be cultivated he rightly cultivates.” “Of the form that is the support and the name that is supported, he rightly knows, has known; of the ignorance that is the support and the craving for existence that is supported, he rightly abandons, has abandoned; of the pure knowledge that is the support and the liberation, the cutting of the afflictions, that is supported, he rightly realizes, has realized; of the calm that is the support and the insight that is supported, he rightly cultivates, has cultivated.” This stands in one line with the four sentences at the end of the Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases. Seeing the Dharma: “There are two seeings of the Dharma: first, seeing the conditioned Dharma; second, seeing the unconditioned Dharma.” The conventional truth is “the notional establishing of a self or a being, up to a life and one who is born; and again one declares, my eye sees forms, up to my mind knows mental objects; and again one speaks, such a name, up to such a limit of life”; the ultimate truth is “there is impermanence, taught at length up to there is arising from conditions.” The person, name, and life spoken of in the two discourses on seeing the Dharma the treatise judges to be conventional truth; impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish, it judges to be ultimate truth. Suffering last of all: “Here the Tathāgata has passed beyond these two faults and dwells in unalloyed ease”; this is the Tathāgata’s dwelling at ease in Discourse 308.

The second summary verse: “Dwelling alone, far from nirvāṇa, in brief, inner realization, discerning the all, the mark of knowledge, forsaking the training, action, equal, emptiness, following along, constant abiding, the twofold perfection of teacher and disciple.” Dwelling alone: “From two causes, know that it is called having a second: namely, because there is craving”; having craving is in three layers, enjoying, gladness, attachment, which are the delighting, praising, and dwelling attached, the gladness, the deep enjoyment and craving of the Luniu discourse. Far from nirvāṇa: “Having settled in defiled things, one then turns along with future existence; when one turns along with future existence, know that this is called being far from nirvāṇa.” The treatise further speaks of six kinds of mean and petty behaviour and the two things, patient endurance and gentleness: “Patient endurance means never returning an enemy’s injury. Gentleness means a mind without anger, a nature that does not trouble others”; this is the second half of the Pūrṇa discourse. In brief: “The Tathāgata, relying in brief on two bases, teaches the teaching on the element of non-existence: first, the teaching on the element of nirvāṇa with remainder; second, the teaching on the element of nirvāṇa without remainder.” “In brief there are three causes of strong mindfulness: first, youth and vigour; second, habituation in former lives; third, repeated practice in this life.” Moluojiajiu, aged and the faculties ripe, asks for the teaching in brief, and the treatise speaks from the power of mindfulness. Inner realization: “By five marks, know that nirvāṇa is a thing realized inwardly: namely, because it is apart from faith, up to because it is apart from acceptance of a view after examination”; this is the Teaching of the Discourses, apart from faith, inclination, hearing, reflection, and acceptance of a view after pondering. Discerning the all: “By three causes the unsurpassed awakening of the Buddhas is shown: first, because they have awakened to all objects; second, because they have awakened to existence and non-existence as they really are; third, because they have awakened to all dharmas of the two kinds, defiled and pure. Therefore he questioned the World-Honored One on these three points.” All objects, existence and non-existence, all dharmas: these are the brāhmaṇa Shengwen’s three questions. The mark of knowledge: “When conditioned things turn together, they confuse the mind and make it grasp signs wrongly and discriminate. Therefore the Tathāgata distinguishes and discloses them for his disciples, so that they enter decisively into those signs”; this is the distinction of the internal and external sense bases. Forsaking the training: “Those gone forth, by the power of forsaking the training, know that longing for objects is established.” “Hiding within the evils one has done, covering arises”; these are the six longings and the six coverings. Action: “The six sense bases have action as cause; action has craving as cause; craving has ignorance as cause; ignorance has attention not in accord with reason as cause; attention not in accord with reason has contact with ignorance as cause,” in the same backward order as the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond. Emptiness: “If it is said that at all times all formations are only cause and effect, with no one who receives and no one who acts, know that this is called emptiness in the ultimate truth.” The treatise opens seven emptinesses: emptiness of the later limit, of the earlier limit, of the middle limit, of permanence, of self, of the receiver, of the agent; “because agent and receiver have no existence, there are only formations ceasing before and only formations arising after, and in between there is no one who lets go of the former birth and takes up the later”; “only within those things of cause and effect, by conventional truth, is a function notionally established, and it is taught that this thing gives rise to that thing.” In the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense, no place it comes from at arising is emptiness of the later limit, no place it goes to at ceasing is emptiness of the earlier limit, no agent is emptiness of the agent, and this existing, that exists is the notional establishing of conventional truth. Following along: “By five marks one follows along with objects that favour joy”; favouring joy gives rise to greed, favouring sorrow to anger, favouring equanimity to delusion: these are the six courses of joy, sorrow, and equanimity. Constant abiding: “There are bhikṣus who have realized arhatship, the outflows permanently ended, who move along with all objects and at no time can lose mindfulness and give rise to afflictions; therefore they abide constantly in undefiled abiding. For this reason it is called constant abiding.” “Because those who accomplish it are extremely hard to find, they are called the foremost true field of merit”; this is the rare in the world and the unsurpassed field of merit of the four discourses on the six constant abidings. The heading on the twofold perfection of teacher and disciple speaks of two marks each for the great teacher and the disciple whose virtue is perfected; the last discourse of this fascicle names Śāriputra as one who accomplishes the six constant abidings, and the treatise says the disciple’s perfection “must lie in practising the Dharma in accordance with the Dharma and realizing deliverance, not in mere retention”; the correspondence is weak, and it is noted.

Carrying forward continues with Fascicle 43.

考據Apparatus

全段定位 本單元即《雜阿含經》卷第十三全卷:卷題「雜阿含經卷第十三」,譯署「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」,經三十九部(經序三〇四至三四二),偈五處(經307·308·312),無攝頌,卷末尾題「雜阿含經卷第十三」。全卷漢字八千六百一十七。佛住處三:拘留搜調牛聚落(經304·305·334·335),瞻婆國揭伽池側(經309·310),舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園(其餘三十三經)。說者:經304·305·308·313–318·323–342 為世尊告諸比丘(經313 中有佛問、諸比丘答);經306·307 為一比丘獨思而白佛、佛答,經307 末偈為該比丘所誦;經309·310 為尊者鹿紐問、佛答;經311 為尊者富樓那請法,佛略說而四問、富樓那四答,末為敘述者語;經312 為摩羅迦舅三請、佛問答、佛偈與摩羅迦舅偈;經319–321 為生聞婆羅門問、佛答;經322 為一比丘六問、佛六答。所對之鏡為《瑜伽師地論》攝事分契經事處擇攝(論卷九十二)。大正藏校記異讀六十條(內八條為今行校本修訂列),另今行校本按語五條,見目九;大正注所載座標八條(「S.」六條,非「S.」二條),見目十。


一、科判定位

卷第十三之位——底本卷首:

「雜阿含經卷第十三」〔T02 0086c20〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」〔T02 0086c22〕

卷末尾題同作「雜阿含經卷第十三」〔T02 0093b19〕。經序起於(三〇四):「佛住拘留搜調牛聚落」〔T02 0086c23〕。本卷為六處相應之第四卷。

住處(皆底本逐字):

  • 拘留搜調牛聚落——「佛住拘留搜調牛聚落」〔T02 0086c23〕:經304·305·334·335。
  • 瞻婆國——「佛住瞻婆國揭伽池側」〔T02 0088c18〕:經309·310。
  • 舍衛國——「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」〔T02 0087c18〕:經306–308·311–333·336–342。

三十九經之型與所問所說(型依經文本身之「問」「答」「告」「白」;所問所說皆底本逐字):

經錨型所問・所說(逐字)
304〔T02 0086c23〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「有六六法。何等為六六法?」〔T02 0086c26〕;「若有說言眼是我,是則不然」〔T02 0087a08〕;「是名六六法經」〔T02 0087a24〕
305〔T02 0087a27〕同上「所謂六分別六入處經」〔T02 0087b01〕;「是名修習八聖道清淨滿足」〔T02 0087c02〕;「是名比丘斷愛結縛,正無間等,究竟苦邊」〔T02 0087c14〕
306〔T02 0087c18〕一比丘獨思→白佛→佛說二法(中有略文)「比丘云何知、云何見而得見法?」〔T02 0087c20〕;「此等法名為人」〔T02 0087c28〕;「如是知、如是見,則為見法」〔T02 0088a19〕
307〔T02 0088a21〕一比丘獨思→白佛→佛說二法(略文)→比丘誦偈「云何知、云何見,名為見法?」〔T02 0088a23〕;「尊者!如所說偈」〔T02 0088a28〕
308〔T02 0088b15〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)→佛偈「諸天、世人於色染著愛樂住」〔T02 0088b16〕;「名無上安隱涅槃」〔T02 0088b28〕
309〔T02 0088c18〕尊者鹿紐問→佛答「彼云何第二住?云何一一住?」〔T02 0088c21〕;「是名第二住」〔T02 0088c27〕;「是名為一一住」〔T02 0089a06〕
310〔T02 0089a12〕尊者鹿紐請法→佛說→鹿紐得阿羅漢(敘述)「則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集」〔T02 0089a20〕;「不歡喜集故,則苦滅」〔T02 0089a24〕;「乃至得阿羅漢,心善解脫」〔T02 0089a28〕
311〔T02 0089b01〕尊者富樓那請法→佛略說→佛四問、富樓那四答→佛讚→後事(敘述)「去涅槃遠」〔T02 0089b10〕;「漸近涅槃」〔T02 0089b16〕;「汝善學忍辱」〔T02 0089c13〕;「即於彼處入無餘涅槃」〔T02 0089c23〕
312〔T02 0089c24〕摩羅迦舅三請→佛止→佛一問、摩羅迦舅一答→佛讚、佛偈→摩羅迦舅偈→敘述→佛許、引偈(略文)→成阿羅漢(敘述)「見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量」〔T02 0090a12〕;「汝云何於我略說法中廣解其義?」〔T02 0090a18〕;「是名世尊略說法中廣解其義」〔T02 0090b17〕
313〔T02 0090b27〕世尊問→諸比丘請→佛說、二問→諸比丘二答「有經法」〔T02 0090b28〕;「彼於此為有信、有欲、有聞、有行思惟、有見審諦忍不?」〔T02 0090c10〕;「是名有經法」〔T02 0090c14〕
314〔T02 0090c19〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「當斷欲,斷眼欲已」〔T02 0090c20〕;「如截多羅樹頭」〔T02 0090c21〕
315〔T02 0090c25〕同上「若眼生、住、轉出,則苦生、病住、老死出」〔T02 0090c26〕
316〔T02 0091a02〕同上「眼無常,若眼是常者,則不應受逼迫苦」〔T02 0091a03〕
317〔T02 0091a09〕同上「眼苦,若眼是樂者,不應受逼迫苦」〔T02 0091a10〕
318〔T02 0091a16〕同上→經家略文「眼非我,若眼是我者,不應受逼迫苦」〔T02 0091a17〕;「如內六入處三經,外六入處三經,亦如是說」〔T02 0091a23〕
319〔T02 0091a24〕生聞婆羅門問→佛答「所謂一切者,云何名一切?」〔T02 0091a26〕;「一切者,謂十二入處」〔T02 0091a27〕;「彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑」〔T02 0091b01〕
320〔T02 0091b04〕生聞婆羅門問→佛三問、婆羅門三答(略文)「所謂一切有,云何一切有?」〔T02 0091b06〕;「眼是有不?」〔T02 0091b08〕
321〔T02 0091b15〕生聞婆羅門問→佛答→經家略文「所謂一切法,云何為一切法?」〔T02 0091b17〕;「此但有言數,問已不知,增其癡惑」〔T02 0091b23〕
322〔T02 0091c01〕一比丘六問→佛六答「云何眼是內入處?」〔T02 0091c04〕;「眼是內入處,四大所造淨色,不可見,有對」〔T02 0091c05〕;「法外入處者,十一入所不攝,不可見,無對」〔T02 0091c19〕
323〔T02 0091c23〕世尊告諸比丘(直說)「有六內入處」〔T02 0091c24〕
324〔T02 0091c27〕同上「有六外入處」〔T02 0091c28〕
325〔T02 0092a03〕同上「有六識身」〔T02 0092a04〕
326〔T02 0092a08〕同上「有六觸身」〔T02 0092a09〕
327〔T02 0092a13〕同上「有六受身」〔T02 0092a14〕
328〔T02 0092a18〕同上「有六想身」〔T02 0092a19〕
329〔T02 0092a23〕同上「有六思身」〔T02 0092a24〕
330〔T02 0092a28〕同上「有六愛身」〔T02 0092a29〕
331〔T02 0092b04〕同上「有六顧念」〔T02 0092b05〕
332〔T02 0092b09〕同上「有六覆」〔T02 0092b10〕
333〔T02 0092b14〕同上→經家略文「不顧過去眼,不欣未來眼」〔T02 0092b16〕
334〔T02 0092b21〕同上「謂有因、有緣、有縛法經」〔T02 0092b24〕;「不正思惟因無明,無明因愛,愛因為業,業因為眼」〔T02 0092c07〕
335〔T02 0092c12〕同上(中有略文)「所謂第一義空經」〔T02 0092c15〕;「有業報而無作者」〔T02 0092c18〕
336〔T02 0092c27〕同上「有六喜行」〔T02 0092c28〕
337〔T02 0093a04〕同上「有六憂行」〔T02 0093a05〕
338〔T02 0093a10〕同上「有六捨行」〔T02 0093a11〕
339〔T02 0093a16〕同上「有六常行」〔T02 0093a17〕
340〔T02 0093a22〕同上「若比丘成就此六常行者,世間難得」〔T02 0093a26〕
341〔T02 0093a29〕同上「則為世間無上福田」〔T02 0093b05〕
342〔T02 0093b08〕同上「當知是舍利弗等」〔T02 0093b13〕

經組之提挈(只列底本之次,不立科判):

  1. 經304——六六法。
  2. 經305——六分別六入處。
  3. 經306–307——見法二經:怎樣知、怎樣見而得見法;怎樣知、怎樣見名為見法(有偈)。
  4. 經308——諸天世人染著與如來樂住(有偈)。
  5. 經309–310——尊者鹿紐二經:第二住與一一住;歡喜集與苦集。
  6. 經311——尊者富樓那:去涅槃遠與漸近涅槃;西方輸盧那。
  7. 經312——摩羅迦舅:略說教誡;見以見為量(有偈)。
  8. 經313——經法:異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍,正知而說。
  9. 經314–318——斷欲;眼之生、住、轉出;眼無常、苦、非我三經。
  10. 經319–321——生聞婆羅門一切三經:一切、一切有、一切法。
  11. 經322——內外入處之分別。
  12. 經323–330——六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六想身、六思身、六愛身八經。
  13. 經331–332——六顧念、六覆。
  14. 經333——三世之眼無常。
  15. 經334——有因、有緣、有縛法經。
  16. 經335——第一義空經。
  17. 經336–338——六喜行、六憂行、六捨行三經。
  18. 經339–342——六常行四經。

說者——經304·305·308·314–318·323–342 全經皆世尊告諸比丘;經308 之偈「爾時,世尊而說偈言」〔T02 0088c03〕承佛語而下,為佛偈。經306「時,有異比丘獨一靜處,專精思惟」〔T02 0087c19〕為心念,其後白佛之語中以「作是念」〔T02 0087c23〕重述其念;「爾時,世尊告彼比丘」〔T02 0087c23〕以下為佛語,佛語中「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0087c25〕、「如上說,乃至」〔T02 0088a14〕、「如上廣說,乃至」〔T02 0088a16〕三處為底本自省之文,其前後仍為佛語;佛語之中「我眼見色,我耳聞聲」〔T02 0088a01〕為佛所舉世人之言。經307 同此起,「佛告比丘」〔T02 0088a27〕以下為佛語,至「如上廣說」〔T02 0088a28〕略;其下「尊者!如所說偈」〔T02 0088a28〕底本無主語,呼稱「尊者」,佛不稱比丘為尊者,今讀作該比丘向佛所誦之偈,偈末「無上佛眼說」〔T02 0088b13〕亦與弟子誦佛所說相合(見目九標點)。經309·310 為尊者鹿紐問、佛答;經310 末「爾時,尊者鹿紐聞佛說法教誡已」〔T02 0089a27〕以下為敘述者語。經311 佛語之後「佛告富樓那:「我已略說法教,汝欲何所住?」」〔T02 0089b17〕起,佛四問、富樓那四答;富樓那四答之中「彼西方輸盧那人賢善智慧」〔T02 0089b24〕等所引之念,皆富樓那語;「善哉!富樓那!汝善學忍辱」〔T02 0089c13〕為佛語;「爾時,尊者富樓那夜過晨朝」〔T02 0089c18〕以下至「入無餘涅槃」〔T02 0089c23〕為敘述者語。經312 摩羅迦舅三請,佛「汝今且止」〔T02 0090a07〕;「我今問汝,隨意答我」〔T02 0090a08〕以下佛一問、摩羅迦舅一答;「耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法亦如是說」〔T02 0090a11〕仍為佛語;「而說偈言」〔T02 0090a14〕承「佛告摩羅迦舅」〔T02 0090a11〕而下,偈二句為佛偈;「爾時,摩羅迦舅說偈白佛言」〔T02 0090a19〕以下二十六句為摩羅迦舅偈;「是名世尊略說法中廣解其義」〔T02 0090b17〕為敘述者語;「佛告摩羅迦舅」〔T02 0090b17〕以下為佛語,「如汝所說偈」〔T02 0090b19〕所引二句為佛復引摩羅迦舅偈之首,「如前廣說」〔T02 0090b22〕為略文;其後二段為敘述者語。經313 佛先問,「諸比丘白佛言」〔T02 0090c02〕請說;佛說中二問,「答言:「不也,世尊!」」〔T02 0090c11〕「答言:「如是,世尊!」」〔T02 0090c12〕皆諸比丘答;佛語中「我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪」〔T02 0090c06〕為比丘之所覺知。經318 末「如內六入處三經,外六入處三經,亦如是說」〔T02 0091a23〕、經321 末「如生聞婆羅門所問三經」〔T02 0091b27〕以下、經333 末「如無常。如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說」〔T02 0092b18〕以下,皆經家結集之語;經333 底本無「佛說此經已」。經319·321 生聞婆羅門問、佛答,佛語中「此非一切」〔T02 0091a29〕「此非一切法」〔T02 0091b22〕所引為佛所設他人之言。經320 佛三問,「是有,沙門瞿曇」〔T02 0091b09〕「有,沙門瞿曇」〔T02 0091b11〕皆婆羅門答。經322 一比丘六問、佛六答,問者或「復白佛言」〔T02 0091c06〕或「復問」〔T02 0091c10〕。

偈頌五處:

  • 經307——「尊者!如所說偈」〔T02 0088a28〕;偈十三行,自「眼色二種緣,生於心心法」〔T02 0088b01〕至「愛盡眾苦息,無上佛眼說」〔T02 0088b13〕;說者讀作該比丘。
  • 經308——「爾時,世尊而說偈言」〔T02 0088c03〕;偈十三行,自「於色聲香味,觸法六境界」〔T02 0088c04〕至「不還受身者,深達諦明了」〔T02 0088c16〕;佛偈。
  • 經312 之一——「而說偈言」〔T02 0090a14〕;偈二行,「若汝非於彼,彼亦復非此,亦非兩中間,是則為苦邊」〔T02 0090a15〕;佛偈。
  • 經312 之二——「爾時,摩羅迦舅說偈白佛言」〔T02 0090a19〕;偈二十六行,自「若眼已見色,而失於正念」〔T02 0090a20〕至「愛盡般涅槃,世尊之所說」〔T02 0090b16〕;摩羅迦舅偈。
  • 經312 之三——「如汝所說偈」〔T02 0090b19〕;偈二行,「若眼見眾色,忘失於正念,則於所見色,而取愛念相」〔T02 0090b20〕;佛引摩羅迦舅偈之首,下接「如前廣說」〔T02 0090b22〕。

合計偈五十六行。本卷無攝頌。

略文之句(底本略去同經之文或指他經;白話依底本之語略述,不代為補出;所指只依本卷經文):

經略文(逐字)錨所指
306「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0087c25〕「眼、色為二……」至「非其境界故」之間,所指經本卷未收
306「如上說,乃至」〔T02 0088a14〕同經前文眼、色一節(「是則寂滅,是則勝妙」〔T02 0088a10〕至「滅盡、涅槃」)之式
306「如上廣說,乃至」〔T02 0088a16〕同上
307「如上廣說」〔T02 0088a28〕「有二法,眼、色,緣生眼識……」以下,與本卷經306「眼、色緣生眼識,三事和合觸」〔T02 0087c26〕以下之文同起
312「如前廣說」〔T02 0090b22〕同經前文摩羅迦舅偈(「若眼已見色,而失於正念」〔T02 0090a20〕以下)
318「如內六入處三經,外六入處三經,亦如是說」〔T02 0091a23〕本卷經316–318 眼無常、苦、非我三經之式,推及外六入處
320「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0091b12〕本卷經319 同句:「彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑。所以者何?非其境界故」〔T02 0091b01〕
321「如生聞婆羅門所問三經,有異比丘所問三經、尊者阿難所問三經、世尊法眼法根法依三經,亦如上說」〔T02 0091b27〕本卷經319–321 之式
333「如無常。如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說」〔T02 0092b18〕同經前文「過去、未來眼無常」〔T02 0092b15〕之式
333「如內入處四經、外入處四經,亦如是說」〔T02 0092b19〕同經無常、苦、空、非我四句,推及內外入處
335「廣說乃至」〔T02 0092c21〕「如無明緣行,行緣識」至「純大苦聚集起」之間,所指經本卷未收
335「如是廣說,乃至」〔T02 0092c23〕「行滅故識滅」至「純大苦聚滅」之間,所指經本卷未收

「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」之類六根推及之句,為經內省文,全卷屢見,不列;經中「乃至」之略(如經310「乃至自知不受後有」〔T02 0089a15〕),皆同經前文或常句,不列。

攝事分自身之嗢拕南——論擇攝本卷諸經之段,逐字錄之(不據以改本卷之次,不據以立本卷之科):

「上貪、教授、及苦住、觀察、引發、不應供、」〔T30n1579 0821a17〕 「明解脫、修、無我論、定、法見、苦最為後。」〔T30n1579 0821a18〕

「一住、遠涅槃、略說、內所證、」〔T30n1579 0825a20〕 「辯一切、智相、捨所學、業、等、」〔T30n1579 0825a21〕 「空、隨行、恒住、師弟二圓滿。」〔T30n1579 0825a22〕

第一首末四項「無我論」「定」「法見」「苦最為後」之段,依次與經304·305·306–307·308 同詞(目三·目十①)。第二首十三項之段:「一住」與經309(並與經310 同詞「集」「苦」)、「遠涅槃」與經311、「略說」與經312、「內所證」與經313、「辯一切」與經319–321、「智相」與經322、「捨所學」與經331·332、「業」與經334、「空」與經335、「隨行」與經336–338、「恒住」與經339–342 同詞;「等」之段與經334 同詞「業」「愛」,「師弟二圓滿」之段與本卷經文同詞不成,皆誌之,不列為本母。經314–318·323–330·333 於二首皆無可對之項。目三、目四、目十①題下所附之嗢拕南項名,皆為讀法。

二、異譯對勘

本卷三十九經,《別譯雜阿含經》(大正藏第二冊第一〇〇號)未見對照經——大正注於本卷諸條之中,無一條標別譯經序;大正校注未標別譯對照。大正注於經311 附方括號之「[No. 108 滿願子]」一項,照錄於目十②,非別譯,不另擬對照,不引其經文。不自建對照。

三、經論宗依(眼)

雜阿含為佛及弟子之說,其所依即經自身;論之於經,是擇攝而非所依。以下依本卷經序,列攝事分論文與本卷經文逐字同詞者(論之嗢拕南項名附於題下,為讀法,見目一);詞異者標明,不以論改經,不以經改論。

無我·生滅(經304·無我論)

  • 經:「若有說言眼是我,是則不然」〔T02 0087a08〕;「眼生滅故,若眼是我者,我應受生死」〔T02 0087a09〕;「是故眼觸生受非我」〔T02 0087a14〕;「當如實知眼所作、智所作、寂滅所作,開發神通,正向涅槃」〔T02 0087a18〕
  • 論:「復次,無我論師略有三種正所作事」〔T30n1579 0823c13〕;「安立無我」〔T30n1579 0823c15〕;「開示生滅相似性故,顯了共相」〔T30n1579 0823c16〕;「是故不能作苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0823c22〕;「此無我見能令清淨」〔T30n1579 0824a01〕

同詞者「我」「生滅」;經「非我」論「無我」,詞異。經之六六法逐一之列,論此段未見。

應知應斷應證應修(經305·定)

  • 經:「若法應知、應了者,悉知、悉了」〔T02 0087c05〕;「何等法應知、應了,悉知、悉了?所謂名色」〔T02 0087c08〕;「所謂無明及有愛」〔T02 0087c09〕;「所謂明、解脫」〔T02 0087c10〕;「所謂止、觀」〔T02 0087c11〕;「長養五受陰」〔T02 0087b10〕;「身心壞燒然」〔T02 0087b11〕
  • 論:「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」〔T30n1579 0824b23〕;「於所依色及能依名」〔T30n1579 0824b26〕;「於所依無明及能依有愛」〔T30n1579 0824b27〕;「於所依明淨智及能依解脫煩惱斷」〔T30n1579 0824b28〕;「於所依奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」〔T30n1579 0824b29〕;「由此增益後有諸蘊」〔T30n1579 0824a24〕;「便自燒然」〔T30n1579 0824a28〕

同詞者「應知」「斷」「證」「修」「無明」「有愛」「解脫」「燒然」,經之四「應」與論之四「應」同序;經「應知、應了」論「應遍知」,經「名色」論「所依色及能依名」,經「明」論「明淨智」,經「止、觀」論「奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」,經「五受陰」論「後有諸蘊」,詞異。經之八聖道、四念處等之修習滿足,論此段未見。

見法·施設·言說(經306·307·法見)

  • 經:「比丘云何知、云何見而得見法?」〔T02 0087c20〕;「此等法名為人,於斯等法作人想、眾生」〔T02 0087c28〕;「我眼見色,我耳聞聲,我鼻嗅香,我舌甞味,我身覺觸,我意識法」〔T02 0088a01〕;「是尊者如是名、如是生、如是姓」〔T02 0088a03〕;「是則為想,是則為誌,是則言說」〔T02 0088a05〕;「此諸法皆悉無常、有為、思願緣生」〔T02 0088a06〕;「是則寂滅,是則勝妙」〔T02 0088a10〕;「云何知、云何見,名為見法?」〔T02 0088a23〕
  • 論:「復次,有二法見。一、有為法見,二、無為法見」〔T30n1579 0824c02〕;「謂名色,及人天等有情數物」〔T30n1579 0824c04〕;「假想安立我或有情,乃至命者及生者等」〔T30n1579 0824c06〕;「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」〔T30n1579 0824c08〕;「謂如是名,乃至如是壽量邊際」〔T30n1579 0824c09〕;「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」〔T30n1579 0824c10〕;「有無常性,廣說乃至有緣生性」〔T30n1579 0824c12〕;「一切依等盡涅槃深見寂靜」〔T30n1579 0824c20〕

同詞者「見」「法」「我眼見色」「如是名」「想」「言說」「無常」「寂」,經之眼見色至意識法與論之「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」同序;經「見法」論「法見」,經「眾生」論「有情」,經「識法」論「知法」,經「壽分齊」論「壽量邊際」,經「誌」論「自稱」,經「思願緣生」論「緣生性」,經「寂滅」論「寂靜」,詞異。經307 之偈,論此段未見。

染著·樂住·無上安隱(經308·苦最為後)

  • 經:「諸天、世人於色染著愛樂住」〔T02 0088b16〕;「彼諸天、人則生大苦」〔T02 0088b17〕;「則生樂住」〔T02 0088b22〕;「名無上安隱涅槃」〔T02 0088b28〕
  • 論:「謂於人天,住境界愛」〔T30n1579 0825a01〕;「一切自體於終沒時皆滅壞故,有滅壞苦」〔T30n1579 0825a09〕;「此中如來超過如是二種過患,住一向樂」〔T30n1579 0825a11〕;「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」〔T30n1579 0825a14〕

同詞者「人天」「住」「愛」「樂」「苦」「無上安隱」「涅槃」;經「諸天、世人」論「人天」,經「樂住」論「住一向樂」,經「滅盡」論「滅壞」,詞異。經之偈,論此段未見。

第二住·一一住(經309·一住)

  • 經:「有第二住,有一一住」〔T02 0088c20〕;「彼比丘見已,喜樂,讚歎,繫著住」〔T02 0088c24〕;「心轉歡喜」〔T02 0088c25〕;「歡喜、深樂、貪愛、阨礙者,是名第二住」〔T02 0088c26〕;「愛喜不斷不滅故」〔T02 0088c29〕
  • 論:「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」〔T30n1579 0825a23〕;「名有憙樂」〔T30n1579 0825a27〕;「名有歡喜」〔T30n1579 0825a29〕;「於受用時,多生貪愛,名有染著」〔T30n1579 0825b01〕;「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」〔T30n1579 0825b07〕

同詞者「第二住」「歡喜」「貪愛」,經之喜樂、歡喜、貪愛與論之憙樂、歡喜、貪愛同序;經「喜樂」論「憙樂」,經「繫著」論「染著」,經「一一住」論「無第二住」,詞異。

歡喜集·苦集(經310·一住)

  • 經:「則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集」〔T02 0089a20〕;「不歡喜集故,則苦滅」〔T02 0089a24〕
  • 論:「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」〔T30n1579 0825b06〕

同詞者「集」「苦」;經「歡喜」論「憙樂」,經「苦集」論「眾苦生起」,詞異。論「遠涅槃」之段與經310 同詞未見;誌之。

去涅槃遠·忍辱(經311·遠涅槃)

  • 經:「去涅槃遠」〔T02 0089b10〕;「漸近涅槃」〔T02 0089b16〕;「西方輸盧那人兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵」〔T02 0089b20〕;「汝善學忍辱」〔T02 0089c13〕;「汝今宜去度於未度,安於未安,未涅槃者令得涅槃」〔T02 0089c15〕
  • 論:「若於後有隨順轉時,當知說名去涅槃遠」〔T30n1579 0825b11〕;「復有六種鄙碎士夫補特伽羅鄙碎行相」〔T30n1579 0825b12〕;「一者、性多忿恚」〔T30n1579 0825b13〕;「若苦所觸,便發不實麁惡語言」〔T30n1579 0825b14〕;「一者、忍辱,二者、柔和」〔T30n1579 0825b19〕;「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」〔T30n1579 0825b20〕;「諸未信者令生淨信,其已信者倍令增長」〔T30n1579 0825b18〕

同詞者「去涅槃遠」「忍辱」;經「兇惡」論「忿恚」,經「好罵」論「麁惡語言」,詞異。經「漸近涅槃」、富樓那之四答與後事,論此段未見。

略說·苦邊(經312·略說)

  • 經:「而欲聞我略說教誡」〔T02 0090a01〕;「諸年少聰明利根」〔T02 0089c28〕;「若汝非於彼,彼亦復非此,亦非兩中間,是則為苦邊」〔T02 0090a15〕;「離愛般涅槃」〔T02 0090b02〕
  • 論:「復次,以要言之,如來略依二種處所,說無界教」〔T30n1579 0825b22〕;「一者、說有餘依涅槃界教,二者、說無餘依涅槃界教」〔T30n1579 0825b23〕;「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」〔T30n1579 0825b29〕;「證得一切眾苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0825b29〕;「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」〔T30n1579 0825c02〕

同詞者「略」「說」「苦邊」「年少」「涅槃」;經「苦邊」論「眾苦邊際」,經『非於彼……非此……亦非兩中間』論「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」,詞異。經「見以見為量」四句與摩羅迦舅之偈,論此段未見。

異信異欲·如實知(經313·內所證)

  • 經:「而於經法異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍,正知而說」〔T02 0090b29〕;「『我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪』如實知」〔T02 0090c06〕
  • 論:「由五種相,當知涅槃是內證法」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕;「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕;「於內各別內外增上所生雜染,如實了知有及非有」〔T30n1579 0825c06〕

同詞者「信」「見」「忍」「如實」;經之五「異」與論之「離信」「乃至離見審察忍」同序;經「異」論「離」,經「審諦忍」論「審察忍」,經「有貪」「無貪」論「有及非有」,經「如實知」論「如實了知」,詞異。

一切·一切有·一切法(經319–321·辯一切)

  • 經:「所謂一切者,云何名一切?」〔T02 0091a26〕;「所謂一切有,云何一切有?」〔T02 0091b06〕;「所謂一切法,云何為一切法?」〔T02 0091b17〕
  • 論:「由三因緣,顯示諸佛無上菩提」〔T30n1579 0825c08〕;「覺了一切境故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕;「覺了有及非有如實事故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕;「覺了染淨二品一切法故」〔T30n1579 0825c10〕;「他於如是三處,請問世尊」〔T30n1579 0825c11〕

同詞者「一切」「有」「一切法」,經之三問與論之三因緣同序;經「一切」論「一切境」,經「一切有」論「有及非有如實事」,詞異。經之「十二入處」「言說」「言數」,論此段未見。

分別·入處(經322·智相)

  • 經:「世尊略說,不廣分別」〔T02 0091c04〕;「眼是內入處,四大所造淨色,不可見,有對」〔T02 0091c05〕
  • 論:「諸有為法俱有轉時,令心迷亂,能令於相邪取分別」〔T30n1579 0825c12〕;「為諸弟子分別開示,令於彼相決定悟入」〔T30n1579 0825c13〕

同詞者「分別」;經「廣分別」論「分別開示」,詞異。經之內外入處六問六答,論此段未見其目。

顧念·覆(經331·332·捨所學)

  • 經:「有六顧念」〔T02 0092b05〕;「謂色有漏、是取,心覆藏」〔T02 0092b11〕
  • 論:「安立顧戀境界」〔T30n1579 0825c18〕;「心株覆事」〔T30n1579 0825c19〕;「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」〔T30n1579 0825c24〕

同詞者「顧」「心」「覆」;經「顧念」論「顧戀」,經「覆藏」論「隱匿」「覆事」,詞異。

因緣縛·業愛無明(經334·業)

  • 經:「謂眼,業因、業緣、業縛」〔T02 0092b26〕;「謂業,愛因」〔T02 0092b27〕;「謂愛,無明因」〔T02 0092b29〕;「謂無明,不正思惟因」〔T02 0092c02〕;「彼癡者是無明」〔T02 0092c06〕;「不正思惟因無明,無明因愛,愛因為業,業因為眼」〔T02 0092c07〕
  • 論:「便生無明觸所生起染污作意」〔T30n1579 0825c28〕;「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」〔T30n1579 0826a04〕

同詞者「業」「愛」「無明」「因」,經之眼←業←愛←無明←不正思惟與論之六處←業←愛←無明←不如正理作意←無明觸同序;經「眼」論「六處」,經「不正思惟」論「不如正理作意」「不正作意」,詞異。論末之「無明觸」,經未見。論「等」之段「由二因緣,後有生起。一、後有業,二、後有愛」〔T30n1579 0826a11〕與經334 同詞「業」「愛」;誌之。

第一義空·俗數法(經335·空)

  • 經:「所謂第一義空經」〔T02 0092c15〕;「眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處」〔T02 0092c16〕;「有業報而無作者」〔T02 0092c18〕;「此陰滅已,異陰相續,除俗數法」〔T02 0092c18〕;「謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起」〔T02 0092c20〕
  • 論:「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕;「當知是名勝義諦空」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕;「應知此空,復有七種」〔T30n1579 0826b10〕;「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」〔T30n1579 0826b16〕;「都無所往積集而住」〔T30n1579 0826b22〕;「於中都無捨前生者、取後生者」〔T30n1579 0826c01〕;「此有故彼有,此生故彼生」〔T30n1579 0826c04〕;「依世俗諦,假立作用」〔T30n1579 0826c05〕

同詞者「空」「作者」「此有故彼有」「生」;經「第一義空」論「勝義諦空」,經「無有來處」論「無所從來」,經「無有去處」論「都無所往」,經「俗數法」論「世俗諦」,經「此起故彼起」論「此生故彼生」,詞異。

喜行·憂行·捨行(經336–338·隨行)

  • 經:「若眼見色喜,於彼色處行」〔T02 0092c29〕;「若眼見色憂,於彼色處行」〔T02 0093a06〕;「謂眼見色捨,於彼色處行」〔T02 0093a12〕
  • 論:「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」〔T30n1579 0826c07〕;「順憂、順捨所緣境界」〔T30n1579 0826c10〕

同詞者「喜」「憂」「捨」「行」,經之喜、憂、捨三經與論之順喜、順憂、順捨同序;經「色處行」論「所緣境界隨順而行」,詞異。

常行·難得·福田(經339–342·恒住)

  • 經:「有六常行」〔T02 0093a17〕;「不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智」〔T02 0093a19〕;「世間難得」〔T02 0093a27〕;「所應承事、恭敬、供養,則為世間無上福田」〔T02 0093b05〕
  • 論:「是故恒住無雜染住」〔T30n1579 0826c17〕;「彼隨行品若喜、若憂、若欣、若慼,諸阿羅漢皆無所有」〔T30n1579 0826c18〕;「能成就者極難得故,說名第一真實福田」〔T30n1579 0826c20〕

同詞者「住」「成就」「難得」「福田」;經「常行」論「恒住」,經「不苦、不樂」論『若喜、若憂……皆無所有』,經「無上福田」論「第一真實福田」,詞異。論「師弟二圓滿」之段「於善說法毘奈耶中,應知大師及弟子眾各由二相,其德圓滿」〔T30n1579 0826c23〕與經342「舍利弗等」〔T02 0093b13〕同詞不成;誌之。

四、本段釋要

本卷無逐文古疏。攝事分處擇攝即論之本母,其段落依自立之嗢拕南(目一)次第而下;以下依論之次第,列其與本卷經文同詞之段(逐字+錨),並注同詞之經。論段之中與本卷經文無同詞者,不列。

一、無我論——三種正所作事(與經304 同詞「我」「生滅」)

「復次,無我論師略有三種正所作事」〔T30n1579 0823c13〕 「安立無我」〔T30n1579 0823c15〕 「開示生滅相似性故,顯了共相」〔T30n1579 0823c16〕 「是故不能作苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0823c22〕 「此無我見能令清淨」〔T30n1579 0824a01〕

二、定——五種殊勝(與經305 同詞「應知」「斷」「證」「修」「無明」「有愛」「解脫」「燒然」)

「當知略有五種殊勝正加行果稱讚利益」〔T30n1579 0824a06〕 「不如實知」〔T30n1579 0824a13〕 「由此增益後有諸蘊」〔T30n1579 0824a24〕 「謂後有愛及資財愛」〔T30n1579 0824a25〕 「便自燒然」〔T30n1579 0824a28〕 「止觀二種平等雙轉」〔T30n1579 0824b17〕 「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」〔T30n1579 0824b23〕 「於所依色及能依名」〔T30n1579 0824b26〕 「於所依無明及能依有愛」〔T30n1579 0824b27〕 「於所依明淨智及能依解脫煩惱斷」〔T30n1579 0824b28〕 「於所依奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」〔T30n1579 0824b29〕

三、法見——有為法見·無為法見(與經306·307 同詞「見」「法」「我眼見色」「如是名」「想」「言說」「無常」「寂」)

「復次,有二法見。一、有為法見,二、無為法見」〔T30n1579 0824c02〕 「謂名色,及人天等有情數物」〔T30n1579 0824c04〕 「假想安立我或有情,乃至命者及生者等」〔T30n1579 0824c06〕 「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」〔T30n1579 0824c08〕 「謂如是名,乃至如是壽量邊際」〔T30n1579 0824c09〕 「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」〔T30n1579 0824c10〕 「有無常性,廣說乃至有緣生性」〔T30n1579 0824c12〕 「一切依等盡涅槃深見寂靜」〔T30n1579 0824c20〕

四、苦最為後——人天二種過患·如來一向樂(與經308 同詞「人天」「住」「愛」「樂」「苦」「無上安隱」「涅槃」)

「謂於人天,住境界愛」〔T30n1579 0825a01〕 「一切自體於終沒時皆滅壞故,有滅壞苦」〔T30n1579 0825a09〕 「此中如來超過如是二種過患,住一向樂」〔T30n1579 0825a11〕 「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」〔T30n1579 0825a14〕

五、一住——有第二住·無第二住(與經309 同詞「第二住」「歡喜」「貪愛」;與經310 同詞「集」「苦」)

「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」〔T30n1579 0825a23〕 「名有憙樂」〔T30n1579 0825a27〕 「名有歡喜」〔T30n1579 0825a29〕 「於受用時,多生貪愛,名有染著」〔T30n1579 0825b01〕 「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」〔T30n1579 0825b06〕 「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」〔T30n1579 0825b07〕

六、遠涅槃——六種鄙碎行相·忍辱柔和(與經311 同詞「去涅槃遠」「忍辱」)

「若於後有隨順轉時,當知說名去涅槃遠」〔T30n1579 0825b11〕 「復有六種鄙碎士夫補特伽羅鄙碎行相」〔T30n1579 0825b12〕 「一者、性多忿恚」〔T30n1579 0825b13〕 「若苦所觸,便發不實麁惡語言」〔T30n1579 0825b14〕 「諸未信者令生淨信,其已信者倍令增長」〔T30n1579 0825b18〕 「一者、忍辱,二者、柔和」〔T30n1579 0825b19〕 「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」〔T30n1579 0825b20〕

七、略說——二種涅槃界教·三種念力強因(與經312 同詞「略」「說」「苦邊」「年少」「涅槃」)

「復次,以要言之,如來略依二種處所,說無界教」〔T30n1579 0825b22〕 「一者、說有餘依涅槃界教,二者、說無餘依涅槃界教」〔T30n1579 0825b23〕 「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」〔T30n1579 0825b29〕 「證得一切眾苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0825b29〕 「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」〔T30n1579 0825c02〕

八、內所證——涅槃是內證法(與經313 同詞「信」「見」「忍」「如實」)

「由五種相,當知涅槃是內證法」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕 「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕 「於內各別內外增上所生雜染,如實了知有及非有」〔T30n1579 0825c06〕

九、辯一切——三因緣顯無上菩提(與經319–321 同詞「一切」「有」「一切法」)

「由三因緣,顯示諸佛無上菩提」〔T30n1579 0825c08〕 「覺了一切境故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕 「覺了有及非有如實事故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕 「覺了染淨二品一切法故」〔T30n1579 0825c10〕 「他於如是三處,請問世尊」〔T30n1579 0825c11〕

十、智相——分別開示(與經322 同詞「分別」)

「諸有為法俱有轉時,令心迷亂,能令於相邪取分別」〔T30n1579 0825c12〕 「為諸弟子分別開示,令於彼相決定悟入」〔T30n1579 0825c13〕

十一、捨所學——顧戀·心株覆事(與經331·332 同詞「顧」「心」「覆」)

「安立顧戀境界」〔T30n1579 0825c18〕 「心株覆事」〔T30n1579 0825c19〕 「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」〔T30n1579 0825c24〕

十二、業——順次·逆次(與經334 同詞「業」「愛」「無明」「因」)

「便生無明觸所生起染污作意」〔T30n1579 0825c28〕 「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」〔T30n1579 0826a04〕

十三、等——隨業而行(與經334 同詞「業」「愛」;誌之)

「由二因緣,後有生起。一、後有業,二、後有愛」〔T30n1579 0826a11〕 「而但說言諸有情類隨業而行,不言隨愛」〔T30n1579 0826a12〕

十四、空——勝義諦空·七種空(與經335 同詞「空」「作者」「此有故彼有」「生」)

「如是名為世俗諦空,非勝義空」〔T30n1579 0826b07〕 「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕 「當知是名勝義諦空」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕 「應知此空,復有七種」〔T30n1579 0826b10〕 「六、受者空,七、作者空」〔T30n1579 0826b12〕 「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」〔T30n1579 0826b16〕 「都無所往積集而住」〔T30n1579 0826b22〕 「果性諸行空無受者,因性業行空無作者」〔T30n1579 0826b26〕 「於中都無捨前生者、取後生者」〔T30n1579 0826c01〕 「此有故彼有,此生故彼生」〔T30n1579 0826c04〕 「依世俗諦,假立作用」〔T30n1579 0826c05〕

十五、隨行——順喜·順憂·順捨(與經336–338 同詞「喜」「憂」「捨」「行」)

「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」〔T30n1579 0826c07〕 「順憂、順捨所緣境界」〔T30n1579 0826c10〕 「深心厭惡,發生瞋恚」〔T30n1579 0826c12〕 「深心愚昧,發生愚癡」〔T30n1579 0826c13〕

十六、恒住——無雜染住·第一真實福田(與經339–342 同詞「住」「成就」「難得」「福田」)

「有諸苾芻證阿羅漢,諸漏永盡,於一切境隨順而行」〔T30n1579 0826c15〕 「是故恒住無雜染住」〔T30n1579 0826c17〕 「彼隨行品若喜、若憂、若欣、若慼,諸阿羅漢皆無所有」〔T30n1579 0826c18〕 「能成就者極難得故,說名第一真實福田」〔T30n1579 0826c20〕

十七、師弟二圓滿(與本卷經文同詞不成;誌之)

「於善說法毘奈耶中,應知大師及弟子眾各由二相,其德圓滿」〔T30n1579 0826c23〕 「謂諸弟子,最初忍受大師所見,謂諸法中空無我見」〔T30n1579 0827b04〕

五、諸家異釋

本卷無古德異釋。雜阿含無逐文古疏;攝事分為唯一之鏡,一家之說,無可分欄。

六、術語(首見名相·釋義唯取攝事分逐字)

先前諸卷已立之名相,本卷不重出;其中與本卷經文相涉者:梵行·無常·苦·空·非我·厭離·離欲·味·患·離·變易法·阿羅漢·心善解脫·涅槃·不受後有(承卷一);心·意·識·六識身·六受身·六想身·六思身·名色·苦邊·八聖道·四念處·四正勤·四如意足·五根·五力·七覺·有為·般涅槃·四大·四大造色(承卷二);三事和合·當來有愛·士夫·法根·法眼·法依(承卷三);施設·多羅樹·優婆塞(承卷五);止·觀(承卷七);眼觸因緣生受·內入處·外入處·正無間等(承卷八);六內入處(承卷九);見法·此有故彼有·苦陰身·愛結(承卷十);二法·言數·六愛身·明、解脫·恭敬、尊重、禮事、供養(承卷十一)。以下唯列本卷新見者。

名相本卷首見(逐字)錨攝事分
拘留搜調牛聚落「佛住拘留搜調牛聚落」〔T02 0086c23〕論未釋
六六法「有六六法」〔T02 0086c26〕論未釋
六觸身「六識身、六觸身」〔T02 0086c27〕論未釋
眼觸生受·眼觸生愛「謂眼觸生受」〔T02 0087a05〕;「謂眼觸生愛」〔T02 0087a06〕論未釋
眼所作·智所作·寂滅所作「當如實知眼所作、智所作、寂滅所作」〔T02 0087a18〕論未釋
開發神通「開發神通,正向涅槃」〔T02 0087a19〕論未釋
六分別六入處「所謂六分別六入處經」〔T02 0087b01〕論未釋
如實知見「謂於眼入處不如實知見者」〔T02 0087b02〕論作「如實知」:「不如實知」〔T30n1579 0824a13〕
染著·顧念·結縛「如是染著相應、愚闇、顧念、結縛其心」〔T02 0087b09〕論作「顧戀」:「於過去世有顧戀縛」〔T30n1579 0824a21〕
長養五受陰「長養五受陰」〔T02 0087b10〕論作「增益後有諸蘊」:「由此增益後有諸蘊」〔T30n1579 0824a24〕
燒然·熾然「身心壞燒然,身心熾然」〔T02 0087b11〕「便自燒然」〔T30n1579 0824a28〕
純一大苦陰聚集「是名純一大苦陰聚集」〔T02 0087b14〕論未釋
八聖道清淨滿足「是名修習八聖道清淨滿足」〔T02 0087c02〕論未釋
應知·應了·應斷·應作證·應修習「若法應知、應了者,悉知、悉了」〔T02 0087c05〕「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」〔T30n1579 0824b23〕
無明及有愛「所謂無明及有愛」〔T02 0087c09〕「於所依無明及能依有愛」〔T30n1579 0824b27〕
非其境界「非其境界故」〔T02 0087c25〕論未釋
人·人想「此等法名為人,於斯等法作人想、眾生、那羅、摩㝹闍、摩那婆、士夫、福伽羅、耆婆、禪頭」〔T02 0087c28〕論作「假想安立我或有情」:「假想安立我或有情,乃至命者及生者等」〔T30n1579 0824c06〕
想·誌·言說「是則為想,是則為誌,是則言說」〔T02 0088a05〕論作「假想」「自稱」「言說」:「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」〔T30n1579 0824c10〕
思願緣生「此諸法皆悉無常、有為、思願緣生」〔T02 0088a06〕論作「緣生性」:「有無常性,廣說乃至有緣生性」〔T30n1579 0824c12〕
苦數數出生「亦苦數數出生」〔T02 0088a08〕論未釋
斷·吐·盡·離欲·滅·息·沒「若復彼苦無餘斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅、息、沒」〔T02 0088a09〕論未釋
寂滅·勝妙「是則寂滅,是則勝妙」〔T02 0088a10〕論作「寂靜」:「一切依等盡涅槃深見寂靜」〔T30n1579 0824c20〕
捨一切有餘「所謂捨一切有餘、一切愛盡、無欲、滅盡、涅槃」〔T02 0088a11〕論未釋
無色陰·色陰「此四是無色陰,身根是色陰」〔T02 0088a13〕論未釋
士夫所依「四大,士夫所依」〔T02 0088a16〕論未釋
心隨入·住解脫不退轉「心隨入,住解脫不退轉」〔T02 0088a17〕論未釋
心心法「生於心心法」〔T02 0088b01〕論未釋
言說「彼但有言說」〔T02 0088b11〕「唯假言說」〔T30n1579 0824c10〕
佛眼「無上佛眼說」〔T02 0088b13〕論未釋
阨礙「於彼色因緣生阨礙」〔T02 0088b27〕論未釋
無上安隱涅槃「名無上安隱涅槃」〔T02 0088b28〕「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」〔T30n1579 0825a14〕
六境界「觸法六境界」〔T02 0088c04〕論未釋
不還受身「不還受身者」〔T02 0088c16〕論未釋
瞻婆國揭伽池「佛住瞻婆國揭伽池側」〔T02 0088c18〕論未釋
鹿紐「尊者鹿紐來詣佛所」〔T02 0088c19〕論未釋
第二住·一一住「有第二住,有一一住」〔T02 0088c20〕「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」〔T30n1579 0825a23〕;論作「無第二住」:「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」〔T30n1579 0825b07〕
長養於欲「長養於欲」〔T02 0088c23〕論未釋
空閑獨處·高樓重閣「正使空閑獨處」〔T02 0088c28〕;「正使處於高樓重閣」〔T02 0089a07〕論未釋
歡喜集·苦集「則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集」〔T02 0089a20〕「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」〔T30n1579 0825b06〕
富樓那「尊者富樓那來詣佛所」〔T02 0089b02〕論未釋
去涅槃遠·漸近涅槃「去涅槃遠」〔T02 0089b10〕;「漸近涅槃」〔T02 0089b16〕「當知說名去涅槃遠」〔T30n1579 0825b11〕
略說法教·略說教誡「我已略說法教」〔T02 0089b17〕;「我已蒙世尊略說教誡」〔T02 0089b19〕論作「略依二種處所」:「如來略依二種處所,說無界教」〔T30n1579 0825b22〕
西方輸盧那「我欲於西方輸盧那人間遊行」〔T02 0089b19〕論未釋
兇惡·輕躁·弊暴·好罵「西方輸盧那人兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵」〔T02 0089b20〕論作「忿恚」「麁惡語言」:「一者、性多忿恚」〔T30n1579 0825b13〕;「若苦所觸,便發不實麁惡語言」〔T30n1579 0825b14〕
忍辱「汝善學忍辱」〔T02 0089c13〕「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」〔T30n1579 0825b20〕
度於未度·安於未安「汝今宜去度於未度,安於未安,未涅槃者令得涅槃」〔T02 0089c15〕論未釋
夏安居「到已,夏安居」〔T02 0089c20〕論未釋
僧伽藍「建立五百僧伽藍」〔T02 0089c21〕論未釋
三明「具足三明」〔T02 0089c22〕論未釋
無餘涅槃「即於彼處入無餘涅槃」〔T02 0089c23〕論作「無餘依涅槃界」:「二者、說無餘依涅槃界教」〔T30n1579 0825b23〕
摩羅迦舅「摩羅迦舅來詣佛所」〔T02 0089c25〕論未釋
年耆根熟「而況汝今日年耆根熟」〔T02 0090a01〕論作「年少壯」:「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」〔T30n1579 0825c02〕
見以見為量「見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量」〔T02 0090a12〕論未釋
日種尊「日種尊所說」〔T02 0090b02〕論未釋
經法·崇向「有經法,諸比丘!崇向」〔T02 0090b28〕論未釋
異信·異欲·異聞·異行思惟·異見審諦忍「而於經法異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍」〔T02 0090b29〕論作「離信」「離見審察忍」:「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕
色貪「覺知色而不覺色貪」〔T02 0090c05〕論未釋
斷欲「當斷欲,斷眼欲已」〔T02 0090c20〕論未釋
生·住·轉出/滅·息·沒「若眼生、住、轉出」〔T02 0090c26〕;「眼滅、息、沒」〔T02 0090c28〕論未釋
逼迫苦「則不應受逼迫苦」〔T02 0091a04〕論未釋
欲令如是·不令如是「亦應說於眼欲令如是、不令如是」〔T02 0091a04〕論未釋
生聞婆羅門「時,有生聞婆羅門往詣佛所」〔T02 0091a25〕論未釋
一切·十二入處「一切者,謂十二入處」〔T02 0091a27〕論作「一切境」:「覺了一切境故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕
一切有「所謂一切有,云何一切有?」〔T02 0091b06〕論作「有及非有」:「覺了有及非有如實事故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕
一切法「所謂一切法,云何為一切法?」〔T02 0091b17〕「覺了染淨二品一切法故」〔T30n1579 0825c10〕
淨色·不可見·有對·無對「四大所造淨色,不可見,有對」〔T02 0091c05〕;「不可見,無對」〔T02 0091c09〕論未釋
十一入所不攝「十一入所不攝」〔T02 0091c20〕論未釋
六顧念「有六顧念」〔T02 0092b05〕論作「顧戀」:「安立顧戀境界」〔T30n1579 0825c18〕
六覆·覆藏「謂色有漏、是取,心覆藏」〔T02 0092b11〕論作「覆事」:「心株覆事」〔T30n1579 0825c19〕;「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」〔T30n1579 0825c24〕
滅盡向「於現在眼生厭、離欲、滅盡向」〔T02 0092b17〕論未釋
有因·有緣·有縛「謂有因、有緣、有縛法經」〔T02 0092b24〕論作「為因」:「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」〔T30n1579 0826a04〕
業因·業緣·業縛「謂眼,業因、業緣、業縛」〔T02 0092b26〕同上
不正思惟「謂無明,不正思惟因」〔T02 0092c02〕論作「不如正理作意」「不正作意」(同上)
癡「生於癡」〔T02 0092c05〕;「彼癡者是無明」〔T02 0092c06〕論未釋
第一義空「所謂第一義空經」〔T02 0092c15〕論作「勝義諦空」:「當知是名勝義諦空」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕
無有來處·無有去處「眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處」〔T02 0092c16〕論作「無所從來」「都無所往」:「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」〔T30n1579 0826b16〕;「都無所往積集而住」〔T30n1579 0826b22〕
不實而生「如是眼不實而生」〔T02 0092c17〕論未釋
有業報而無作者「有業報而無作者」〔T02 0092c18〕「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕
此陰滅已·異陰相續「此陰滅已,異陰相續」〔T02 0092c18〕「於中都無捨前生者、取後生者」〔T30n1579 0826c01〕
俗數法「除俗數法」〔T02 0092c19〕論作「世俗諦」:「依世俗諦,假立作用」〔T30n1579 0826c05〕
六喜行·六憂行·六捨行「有六喜行」〔T02 0092c28〕;「有六憂行」〔T02 0093a05〕;「有六捨行」〔T02 0093a11〕論作「順喜」「順憂」「順捨」:「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」〔T30n1579 0826c07〕;「順憂、順捨所緣境界」〔T30n1579 0826c10〕
六常行「有六常行」〔T02 0093a17〕論作「恒住」:「是故恒住無雜染住」〔T30n1579 0826c17〕
捨心住正念正智「捨心住正念正智」〔T02 0093a20〕論未釋
世間難得「世間難得」〔T02 0093a27〕「能成就者極難得故」〔T30n1579 0826c20〕
無上福田「則為世間無上福田」〔T02 0093b05〕論作「第一真實福田」:「說名第一真實福田」〔T30n1579 0826c21〕
舍利弗「當知是舍利弗等」〔T02 0093b13〕論未釋

本卷名相皆漢語;大正注於經中名目所附之對音見目十②末;攝事分於此段不出梵形,今不代擬。

七、譬喻·修辭

經文之譬喻:

  1. 截多羅樹頭(經314)——「如截多羅樹頭,於未來世永不復生」〔T02 0090c21〕,合以「斷眼欲已,眼則已斷、已知,斷其根本」〔T02 0090c20〕。
  2. 空閑獨處·高樓重閣(經309)——「正使空閑獨處,猶名第二住」〔T02 0088c28〕;「正使處於高樓重閣,猶是一一住者」〔T02 0089a07〕;以住處之靜與鬧,反顯住之二一在於愛喜之斷與不斷。
  3. 罵辱·手石·刀杖·殺(經311,佛問、富樓那答)——「猶尚不以手、石而見打擲」〔T02 0089b26〕;「而不用刀杖」〔T02 0089c02〕;「而不見殺」〔T02 0089c07〕;「於我朽敗之身,以少作方便,便得解脫」〔T02 0089c12〕;四層逐次加重。
  4. 大闇·大明(經308 偈,佛偈)——「大闇所昏沒,盲冥無所見」〔T02 0088c13〕;「唯有智慧者,發朦開大明」〔T02 0088c14〕。

定型句:

句逐字(首見)錨所在
初中後善「初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白」〔T02 0086c25〕經304·305·334·335
諦聽善思「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」〔T02 0087b01〕經305–307·310·311·313·335;經304 作「諦聽,善思,有六六法」〔T02 0086c26〕;經334 作「諦聽,善思,謂有因、有緣、有縛法經」〔T02 0092b23〕
內覺苦樂「內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂」〔T02 0087a22〕經304·305
獨一靜處「獨一靜處,專精思惟」〔T02 0087c19〕經306·307·310·311·312
能問如來「能問如來如是之義」〔T02 0088c22〕經309·310·311
可愛樂念可意「可愛、樂、念、可意」〔T02 0088c23〕經309–311,字或小異
歡喜隨喜「歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」〔T02 0089a10〕經309–312;經320·321 作「歡喜隨喜,從坐起去」
隨意答我「我今問汝,隨意答我」〔T02 0090a08〕經312·320
我生已盡「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」〔T02 0090c01〕經313
於意云何「於意云何」〔T02 0090c10〕經313·320
欲令如是「欲令如是、不令如是」〔T02 0091a04〕經316–318
非其境界「所以者何?非其境界故」〔T02 0091b02〕經319·321;經306·320 在略文之末
捨心住「不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智」〔T02 0093a19〕經339–342;經339 前句作「正念正智捨心住」〔T02 0093a18〕
六根推及「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」〔T02 0087a23〕全卷屢見,字或小異

問答型:經306·307 一比丘以所念之問白佛,佛以二法說之,中有略文。經309 鹿紐以第二住、一一住二問,佛先讚,次以順、逆二段答。經310 鹿紐請法,佛不待問,以歡喜集、苦集順逆二段說之。經311 佛先略說,後設四問於富樓那——罵辱、手石、刀杖、殺——富樓那每答皆以『彼西方輸盧那人賢善智慧』起,佛以「汝善學忍辱」許之。經312 摩羅迦舅三請,佛止之,底本「如是再三,亦不為說」,然後以未見之色一問,摩羅迦舅答「不也,世尊」,佛說見聞覺識四量與二句偈,摩羅迦舅以二十六句偈廣解,佛引其偈首而許之。經313 佛先自問,諸比丘請說,佛以「於意云何」二問,諸比丘二答。經320 佛反問婆羅門眼、色、受三問,婆羅門三答「是有」「有」。經322 一比丘依眼、意、色、聲、觸、法之次六問,佛六答,香、味附於聲答之末。

反覆句式:經304 六六法逐一列名,又逐一說非我;經305 不如實知見與如實知見、染著與不染著兩兩對舉;經309–311 順說歡喜、深樂(樂著)、貪愛、阨礙之鏈,逆說不歡喜乃至不阨礙之鏈;經314–318 每經只說眼,以「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」推及;經316–318 三經同式,只換無常、苦、非我;經323–330 八經同式,只換內入處、外入處、識、觸、受、想、思、愛;經331·332 二經同式;經336–338 三經同式,只換喜、憂、捨;經339–342 四經同起,後三經各增「世間難得」「無上福田」「舍利弗等」。略說句群見目一。

偈之體:本卷偈五處五十六行,每行十字(二句,每句五字)。經307 偈十三行,說眼色二緣生心心法、非我非我所、施設眾生之想,末以「無上佛眼說」作結。經308 偈十三行,說諸天世人以六境為樂、賢聖見滅為樂,苦樂之見相反,末二行「如是甚深句,非聖孰能知,不還受身者,深達諦明了」〔T02 0088c15〕。經312 佛偈二行,以「非於彼」「非此」「非兩中間」三句說苦邊。經312 摩羅迦舅偈二十六行:前十二行依眼說取相與不取相,次十四行以耳攝鼻、舌、身、意,同說取相與不取相,前後二段皆以「永離於涅槃」與「漸次近涅槃」「漸近般涅槃」相對。經312 佛引之二行,與摩羅迦舅偈首二行字有小異:「已見色」作「見眾色」,「而失於」作「忘失於」。

八、徵引承衍

  • 攝事分之同詞——本卷經文與攝事分同詞之處,逐字已列於目三、目四、目六、目十①;此處只列錨:〔T30n1579 0823c13〕〔T30n1579 0823c15〕〔T30n1579 0823c16〕〔T30n1579 0823c22〕〔T30n1579 0824a01〕〔T30n1579 0824a06〕〔T30n1579 0824a13〕〔T30n1579 0824a21〕〔T30n1579 0824a24〕〔T30n1579 0824a25〕〔T30n1579 0824a28〕〔T30n1579 0824b17〕〔T30n1579 0824b23〕〔T30n1579 0824b26〕〔T30n1579 0824b27〕〔T30n1579 0824b28〕〔T30n1579 0824b29〕〔T30n1579 0824c02〕〔T30n1579 0824c04〕〔T30n1579 0824c06〕〔T30n1579 0824c08〕〔T30n1579 0824c09〕〔T30n1579 0824c10〕〔T30n1579 0824c12〕〔T30n1579 0824c20〕〔T30n1579 0825a01〕〔T30n1579 0825a09〕〔T30n1579 0825a11〕〔T30n1579 0825a14〕〔T30n1579 0825a23〕〔T30n1579 0825a27〕〔T30n1579 0825a29〕〔T30n1579 0825b01〕〔T30n1579 0825b06〕〔T30n1579 0825b07〕〔T30n1579 0825b11〕〔T30n1579 0825b12〕〔T30n1579 0825b13〕〔T30n1579 0825b14〕〔T30n1579 0825b18〕〔T30n1579 0825b19〕〔T30n1579 0825b20〕〔T30n1579 0825b22〕〔T30n1579 0825b23〕〔T30n1579 0825b29〕〔T30n1579 0825c02〕〔T30n1579 0825c04〕〔T30n1579 0825c06〕〔T30n1579 0825c08〕〔T30n1579 0825c09〕〔T30n1579 0825c10〕〔T30n1579 0825c11〕〔T30n1579 0825c12〕〔T30n1579 0825c13〕〔T30n1579 0825c18〕〔T30n1579 0825c19〕〔T30n1579 0825c24〕〔T30n1579 0825c28〕〔T30n1579 0826a04〕〔T30n1579 0826a11〕〔T30n1579 0826a12〕〔T30n1579 0826b07〕〔T30n1579 0826b09〕〔T30n1579 0826b10〕〔T30n1579 0826b12〕〔T30n1579 0826b16〕〔T30n1579 0826b22〕〔T30n1579 0826b26〕〔T30n1579 0826c01〕〔T30n1579 0826c04〕〔T30n1579 0826c05〕〔T30n1579 0826c07〕〔T30n1579 0826c10〕〔T30n1579 0826c12〕〔T30n1579 0826c13〕〔T30n1579 0826c15〕〔T30n1579 0826c17〕〔T30n1579 0826c18〕〔T30n1579 0826c20〕〔T30n1579 0826c21〕〔T30n1579 0826c23〕〔T30n1579 0827b04〕。
  • 嗢拕南之承衍——論卷九十二「上貪、教授、及苦住」〔T30n1579 0821a17〕一首,前八項之段擇攝本篇前卷;末四項「無我論、定、法見、苦最為後」〔T30n1579 0821a18〕之段,依次與經304·305·306–307·308 同詞。其次「一住、遠涅槃、略說、內所證、」〔T30n1579 0825a20〕一首十三項,依次與經309 至經342 諸經同詞(目一);「等」與「師弟二圓滿」二項,同詞不足,誌之不列為本母。本卷無攝頌,論之嗢拕南不據以立本卷之科。
  • 卷內之承衍——經304·305·334·335 同以「初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白」〔T02 0086c25〕起,四經同住拘留搜調牛聚落。經304 之六六法「六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六愛身」〔T02 0086c27〕,與經323–330 八經所列之名同(經323–330 多「六想身」「六思身」)。經305「無明及有愛」〔T02 0087c09〕與經334「愛,無明因」〔T02 0092b29〕同詞「無明」「愛」。經306·307 同問見法、同說二法,經307 之偈「異說二法者。彼但有言說,聞已增癡惑」〔T02 0088b10〕與經319「彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑」〔T02 0091b01〕同詞「言說」。經308「阨礙盡已,名無上安隱涅槃」〔T02 0088b27〕與經309–311「貪愛已,阨礙」〔T02 0088c26〕〔T02 0089b09〕同詞「阨礙」。經309·310·311 同以「可愛、樂、念、可意」之色起,順逆二鏈相承:經309 至「第二住」「一一住」,經310 至「苦集」「苦滅」,經311 至「去涅槃遠」「漸近涅槃」。經311「我已略說法教」〔T02 0089b17〕與經312「略說教誡」〔T02 0090a02〕同詞「略說」;經311·312 同以請法起、以成就作結。經312 偈「是則為苦邊」〔T02 0090a16〕與經305「究竟苦邊」〔T02 0087c15〕同詞「苦邊」。經313「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」〔T02 0090c03〕與經321 末「世尊法眼法根法依三經」〔T02 0091b28〕同詞。經316–318 與經333 同說無常、苦、非我。經319–321 三經同以「非其境界故」作結,經306·320 略文亦至此句止。經334「業因為眼」〔T02 0092c08〕與經335「有業報而無作者」〔T02 0092c18〕同詞「業」。經336–338 喜、憂、捨三行與經339–342 常行之「不苦、不樂,捨心住」〔T02 0093a19〕同詞「捨」。
  • 本卷之外——經304 六內入處至六愛身之列,與本篇前卷六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六想身、六思身、六愛身之同列,只錄不釋;經335 第一義空「有業報而無作者」之說,與五取蘊相應之無我觀相關,只錄不釋。經306·307·335 略文所指之經,本卷未收,錄而不裁。

九、校本定位

大正藏校記於本卷異讀共六十條(【大】=大正藏原刊;【宋】【元】【明】=三本,大正注略稱【三】;【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】【洪武-CB】【嘉興乙-CB】【麗-CB】為今行校本所記;今行字=今行錄文所取之字;「(無)」=今行錄文無此字;並錄不判;#004·#006·#015·#041·#042·#051·#053·#055 八條為今行校本修訂列·非大正原注):

#錨今行字異讀
0010087b11愛【大】受;【元】【明】愛;今行從【洪武-CB】【北藏-CB】
0020087b12壞【北藏-CB】【洪武-CB】【元】【明】無
0030087c10明【大】眼;【宋】【元】【明】明;今行從【思溪-CB】
0040087c11止【大】正(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0050087c27觸【宋】【元】【明】無
0060087c29夫【大】其;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0070088a09離欲【宋】【元】【明】欲離
0080088a18無有【宋】【元】【明】有無
0090088a26唯【宋】【元】【明】惟
0100088b13眼【元】【明】明
0110088b26三【宋】【元】【明】無
0120088b26滅【明】滅此受味
0130088c12疑【宋】【元】【明】𪪧
0140088c14唯【宋】【元】【明】惟
0150088c26貪【大】貧;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0160089a22於【宋】【元】【明】無
0170089a27誡【宋】【元】【明】戒
0180089a28住【宋】【元】【明】法
0190089b07可【宋】【元】【明】無
0200089b08之【宋】【元】【明】無
0210089b19誡【宋】【元】【明】戒
0220089b25暴【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】【宋】【元】【明】暴好
0230089c25摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0240089c28摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0250090a02誡【宋】【元】【明】戒
0260090a02摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0270090a04誡【宋】【元】【明】戒
0280090a04誡【宋】【元】【明】戒
0290090a06摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0300090a08摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0310090a09摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0320090a12摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0330090a12摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0340090a17摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0350090a18摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0360090a19摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0370090b09滅【宋】【元】【明】減
0380090b15滅【宋】【元】【明】減
0390090b22摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0400090b24摩【宋】【元】【明】磨
0410090c11見【大】無;今行從【思溪-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0420090c11不也【大】如是(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0430091b03奉行【宋】【元】【明】從座起去
0440091b14坐【明】座
0450091b26坐【明】座
0460091c19別。云何法外入處【大】別;【明】別云何法外入處;今行從【北藏-CB】【嘉興乙-CB】
0470091c24處【明】處云何為六
0480092a15六【北藏-CB】【思溪-CB】六謂;【宋】【元】【明】六請
0490092a15觸【宋】無
0500092b20是【宋】【元】【明】上
0510092b27(無)【大】業(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0520092b28為【宋】無
0530092c08(無)【大】為愛(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0540092c09因、有【大】因;【宋】【元】【明】因有;今行從【思溪-CB】【洪武-CB】【北藏-CB】
0550092c29眼【大】現;今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)
0560093a07法處【宋】【元】處法
0570093a16是我【元】我是
0580093a18為【宋】【元】無
0590093a18正念正智捨心住【明】捨心住正念正智
0600093b16成就【宋】【元】【明】來說

今行校本按語五條(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注;只錄所議之字與所據,按語所引他本之文不錄,不據以改字;今行錄文皆未改):

錨所議所據
0087b11「貪喜」之下疑脫『俱,彼彼樂著/染著』本經常見之句
0087b12「身生苦覺」之「生」疑作「心」本經下文「身覺樂、心覺樂」
0087b13「身生苦覺故」之「生」疑作「心」本經下文「身、心覺樂」
0089a02「彼比丘」疑衍上下文
0089a19「彼說」疑作「欣悅」;麗、石、思溪、磧本皆作「彼說」下文「欣悅」

可記者十二事(並錄不判;異讀依目九之式記於版本號下):

  1. 經305 之字(#1–#4·按語前三條)——「當來有愛」之「愛」(0087b11),【大】作受,【元】【明】作愛,即【大】讀作『當來有受』;「身心壞燒然」之「壞」(0087b12)【北藏-CB】【洪武-CB】【元】【明】無;「明、解脫」之「明」(0087c10),【大】作眼;「止、觀」之「止」(0087c11),【大】作正(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注)。按語三條,一議「貪喜」下有脫文,二議「身生苦覺」之「生」為「心」,今行皆未改。白話依今行。
  2. 經306 之字(#5–#8)——「三事和合觸」之「觸」(0087c27)三本無;「士夫」之「夫」(0087c29),【大】作其,今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);「離欲」(0088a09)三本作欲離;「無有我」之「無有」(0088a18)三本作有無。白話依今行。
  3. 經307 之字(#9·#10)——「唯願解說」之「唯」(0088a26)三本作惟;偈「無上佛眼說」之「眼」(0088b13)【元】【明】作明,即讀作『無上佛明說』。白話依今行。
  4. 經308 之字(#11–#14)——「此三受集」之「三」(0088b26)三本無;「此受滅」之「滅」(0088b26)【明】作滅此受味,即【明】多「此受味」三字;偈「世間疑惑生」之「疑」(0088c12)三本作𪪧;偈「唯有智慧者」之「唯」(0088c14)三本作惟。白話依今行。
  5. 經309 之字(#15·按語一條)——「貪愛已」之「貪」(0088c26),【大】作貧,今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);0089a02 行「彼比丘見已」之「彼比丘」,按語疑衍,今行未刪。白話依今行。
  6. 經310 之字(#16–#18·按語一條)——「長養於欲之色」之「於」(0089a22)三本無;「說法教誡」之「誡」(0089a27)三本作戒;「不放逸住」之「住」(0089a28)三本作法;0089a19 行「見已,彼說讚歎」之「彼說」,按語議作「欣悅」,並記麗、石、思溪、磧本皆作「彼說」,今行未改。白話依今行,作『他稱說讚歎』。
  7. 經311 之字(#19–#22)——0089b07 行「可」字、0089b08 行「之」字三本無;「略說教誡」之「誡」(0089b19)三本作戒;「弊暴、罵」之「暴」(0089b25),【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】及三本作暴好,即讀作『弊暴、好罵』。白話依今行。
  8. 經312 之字(#23–#40)——「摩羅迦舅」之「摩」十三處(0089c25 至 0090b24),三本皆作磨;「教誡」之「誡」三處(0090a02·0090a04),三本作戒;偈「退滅壞其心」之「滅」(0090b09)、「眾苦隨損滅」之「滅」(0090b15),三本作減,即讀作『退減壞其心』『眾苦隨損減』。白話依今行。
  9. 經313 之字(#41·#42)——「有見審諦忍不」之「見」(0090c11),【大】無,今行從【思溪-CB】;諸比丘第一答「不也」(0090c11),【大】作如是,即【大】讀作『如是,世尊』——二條皆今行校本修訂列·非大正原注;今行校本另有按語,今不錄。白話依今行。
  10. 經319–323 之字(#43–#47)——經319「歡喜隨喜奉行」之「奉行」(0091b03)三本作從座起去;經320·321「從坐起去」之「坐」(0091b14·0091b26)【明】作座;經322「別。云何法外入處」(0091c19),【大】只作別,無「云何法外入處」六字,今行從【北藏-CB】【嘉興乙-CB】及【明】補;經323「有六內入處」之下(0091c24),【明】多「云何為六」四字。白話依今行。
  11. 經327·333·334 之字(#48–#54)——經327「云何為六」之「六」(0092a15),【北藏-CB】【思溪-CB】作六謂,三本作六請;「眼觸生受」之「觸」(0092a15)【宋】無;經333「亦如是說」之「是」(0092b20)三本作上,即讀作『亦如上說』;經334「謂業,愛因」之前(0092b27),【大】多一「業」字,今行無之;「何等為愛因」之「為」(0092b28)【宋】無;「不正思惟因無明」之下(0092c08),【大】有「為愛」二字,今行無之;「有因、有緣」之「因、有」(0092c09),【大】作因,今行從【思溪-CB】【洪武-CB】【北藏-CB】及三本。#051·#053 今行校本修訂列·非大正原注。白話依今行。
  12. 經336–342 之字(#55–#60)——經336「若眼見色喜」之「眼」(0092c29),【大】作現,今行從【麗-CB】(今行校本修訂列·非大正原注);經337「於彼法處行」之「法處」(0093a07)【宋】【元】作處法;經339「如是我聞」之「是我」(0093a16)【元】作我是;經339「云何為六」之「為」(0093a18)【宋】【元】無;經339 前句「正念正智捨心住」(0093a18)【明】作捨心住正念正智,即【明】與後句及經340–342 同序;經342「成就此六常行」之「成就」(0093b16)三本作來說。白話依今行。

標點四處:經307「尊者!如所說偈」〔T02 0088a28〕說者底本無主語,呼稱「尊者」,今讀作該比丘向佛所誦之偈(目一說者),白話照底本呼稱作『尊者!如所說的偈』;經312「是名世尊略說法中廣解其義」〔T02 0090b17〕在引號之外,為敘述者語;經313 佛語中「我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪」〔T02 0090c06〕為內層引號,白話拉平入句;經320「「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」」〔T02 0091b12〕今行錄文單獨加引號,次接「如是廣說,乃至」,文意仍屬佛語,白話連讀。

gaiji:本卷錄文無私用區字。經306「摩㝹闍」〔T02 0087c29〕及經307 偈「摩㝹闍」之「㝹」照錄;經306「我舌甞味」〔T02 0088a01〕、經312 偈「舌甞味」之「甞」,照錄不正字。校記 #013 所錄三本之「𪪧」,照錄於校記,不入錄文。 夾註:本卷無。 偈之行式:本卷偈五處,在底本每行十字(二句):經307 十三行(0088b01–0088b13);經308 十三行(0088c04–0088c16);經312 佛偈二行(0090a15–0090a16);經312 摩羅迦舅偈二十六行(0090a20–0090b16);經312 佛引二行(0090b20–0090b21)。另經322 今行錄文 0091c19 一行含校本所補「云何法外入處」六字,故行長於他行(#046)。

十、攝事分本母·SN 座標·別譯異文

①攝事分本母(逐經)——唯以論文與經文逐字同詞者為據;但義近者,不列為本母。論之嗢拕南項名附於經序之後,為讀法(目一)。

經本母(逐字)錨同詞
304(無我論)「安立無我」〔T30n1579 0823c15〕;「開示生滅相似性故,顯了共相」〔T30n1579 0823c16〕;「此無我見能令清淨」〔T30n1579 0824a01〕—我·生滅(經「非我」論「無我」)
305(定)「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」〔T30n1579 0824b23〕;「於所依色及能依名」〔T30n1579 0824b26〕;「於所依無明及能依有愛」〔T30n1579 0824b27〕;「於所依明淨智及能依解脫煩惱斷」〔T30n1579 0824b28〕;「於所依奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」〔T30n1579 0824b29〕—應知·斷·證·修·無明·有愛·解脫(經「名色」論「所依色及能依名」;經「止、觀」論『奢摩他……毘鉢舍那』)
306(法見)「復次,有二法見。一、有為法見,二、無為法見」〔T30n1579 0824c02〕;「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」〔T30n1579 0824c08〕;「謂如是名,乃至如是壽量邊際」〔T30n1579 0824c09〕;「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」〔T30n1579 0824c10〕—見·法·我眼見色·如是名·想·言說(經「見法」論「法見」;經「識法」論「知法」)
307(法見)同上—見·法(經「名為見法」論「法見」);經之偈,論未見
308(苦最為後)「謂於人天,住境界愛」〔T30n1579 0825a01〕;「此中如來超過如是二種過患,住一向樂」〔T30n1579 0825a11〕;「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」〔T30n1579 0825a14〕—人天·住·愛·樂·無上安隱·涅槃(經「樂住」論「住一向樂」)
309(一住)「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」〔T30n1579 0825a23〕;「名有憙樂」〔T30n1579 0825a27〕;「名有歡喜」〔T30n1579 0825a29〕;「於受用時,多生貪愛,名有染著」〔T30n1579 0825b01〕;「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」〔T30n1579 0825b07〕—第二住·歡喜·貪愛(經「喜樂」論「憙樂」;經「一一住」論「無第二住」)
310(一住)「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」〔T30n1579 0825b06〕—集·苦(經「歡喜集」論「憙樂等為集因」);論「遠涅槃」段同詞未見
311(遠涅槃)「若於後有隨順轉時,當知說名去涅槃遠」〔T30n1579 0825b11〕;「一者、性多忿恚」〔T30n1579 0825b13〕;「一者、忍辱,二者、柔和」〔T30n1579 0825b19〕;「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」〔T30n1579 0825b20〕—去涅槃遠·忍辱(經「兇惡」論「忿恚」)
312(略說)「復次,以要言之,如來略依二種處所,說無界教」〔T30n1579 0825b22〕;「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」〔T30n1579 0825b29〕;「證得一切眾苦邊際」〔T30n1579 0825b29〕;「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」〔T30n1579 0825c02〕—略·說·苦邊·年少·涅槃(經「苦邊」論「眾苦邊際」)
313(內所證)「由五種相,當知涅槃是內證法」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕;「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」〔T30n1579 0825c04〕;「於內各別內外增上所生雜染,如實了知有及非有」〔T30n1579 0825c06〕—信·見·忍·如實(經「異」論「離」;經「審諦忍」論「審察忍」)
314本經未見本母直釋——
315本經未見本母直釋——
316本經未見本母直釋——
317本經未見本母直釋——
318本經未見本母直釋——
319(辯一切)「覺了一切境故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕;「他於如是三處,請問世尊」〔T30n1579 0825c11〕—一切(經「一切」論「一切境」)
320(辯一切)「覺了有及非有如實事故」〔T30n1579 0825c09〕—有(經「一切有」論「有及非有」)
321(辯一切)「覺了染淨二品一切法故」〔T30n1579 0825c10〕—一切法
322(智相)「為諸弟子分別開示,令於彼相決定悟入」〔T30n1579 0825c13〕—分別(經「廣分別」論「分別開示」)
323本經未見本母直釋——
324本經未見本母直釋——
325本經未見本母直釋——
326本經未見本母直釋——
327本經未見本母直釋——
328本經未見本母直釋——
329本經未見本母直釋——
330本經未見本母直釋——
331(捨所學)「安立顧戀境界」〔T30n1579 0825c18〕—顧(經「顧念」論「顧戀」)
332(捨所學)「心株覆事」〔T30n1579 0825c19〕;「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」〔T30n1579 0825c24〕—心·覆(經「覆藏」論「覆事」)
333本經未見本母直釋——
334(業)「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」〔T30n1579 0826a04〕—業·愛·無明·因(經「眼」論「六處」;經「不正思惟」論「不如正理作意」);論「等」之段〔T30n1579 0826a11〕同詞「業」「愛」,誌之
335(空)「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕;「當知是名勝義諦空」〔T30n1579 0826b09〕;「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」〔T30n1579 0826b16〕;「此有故彼有,此生故彼生」〔T30n1579 0826c04〕;「依世俗諦,假立作用」〔T30n1579 0826c05〕—空·作者·此有故彼有·生(經「第一義空」論「勝義諦空」;經「俗數法」論「世俗諦」)
336(隨行)「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」〔T30n1579 0826c07〕—喜·行
337(隨行)「順憂、順捨所緣境界」〔T30n1579 0826c10〕;「深心厭惡,發生瞋恚」〔T30n1579 0826c12〕—憂·行
338(隨行)「順憂、順捨所緣境界」〔T30n1579 0826c10〕;「深心愚昧,發生愚癡」〔T30n1579 0826c13〕—捨·行
339(恒住)「是故恒住無雜染住」〔T30n1579 0826c17〕;「彼隨行品若喜、若憂、若欣、若慼,諸阿羅漢皆無所有」〔T30n1579 0826c18〕—住(經「常行」論「恒住」)
340(恒住)「能成就者極難得故」〔T30n1579 0826c20〕—成就·難得
341(恒住)「能成就者極難得故,說名第一真實福田」〔T30n1579 0826c20〕—成就·難得·福田(經「無上福田」論「第一真實福田」)
342(恒住)同上;「師弟二圓滿」之段「於善說法毘奈耶中,應知大師及弟子眾各由二相,其德圓滿」〔T30n1579 0826c23〕與「舍利弗等」同詞不成,誌之—成就·難得·福田

②SN 座標(逐經·唯錄大正注原文):

經大正注逐字錨
304「M. 148. Chachakka.」0086c23
305「M. 149. Saḷāyatana.」0087a27
306大正注未記—
307大正注未記—
308「S. 35. 136. Agayha.」0088b15
309「S. 35. 63. Migajāla.(鹿紐)」0088c18
310「S. 35. 64. Migajāla.」0089a12
311「S. 35. 88. Puṇṇa, M. 145. Puṇṇa vāda. [No. 108 滿願子]」0089b01
312「S. 35. 95. Saṃgayha.」0089c24
313大正注未記—
314大正注未記—
315大正注未記—
316大正注未記—
317大正注未記—
318大正注未記—
319大正注未記—
320大正注未記—
321大正注未記—
322大正注未記—
323大正注未記—
324大正注未記—
325大正注未記—
326大正注未記—
327大正注未記—
328大正注未記—
329大正注未記—
330大正注未記—
331大正注未記—
332大正注未記—
333「S. 35. 7-12. Anicca &c; S. 35. 173-186. Atīta, &c.」0092b14
334大正注未記—
335大正注未記—
336大正注未記—
337大正注未記—
338大正注未記—
339大正注未記—
340大正注未記—
341大正注未記—
342大正注未記—

大正注八條:「S.」六條(經308·309·310·311·312·333,皆「S. 35.」),非「S.」二條(經304·305 作「M.」);經311 一條兼記「M. 145. Puṇṇa vāda.」與方括號內「[No. 108 滿願子]」。三十九經中八經有座標,其餘三十一經未記。經311 方括號內「[No. 108 滿願子]」一項,照錄大正注,非別譯(目二)。今行校本所錄字形與大正原注有異者一:經311「Puṇṇa vāda. [No. 108 滿願子]」今行作「Puṇṇa vāda.,[No. 108 滿願子]」;表中依大正原注。照錄大正注,不另擬。

大正注於經中名目另有對音之注,逐字錄之以備檢:「富樓那 Puṇṇa.」(0089b02);「西方輸盧那 Sunāparantaka.」(0089b19);「摩=磨【三】*Mālukya.」(0089c25)。經309 座標所附「(鹿紐)」,已見上表。

③別譯異文:別譯未見對照經(見目二)。

Placement of the passage as a whole. This unit is the whole of Fascicle 13 of the Saṃyukta Āgama: the fascicle title 「雜阿含經卷第十三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 13”; the translator’s attribution 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”; thirty-nine discourses (discourse numbers 304 to 342); verses in five places (Discourses 307, 308, and 312); no summary verse; and the closing title at the end of the fascicle, 「雜阿含經卷第十三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 13.” There are 8,617 Chinese characters in the fascicle. There are three dwelling places of the Buddha: the Kuru country, the village of the cowherds (Discourses 304, 305, 334, and 335); beside the Jieqie Pond in the land of Zhanpo (Discourses 309 and 310); and Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park (the other thirty-three discourses). The speakers: in Discourses 304, 305, 308, 313–318, and 323–342 the World-Honored One addresses the bhikṣus (in Discourse 313 the Buddha asks within it, and the bhikṣus answer); in Discourses 306 and 307 a certain bhikṣu reflects alone and speaks to the Buddha, and the Buddha answers, and the closing verse of Discourse 307 is recited by that bhikṣu; in Discourses 309 and 310 the venerable Luniu asks and the Buddha answers; in Discourse 311 the venerable Pūrṇa requests the Dharma, the Buddha teaches in brief and then asks four times, Pūrṇa answers four times, and the end is the narrator’s words; in Discourse 312 Moluojiajiu requests three times, and there are the Buddha’s question and answer, the Buddha’s verse, and Moluojiajiu’s verse; in Discourses 319–321 the brāhmaṇa Shengwen asks and the Buddha answers; in Discourse 322 a certain bhikṣu asks six times and the Buddha answers six times. The mirror against which it is set is the Selection on the Sense Bases in the Topics of the Sūtras of the Compendium of Topics of the Yogācārabhūmi (fascicle ninety-two of the treatise). The Taishō collation notes give sixty variant readings (eight of them revisions in the current edition, not original Taishō notes), and in addition there are five remarks of the current collated text, given in the ninth topic; the Taishō notes record eight coordinates (six marked 「S.」, two not marked 「S.」), given in the tenth topic.


I. Doctrinal-Outline Placement

The place of Fascicle 13—the head of the fascicle in the base text:

「雜阿含經卷第十三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 13”〔T02 0086c20〕 「宋天竺三藏求那跋陀羅譯」—“translated by Guṇabhadra, Tripiṭaka master from India, in the Song”〔T02 0086c22〕

The closing title at the end of the fascicle likewise reads 「雜阿含經卷第十三」—“Saṃyukta Āgama, Fascicle 13”〔T02 0093b19〕. The sequence of discourses begins at (304): 「佛住拘留搜調牛聚落」—“the Buddha was staying in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds”〔T02 0086c23〕. This fascicle is the fourth fascicle of the Connected Discourses on the Six Sense Bases.

Dwelling places (all verbatim from the base text):

  • The Kuru country, the village of the cowherds—「佛住拘留搜調牛聚落」—“the Buddha was staying in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds”〔T02 0086c23〕: Discourses 304, 305, 334, and 335.
  • The land of Zhanpo—「佛住瞻婆國揭伽池側」—“the Buddha was staying in the land of Zhanpo, beside the Jieqie Pond”〔T02 0088c18〕: Discourses 309 and 310.
  • Śrāvastī—「佛住舍衛國祇樹給孤獨園」—“the Buddha was staying at Śrāvastī, in the Jeta Grove, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park”〔T02 0087c18〕: Discourses 306–308, 311–333, and 336–342.

The types of the thirty-nine discourses, and what is asked and what is said (the types follow the discourses’ own 「問」—“asked,” 「答」—“answered,” 「告」—“said to,” and 「白」—“said to [a superior]”; what is asked and what is said are all verbatim from the base text):

DiscourseAnchorTypeWhat is asked · what is said (verbatim)
304〔T02 0086c23〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「有六六法。何等為六六法?」—“There are six sets of six. What are the six sets of six?”〔T02 0086c26〕; 「若有說言眼是我,是則不然」—“If someone says the eye is the self, that is not so”〔T02 0087a08〕; 「是名六六法經」—“this is called the Discourse on the Six Sets of Six”〔T02 0087a24〕
305〔T02 0087a27〕As above「所謂六分別六入處經」—“namely, the Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases”〔T02 0087b01〕; 「是名修習八聖道清淨滿足」—“this is called the cultivation of the eightfold noble path purified and fulfilled”〔T02 0087c02〕; 「是名比丘斷愛結縛,正無間等,究竟苦邊」—“this is called a bhikṣu who has cut off the binding bonds of craving, has rightly attained unbroken comprehension, and has reached the utter end of suffering”〔T02 0087c14〕
306〔T02 0087c18〕A certain bhikṣu reflects alone → speaks to the Buddha → the Buddha teaches the two things (with abbreviations within)「比丘云何知、云何見而得見法?」—“How does a bhikṣu know, how does he see, so as to see the Dharma?”〔T02 0087c20〕; 「此等法名為人」—“these things are called a person”〔T02 0087c28〕; 「如是知、如是見,則為見法」—“To know thus and to see thus is to see the Dharma”〔T02 0088a19〕
307〔T02 0088a21〕A certain bhikṣu reflects alone → speaks to the Buddha → the Buddha teaches the two things (abbreviated) → the bhikṣu recites a verse「云何知、云何見,名為見法?」—“How does one know, how does one see, so that it is called seeing the Dharma?”〔T02 0088a23〕; 「尊者!如所說偈」—“Venerable One! As the verse says”〔T02 0088a28〕
308〔T02 0088b15〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching) → the Buddha’s verse「諸天、世人於色染著愛樂住」—“Gods and humans of the world dwell attached to forms, delighting and enjoying them”〔T02 0088b16〕; 「名無上安隱涅槃」—“is called the unsurpassed, secure nirvāṇa”〔T02 0088b28〕
309〔T02 0088c18〕The venerable Luniu asks → the Buddha answers「彼云何第二住?云何一一住?」—“What, then, is dwelling with a second? What is dwelling alone?”〔T02 0088c21〕; 「是名第二住」—“this is called dwelling with a second”〔T02 0088c27〕; 「是名為一一住」—“this is called dwelling alone”〔T02 0089a06〕
310〔T02 0089a12〕The venerable Luniu requests the Dharma → the Buddha teaches → Luniu attains arhatship (narration)「則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集」—“delight arises; when delight has arisen, suffering arises”〔T02 0089a20〕; 「不歡喜集故,則苦滅」—“because delight does not arise, suffering ceases”〔T02 0089a24〕; 「乃至得阿羅漢,心善解脫」—“and so on up to, attained arhatship, his mind well liberated”〔T02 0089a28〕
311〔T02 0089b01〕The venerable Pūrṇa requests the Dharma → the Buddha teaches in brief → the Buddha asks four times, Pūrṇa answers four times → the Buddha praises → what followed (narration)「去涅槃遠」—“far from nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089b10〕; 「漸近涅槃」—“gradually draws near to nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089b16〕; 「汝善學忍辱」—“You have learned patient endurance well”〔T02 0089c13〕; 「即於彼處入無餘涅槃」—“right there entered nirvāṇa without remainder”〔T02 0089c23〕
312〔T02 0089c24〕Moluojiajiu requests three times → the Buddha stops him → the Buddha asks once, Moluojiajiu answers once → the Buddha praises, the Buddha’s verse → Moluojiajiu’s verse → narration → the Buddha approves and quotes the verse (abbreviated) → he becomes an arhat (narration)「見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量」—“in the seen, only the seen as its measure; in the heard, only the heard; in the sensed, only the sensed; in the cognized, only the cognized”〔T02 0090a12〕; 「汝云何於我略說法中廣解其義?」—“How do you understand at length the meaning of the Dharma I have taught in brief?”〔T02 0090a18〕; 「是名世尊略說法中廣解其義」—“This is called understanding at length the meaning of the Dharma that the World-Honored One taught in brief”〔T02 0090b17〕
313〔T02 0090b27〕The World-Honored One asks → the bhikṣus request → the Buddha teaches and asks twice → the bhikṣus answer twice「有經法」—“there is a teaching of the discourses”〔T02 0090b28〕; 「彼於此為有信、有欲、有聞、有行思惟、有見審諦忍不?」—“is it, in this, by faith, by inclination, by hearing, by reasoned reflection, by acceptance of a view after pondering?”〔T02 0090c10〕; 「是名有經法」—“This is called a teaching of the discourses”〔T02 0090c14〕
314〔T02 0090c19〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「當斷欲,斷眼欲已」—“You should abandon desire. When desire for the eye has been abandoned”〔T02 0090c20〕; 「如截多羅樹頭」—“like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown”〔T02 0090c21〕
315〔T02 0090c25〕As above「若眼生、住、轉出,則苦生、病住、老死出」—“If the eye arises, persists, and comes forth, then suffering arises, sickness persists, and old age and death come forth”〔T02 0090c26〕
316〔T02 0091a02〕As above「眼無常,若眼是常者,則不應受逼迫苦」—“The eye is impermanent. If the eye were permanent, it should not undergo oppressive suffering”〔T02 0091a03〕
317〔T02 0091a09〕As above「眼苦,若眼是樂者,不應受逼迫苦」—“The eye is suffering. If the eye were pleasant, it should not undergo oppressive suffering”〔T02 0091a10〕
318〔T02 0091a16〕As above → the compilers’ abbreviation「眼非我,若眼是我者,不應受逼迫苦」—“The eye is not self. If the eye were the self, it should not undergo oppressive suffering”〔T02 0091a17〕; 「如內六入處三經,外六入處三經,亦如是說」—“As with the three discourses on the internal six sense bases, so the three discourses on the external six sense bases are likewise taught”〔T02 0091a23〕
319〔T02 0091a24〕The brāhmaṇa Shengwen asks → the Buddha answers「所謂一切者,云何名一切?」—“What is called the all—what is it that is called the all?”〔T02 0091a26〕; 「一切者,謂十二入處」—“The all means the twelve sense bases”〔T02 0091a27〕; 「彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑」—“that person has only words; when questioned they do not know, and only increase their own perplexity”〔T02 0091b01〕
320〔T02 0091b04〕The brāhmaṇa Shengwen asks → the Buddha asks three times, the brāhmaṇa answers three times (abbreviated)「所謂一切有,云何一切有?」—“What is called all that exists—how is it all that exists?”〔T02 0091b06〕; 「眼是有不?」—“Does the eye exist?”〔T02 0091b08〕
321〔T02 0091b15〕The brāhmaṇa Shengwen asks → the Buddha answers → the compilers’ abbreviation「所謂一切法,云何為一切法?」—“What is called all dharmas—what are all dharmas?”〔T02 0091b17〕; 「此但有言數,問已不知,增其癡惑」—“this person has only verbal reckoning; when questioned they do not know, and only increase their own delusion and perplexity”〔T02 0091b23〕
322〔T02 0091c01〕A certain bhikṣu asks six times → the Buddha answers six times「云何眼是內入處?」—“How is the eye an internal sense base?”〔T02 0091c04〕; 「眼是內入處,四大所造淨色,不可見,有對」—“The eye is an internal sense base: subtle matter made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant”〔T02 0091c05〕; 「法外入處者,十一入所不攝,不可見,無對」—“The external sense base of mental objects is what is not included in the eleven sense bases, invisible, non-resistant”〔T02 0091c19〕
323〔T02 0091c23〕The World-Honored One says to the bhikṣus (direct teaching)「有六內入處」—“There are six internal sense bases”〔T02 0091c24〕
324〔T02 0091c27〕As above「有六外入處」—“There are six external sense bases”〔T02 0091c28〕
325〔T02 0092a03〕As above「有六識身」—“There are six classes of consciousness”〔T02 0092a04〕
326〔T02 0092a08〕As above「有六觸身」—“There are six classes of contact”〔T02 0092a09〕
327〔T02 0092a13〕As above「有六受身」—“There are six classes of feeling”〔T02 0092a14〕
328〔T02 0092a18〕As above「有六想身」—“There are six classes of perception”〔T02 0092a19〕
329〔T02 0092a23〕As above「有六思身」—“There are six classes of volition”〔T02 0092a24〕
330〔T02 0092a28〕As above「有六愛身」—“There are six classes of craving”〔T02 0092a29〕
331〔T02 0092b04〕As above「有六顧念」—“There are six longings”〔T02 0092b05〕
332〔T02 0092b09〕As above「有六覆」—“There are six coverings”〔T02 0092b10〕
333〔T02 0092b14〕As above → the compilers’ abbreviation「不顧過去眼,不欣未來眼」—“does not look back to the past eye, does not long for the future eye”〔T02 0092b16〕
334〔T02 0092b21〕As above「謂有因、有緣、有縛法經」—“namely, the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond”〔T02 0092b24〕; 「不正思惟因無明,無明因愛,愛因為業,業因為眼」—“wrong reflection is the cause of ignorance, ignorance is the cause of craving, craving is the cause of action, action is the cause of the eye”〔T02 0092c07〕
335〔T02 0092c12〕As above (with abbreviations within)「所謂第一義空經」—“namely, the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense”〔T02 0092c15〕; 「有業報而無作者」—“there is the result of action, but no agent”〔T02 0092c18〕
336〔T02 0092c27〕As above「有六喜行」—“There are six courses of joy”〔T02 0092c28〕
337〔T02 0093a04〕As above「有六憂行」—“There are six courses of sorrow”〔T02 0093a05〕
338〔T02 0093a10〕As above「有六捨行」—“There are six courses of equanimity”〔T02 0093a11〕
339〔T02 0093a16〕As above「有六常行」—“There are six constant abidings”〔T02 0093a17〕
340〔T02 0093a22〕As above「若比丘成就此六常行者,世間難得」—“if a bhikṣu is accomplished in these six constant abidings, he is rare in the world”〔T02 0093a26〕
341〔T02 0093a29〕As above「則為世間無上福田」—“he is the unsurpassed field of merit in the world”〔T02 0093b05〕
342〔T02 0093b08〕As above「當知是舍利弗等」—“know that he is one like Śāriputra”〔T02 0093b13〕

Drawing out the groups of discourses (only the order of the base text is listed; no doctrinal outline is set up):

  1. Discourse 304—the six sets of six.
  2. Discourse 305—the six analyses of the six sense bases.
  3. Discourses 306–307—the two discourses on seeing the Dharma: how one knows and how one sees so as to see the Dharma; how one knows and how one sees so that it is called seeing the Dharma (with a verse).
  4. Discourse 308—the attachment of gods and humans of the world, and the Tathāgata’s dwelling in happiness (with a verse).
  5. Discourses 309–310—the two discourses of the venerable Luniu: dwelling with a second and dwelling alone; the arising of delight and the arising of suffering.
  6. Discourse 311—the venerable Pūrṇa: far from nirvāṇa and gradually drawing near to nirvāṇa; Shuluna in the west.
  7. Discourse 312—Moluojiajiu: the instruction taught in brief; in the seen, only the seen as its measure (with verses).
  8. Discourse 313—a teaching of the discourses: apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearing, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, one knows rightly and declares.
  9. Discourses 314–318—abandoning desire; the arising, persisting, and coming forth of the eye; the three discourses on the eye as impermanent, suffering, and not self.
  10. Discourses 319–321—the three discourses of the brāhmaṇa Shengwen on the all: the all, all that exists, all dharmas.
  11. Discourse 322—the analysis of the internal and external sense bases.
  12. Discourses 323–330—the eight discourses on the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases, the six classes of consciousness, the six classes of contact, the six classes of feeling, the six classes of perception, the six classes of volition, and the six classes of craving.
  13. Discourses 331–332—the six longings, the six coverings.
  14. Discourse 333—the eye of the three times is impermanent.
  15. Discourse 334—the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond.
  16. Discourse 335—the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense.
  17. Discourses 336–338—the three discourses on the six courses of joy, the six courses of sorrow, and the six courses of equanimity.
  18. Discourses 339–342—the four discourses on the six constant abidings.

The speakers—in Discourses 304, 305, 308, 314–318, and 323–342 the whole discourse is the World-Honored One addressing the bhikṣus; the verse of Discourse 308, introduced by 「爾時,世尊而說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0088c03〕, follows on from the Buddha’s words and is the Buddha’s verse. In Discourse 306, 「時,有異比丘獨一靜處,專精思惟」—“At that time a certain bhikṣu, alone in a quiet place, reflected single-mindedly”〔T02 0087c19〕 is a thought in the mind, and in his words to the Buddha afterward that thought is restated with 「作是念」—“had this thought”〔T02 0087c23〕; from 「爾時,世尊告彼比丘」—“At that time the World-Honored One said to that bhikṣu”〔T02 0087c23〕 on is the Buddha’s words, and within the Buddha’s words the three places 「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0087c25〕, 「如上說,乃至」—“as said above, up to”〔T02 0088a14〕, and 「如上廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length above, up to”〔T02 0088a16〕 are the base text’s own abbreviations, and what comes before and after them is still the Buddha’s words; within the Buddha’s words, 「我眼見色,我耳聞聲」—“I see forms with the eye, I hear sounds with the ear”〔T02 0088a01〕 is the speech of people of the world cited by the Buddha. Discourse 307 begins in the same way; from 「佛告比丘」—“The Buddha said to the bhikṣu”〔T02 0088a27〕 on is the Buddha’s words, abbreviated at 「如上廣說」—“as taught at length above”〔T02 0088a28〕; the following 「尊者!如所說偈」—“Venerable One! As the verse says”〔T02 0088a28〕 has no subject in the base text and uses the address 「尊者」—“Venerable One”; the Buddha does not address a bhikṣu as Venerable One, and it is now read as the verse recited to the Buddha by that bhikṣu; the close of the verse, 「無上佛眼說」—“this is what the unsurpassed Buddha-eye has spoken”〔T02 0088b13〕, also accords with a disciple reciting what the Buddha taught (see the punctuation in the ninth topic). Discourses 309 and 310 are the venerable Luniu asking and the Buddha answering; at the end of Discourse 310, from 「爾時,尊者鹿紐聞佛說法教誡已」—“At that time the venerable Luniu, having heard the Buddha’s teaching of the Dharma and his instruction”〔T02 0089a27〕 on is the narrator’s words. In Discourse 311, after the Buddha’s words, beginning from 「佛告富樓那:「我已略說法教,汝欲何所住?」」—“The Buddha said to Pūrṇa: ‘I have taught you the teaching in brief; where do you wish to dwell?’”〔T02 0089b17〕, the Buddha asks four times and Pūrṇa answers four times; within Pūrṇa’s four answers, the thoughts cited, such as 「彼西方輸盧那人賢善智慧」—“those people of Shuluna in the west are good and wise”〔T02 0089b24〕, are all Pūrṇa’s words; 「善哉!富樓那!汝善學忍辱」—“Good, Pūrṇa! You have learned patient endurance well”〔T02 0089c13〕 is the Buddha’s words; from 「爾時,尊者富樓那夜過晨朝」—“At that time, when the night had passed, at early morning the venerable Pūrṇa”〔T02 0089c18〕 to 「入無餘涅槃」—“entered nirvāṇa without remainder”〔T02 0089c23〕 is the narrator’s words. In Discourse 312 Moluojiajiu requests three times, and the Buddha says 「汝今且止」—“Stop for now”〔T02 0090a07〕; from 「我今問汝,隨意答我」—“I will now ask you; answer me as you see fit”〔T02 0090a08〕 on, the Buddha asks once and Moluojiajiu answers once; 「耳聲、鼻香、舌味、身觸、意法亦如是說」—“So it is likewise taught of the ear and sounds, the nose and odours, the tongue and tastes, the body and tangibles, the mind and mental objects”〔T02 0090a11〕 is still the Buddha’s words; 「而說偈言」—“Then he spoke in verse”〔T02 0090a14〕 follows on from 「佛告摩羅迦舅」—“The Buddha said to Moluojiajiu”〔T02 0090a11〕, and the two lines of verse are the Buddha’s verse; the twenty-six lines from 「爾時,摩羅迦舅說偈白佛言」—“At that time Moluojiajiu spoke in verse to the Buddha”〔T02 0090a19〕 on are Moluojiajiu’s verse; 「是名世尊略說法中廣解其義」—“This is called understanding at length the meaning of the Dharma that the World-Honored One taught in brief”〔T02 0090b17〕 is the narrator’s words; from 「佛告摩羅迦舅」—“The Buddha said to Moluojiajiu”〔T02 0090b17〕 on is the Buddha’s words; the two lines cited with 「如汝所說偈」—“As in the verse you spoke”〔T02 0090b19〕 are the Buddha quoting again the head of Moluojiajiu’s verse, and 「如前廣說」—“as taught at length before”〔T02 0090b22〕 is an abbreviation; the two paragraphs after it are the narrator’s words. In Discourse 313 the Buddha first asks, and with 「諸比丘白佛言」—“The bhikṣus said to the Buddha”〔T02 0090c02〕 they request the teaching; within the Buddha’s teaching there are two questions, and 「答言:「不也,世尊!」」—“They answered: ‘No, World-Honored One!’”〔T02 0090c11〕 and 「答言:「如是,世尊!」」—“They answered: ‘Yes, World-Honored One!’”〔T02 0090c12〕 are both the bhikṣus’ answers; within the Buddha’s words, 「我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪」—“formerly in my eye-consciousness there was lust for forms, and now in my eye-consciousness there is no lust for forms”〔T02 0090c06〕 is what the bhikṣu is aware of. At the end of Discourse 318, 「如內六入處三經,外六入處三經,亦如是說」—“As with the three discourses on the internal six sense bases, so the three discourses on the external six sense bases are likewise taught”〔T02 0091a23〕; at the end of Discourse 321, from 「如生聞婆羅門所問三經」—“As with the three discourses asked by the brāhmaṇa Shengwen”〔T02 0091b27〕 on; and at the end of Discourse 333, from 「如無常。如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說」—“As with impermanence, so suffering, emptiness, and not self are likewise taught”〔T02 0092b18〕 on—all of these are the words of the compilers; Discourse 333 has no 「佛說此經已」—“When the Buddha had spoken this discourse” in the base text. In Discourses 319 and 321 the brāhmaṇa Shengwen asks and the Buddha answers; within the Buddha’s words, what is cited with 「此非一切」—“This is not the all”〔T02 0091a29〕 and 「此非一切法」—“These are not all dharmas”〔T02 0091b22〕 is the speech of another person set out by the Buddha. In Discourse 320 the Buddha asks three times, and 「是有,沙門瞿曇」—“It exists, ascetic Gautama”〔T02 0091b09〕 and 「有,沙門瞿曇」—“There are, ascetic Gautama”〔T02 0091b11〕 are all the brāhmaṇa’s answers. In Discourse 322 a certain bhikṣu asks six times and the Buddha answers six times; the questioner speaks either with 「復白佛言」—“He said further to the Buddha”〔T02 0091c06〕 or with 「復問」—“He asked further”〔T02 0091c10〕.

Verses in five places:

  • Discourse 307—「尊者!如所說偈」—“Venerable One! As the verse says”〔T02 0088a28〕; a verse of thirteen lines, from 「眼色二種緣,生於心心法」—“The eye and forms, these two, are the condition from which mind and mental states arise”〔T02 0088b01〕 to 「愛盡眾苦息,無上佛眼說」—“with craving exhausted the many sufferings are stilled: this is what the unsurpassed Buddha-eye has spoken”〔T02 0088b13〕; the speaker is read as that bhikṣu.
  • Discourse 308—「爾時,世尊而說偈言」—“At that time the World-Honored One spoke in verse”〔T02 0088c03〕; a verse of thirteen lines, from 「於色聲香味,觸法六境界」—“Toward forms, sounds, odours, and tastes, tangibles and mental objects, these six objects”〔T02 0088c04〕 to 「不還受身者,深達諦明了」—“One who does not come back to take on a body penetrates them deeply, truly and clearly”〔T02 0088c16〕; the Buddha’s verse.
  • Discourse 312, the first—「而說偈言」—“Then he spoke in verse”〔T02 0090a14〕; a verse of two lines, 「若汝非於彼,彼亦復非此,亦非兩中間,是則為苦邊」—“If you are not in that, and that too is not in this, nor in the middle between the two: this is the end of suffering”〔T02 0090a15〕; the Buddha’s verse.
  • Discourse 312, the second—「爾時,摩羅迦舅說偈白佛言」—“At that time Moluojiajiu spoke in verse to the Buddha”〔T02 0090a19〕; a verse of twenty-six lines, from 「若眼已見色,而失於正念」—“If the eye has seen forms and right mindfulness is lost”〔T02 0090a20〕 to 「愛盡般涅槃,世尊之所說」—“with craving exhausted one attains final nirvāṇa: this is what the World-Honored One has taught”〔T02 0090b16〕; Moluojiajiu’s verse.
  • Discourse 312, the third—「如汝所說偈」—“As in the verse you spoke”〔T02 0090b19〕; a verse of two lines, 「若眼見眾色,忘失於正念,則於所見色,而取愛念相」—“If the eye sees the many forms and right mindfulness is forgotten, then toward the forms that are seen one takes up the sign of fond regard”〔T02 0090b20〕; the Buddha quoting the head of Moluojiajiu’s verse, followed by 「如前廣說」—“as taught at length before”〔T02 0090b22〕.

In all, fifty-six lines of verse. This fascicle has no summary verse.

The abbreviating phrases (the base text passes over text of the same discourse or points to another discourse; the plain rendering gives this briefly in the words of the base text and does not supply what is passed over; what each points to is based only on the discourses of this fascicle):

DiscourseAbbreviated passage (verbatim)AnchorWhat it points to
306「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0087c25〕The text between 「眼、色為二……」—“The eye and forms are two …” and 「非其境界故」—“because it is not within their range”; the discourse pointed to is not included in this fascicle
306「如上說,乃至」—“as said above, up to”〔T02 0088a14〕The pattern of the passage on the eye and forms earlier in the same discourse (from 「是則寂滅,是則勝妙」—“this is quiescence, this is the sublime”〔T02 0088a10〕 to 「滅盡、涅槃」—“complete cessation, nirvāṇa”)
306「如上廣說,乃至」—“as taught at length above, up to”〔T02 0088a16〕As above
307「如上廣說」—“as taught at length above”〔T02 0088a28〕From 「有二法,眼、色,緣生眼識……」—“There are two things, the eye and forms; conditioned by them eye-consciousness arises …” on; it begins in the same way as the text from 「眼、色緣生眼識,三事和合觸」—“Conditioned by the eye and forms, eye-consciousness arises; the meeting of the three is contact”〔T02 0087c26〕 on in Discourse 306 of this fascicle
312「如前廣說」—“as taught at length before”〔T02 0090b22〕Moluojiajiu’s verse earlier in the same discourse (from 「若眼已見色,而失於正念」—“If the eye has seen forms and right mindfulness is lost”〔T02 0090a20〕 on)
318「如內六入處三經,外六入處三經,亦如是說」—“As with the three discourses on the internal six sense bases, so the three discourses on the external six sense bases are likewise taught”〔T02 0091a23〕The pattern of the three discourses of this fascicle on the eye as impermanent, suffering, and not self, Discourses 316–318, extended to the external six sense bases
320「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0091b12〕The same sentence in Discourse 319 of this fascicle: 「彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑。所以者何?非其境界故」—“that person has only words; when questioned they do not know, and only increase their own perplexity. Why is that? Because it is not within their range”〔T02 0091b01〕
321「如生聞婆羅門所問三經,有異比丘所問三經、尊者阿難所問三經、世尊法眼法根法依三經,亦如上說」—“As with the three discourses asked by the brāhmaṇa Shengwen, the three discourses asked by a certain bhikṣu, the three discourses asked by the venerable Ānanda, and the three discourses on the World-Honored One as the eye of the Dharma, the root of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma, are also as said above”〔T02 0091b27〕The pattern of Discourses 319–321 of this fascicle
333「如無常。如是苦、空、非我,亦如是說」—“As with impermanence, so suffering, emptiness, and not self are likewise taught”〔T02 0092b18〕The pattern of 「過去、未來眼無常」—“The eye of the past and of the future is impermanent”〔T02 0092b15〕 earlier in the same discourse
333「如內入處四經、外入處四經,亦如是說」—“As with the four discourses on the internal sense bases, so the four discourses on the external sense bases are likewise taught”〔T02 0092b19〕The four phrases of the same discourse—impermanent, suffering, empty, not self—extended to the internal and external sense bases
335「廣說乃至」—“taught at length, up to”〔T02 0092c21〕The text between 「如無明緣行,行緣識」—“as ignorance conditions formations, formations condition consciousness” and 「純大苦聚集起」—“the whole mass of suffering arises”; the discourse pointed to is not included in this fascicle
335「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length in this way, up to”〔T02 0092c23〕The text between 「行滅故識滅」—“with the cessation of formations, consciousness ceases” and 「純大苦聚滅」—“the whole mass of suffering ceases”; the discourse pointed to is not included in this fascicle

Phrases of the kind 「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」—“So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind,” which extend the teaching to the six faculties, are abbreviations within the discourses and are seen again and again throughout the fascicle; they are not listed. The abbreviations with 「乃至」—“and so on up to” within the discourses (as in Discourse 310, 「乃至自知不受後有」—“and so on up to, know of myself that I will undergo no further existence”〔T02 0089a15〕) all refer to the earlier text of the same discourse or to stock phrases, and are not listed.

The Compendium of Topics’ own uddānas—the passages of the treatise that select and gather the discourses of this fascicle are recorded verbatim (the order of this fascicle is not changed on their basis, nor is an outline of this fascicle set up on their basis):

「上貪、教授、及苦住、觀察、引發、不應供、」—“intense greed, instruction, and dwelling in suffering, observation, bringing forth, not to be supported,”〔T30n1579 0821a17〕 「明解脫、修、無我論、定、法見、苦最為後。」—“knowledge and liberation, cultivation, the doctrine of not self, concentration, the seeing of dharmas, and suffering last of all.”〔T30n1579 0821a18〕

「一住、遠涅槃、略說、內所證、」—“dwelling alone, far from nirvāṇa, teaching in brief, what is realized inwardly,”〔T30n1579 0825a20〕 「辯一切、智相、捨所學、業、等、」—“analysing the all, the marks of knowledge, abandoning the training, action, the equal,”〔T30n1579 0825a21〕 「空、隨行、恒住、師弟二圓滿。」—“emptiness, coursing along, constant abiding, and the two perfections of teacher and disciples.”〔T30n1579 0825a22〕

The passages of the last four items of the first uddāna—「無我論」—“the doctrine of not self,” 「定」—“concentration,” 「法見」—“the seeing of dharmas,” and 「苦最為後」—“suffering last of all”—share words, in order, with Discourses 304, 305, 306–307, and 308 (the third topic; part ① of the tenth topic). Of the passages of the thirteen items of the second uddāna, 「一住」—“dwelling alone” shares words with Discourse 309 (and shares with Discourse 310 the words 「集」—“arising” and 「苦」—“suffering”), 「遠涅槃」—“far from nirvāṇa” with Discourse 311, 「略說」—“teaching in brief” with Discourse 312, 「內所證」—“what is realized inwardly” with Discourse 313, 「辯一切」—“analysing the all” with Discourses 319–321, 「智相」—“the marks of knowledge” with Discourse 322, 「捨所學」—“abandoning the training” with Discourses 331 and 332, 「業」—“action” with Discourse 334, 「空」—“emptiness” with Discourse 335, 「隨行」—“coursing along” with Discourses 336–338, and 「恒住」—“constant abiding” with Discourses 339–342; the passage of 「等」—“the equal” shares with Discourse 334 the words 「業」—“action” and 「愛」—“craving,” and the passage of 「師弟二圓滿」—“the two perfections of teacher and disciples” does not attain shared words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle; both are recorded, and not listed as the mātṛkā. Discourses 314–318, 323–330, and 333 have no corresponding item in either uddāna. The names of the uddāna items appended beneath the headings of the third topic, the fourth topic, and part ① of the tenth topic are all readings.


II. Collation with the Alternate Translations

For the thirty-nine discourses of this fascicle, the Alternate Translation of the Saṃyukta Āgama (Taishō vol. 2, no. 100) has no parallel discourse found—among the Taishō notes to this fascicle, not one marks a discourse number of the Alternate Translation; the Taishō collation notes mark no parallel in the Alternate Translation. The bracketed item 「[No. 108 滿願子]」—“[No. 108, Manyuanzi]” that the Taishō notes attach to Discourse 311 is recorded as it stands in part ② of the tenth topic; it is not the Alternate Translation, no further parallel is proposed, and its text is not cited. No parallel is constructed here.


III. Scriptural and Treatise Grounding (the “eye”)

The Saṃyukta Āgama is what the Buddha and his disciples spoke, and its ground is the sūtra itself; the treatise stands to the sūtra as a selection and gathering, not as its ground. Listed below, in the order of the discourses of this fascicle, are the passages of the treatise text in the Compendium of Topics that share the same words, verbatim, with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (the names of the treatise’s uddāna items are appended beneath each heading, as readings; see the first topic); where the words differ this is marked, and the sūtra is not changed by the treatise, nor the treatise by the sūtra.

Not self · arising and ceasing (Discourse 304 · the doctrine of not self)

  • Sūtra: 「若有說言眼是我,是則不然」—“If someone says the eye is the self, that is not so”〔T02 0087a08〕; 「眼生滅故,若眼是我者,我應受生死」—“Because the eye arises and ceases; if the eye were the self, the self would have to undergo birth and death”〔T02 0087a09〕; 「是故眼觸生受非我」—“and so the feeling born of eye-contact is not self”〔T02 0087a14〕; 「當如實知眼所作、智所作、寂滅所作,開發神通,正向涅槃」—“one should know as it really is what is done by the eye, what is done by knowledge, what is done by quiescence, open up the supernormal powers, and head rightly toward nirvāṇa”〔T02 0087a18〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,無我論師略有三種正所作事」—“Further, the teacher of the doctrine of not self has, in brief, three kinds of proper task”〔T30n1579 0823c13〕; 「安立無我」—“establishing not self”〔T30n1579 0823c15〕; 「開示生滅相似性故,顯了共相」—“because it discloses the nature of resemblance in arising and ceasing, it makes the common mark plain”〔T30n1579 0823c16〕; 「是故不能作苦邊際」—“therefore one cannot make an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0823c22〕; 「此無我見能令清淨」—“this view of not self can bring purity”〔T30n1579 0824a01〕

The shared words are 「我」—“self” and 「生滅」—“arising and ceasing”; the sūtra has 「非我」—“not self,” the treatise 「無我」—“not self” (literally ‘no self’); the words differ. The sūtra’s list of the six sets of six, one by one, is not found in this passage of the treatise.

To be known · to be abandoned · to be realized · to be cultivated (Discourse 305 · concentration)

  • Sūtra: 「若法應知、應了者,悉知、悉了」—“Whatever things are to be known and to be understood are all known and all understood”〔T02 0087c05〕; 「何等法應知、應了,悉知、悉了?所謂名色」—“What things are to be known and to be understood, all known and all understood? They are name and form”〔T02 0087c08〕; 「所謂無明及有愛」—“They are ignorance and the craving for existence”〔T02 0087c09〕; 「所謂明、解脫」—“They are knowledge and liberation”〔T02 0087c10〕; 「所謂止、觀」—“They are calm and insight”〔T02 0087c11〕; 「長養五受陰」—“he nourishes the five aggregates of clinging”〔T02 0087b10〕; 「身心壞燒然」—“body and mind are ruined and burning”〔T02 0087b11〕
  • Treatise: 「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」—“what is to be fully known one can rightly know fully; what is to be abandoned forever one can rightly abandon forever; what is to be realized one can rightly realize; what is to be cultivated one can rightly cultivate”〔T30n1579 0824b23〕; 「於所依色及能依名」—“with regard to form, which is the support, and name, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b26〕; 「於所依無明及能依有愛」—“with regard to ignorance, which is the support, and the craving for existence, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b27〕; 「於所依明淨智及能依解脫煩惱斷」—“with regard to clear, pure knowledge, which is the support, and liberation, the cutting off of the afflictions, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b28〕; 「於所依奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」—“with regard to śamatha, which is the support, and vipaśyanā, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b29〕; 「由此增益後有諸蘊」—“by this the aggregates of later existence are increased”〔T30n1579 0824a24〕; 「便自燒然」—“then burns of itself”〔T30n1579 0824a28〕

The shared words are 「應知」—“to be known,” 「斷」—“abandon,” 「證」—“realize,” 「修」—“cultivate,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” 「有愛」—“the craving for existence,” 「解脫」—“liberation,” and 「燒然」—“burning”; the sūtra’s four 「應」—“to be” and the treatise’s four 「應」—“to be” are in the same order; the sūtra has 「應知、應了」—“to be known, to be understood,” the treatise 「應遍知」—“to be fully known”; the sūtra 「名色」—“name and form,” the treatise 「所依色及能依名」—“form, which is the support, and name, which is supported”; the sūtra 「明」—“knowledge,” the treatise 「明淨智」—“clear, pure knowledge”; the sūtra 「止、觀」—“calm and insight,” the treatise 「奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」—“śamatha, and vipaśyanā, which is supported”; the sūtra 「五受陰」—“the five aggregates of clinging,” the treatise 「後有諸蘊」—“the aggregates of later existence”; the words differ. The sūtra’s fulfilment of the cultivation of the eightfold noble path, the four foundations of mindfulness, and the rest is not found in this passage of the treatise.

Seeing the Dharma · designation · verbal expression (Discourses 306 and 307 · the seeing of dharmas)

  • Sūtra: 「比丘云何知、云何見而得見法?」—“How does a bhikṣu know, how does he see, so as to see the Dharma?”〔T02 0087c20〕; 「此等法名為人,於斯等法作人想、眾生」—“these things are called a person; with regard to these things one forms the notion of a person, of a being”〔T02 0087c28〕; 「我眼見色,我耳聞聲,我鼻嗅香,我舌甞味,我身覺觸,我意識法」—“I see forms with the eye, I hear sounds with the ear, I smell odours with the nose, I taste flavours with the tongue, I feel tangibles with the body, I cognize mental objects with the mind”〔T02 0088a01〕; 「是尊者如是名、如是生、如是姓」—“this venerable one has such a name, such a birth, such a clan”〔T02 0088a03〕; 「是則為想,是則為誌,是則言說」—“This is a notion, this is a designation, this is a verbal expression”〔T02 0088a05〕; 「此諸法皆悉無常、有為、思願緣生」—“these things are all impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish”〔T02 0088a06〕; 「是則寂滅,是則勝妙」—“this is quiescence, this is the sublime”〔T02 0088a10〕; 「云何知、云何見,名為見法?」—“How does one know, how does one see, so that it is called seeing the Dharma?”〔T02 0088a23〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,有二法見。一、有為法見,二、無為法見」—“Further, there are two seeings of dharmas: first, the seeing of conditioned dharmas; second, the seeing of unconditioned dharmas”〔T30n1579 0824c02〕; 「謂名色,及人天等有情數物」—“namely, name and form, and the things reckoned as sentient beings, such as humans and gods”〔T30n1579 0824c04〕; 「假想安立我或有情,乃至命者及生者等」—“by provisional notion one establishes a self or a sentient being, and so on up to a living one and one who is born”〔T30n1579 0824c06〕; 「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」—“I see forms with the eye, and so on up to, I know mental objects with the mind”〔T30n1579 0824c08〕; 「謂如是名,乃至如是壽量邊際」—“namely, such a name, and so on up to, such a limit to the measure of life”〔T30n1579 0824c09〕; 「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」—“there is only provisional notion, only provisional self-naming, only provisional verbal expression”〔T30n1579 0824c10〕; 「有無常性,廣說乃至有緣生性」—“it has the nature of impermanence, and, taught at length, up to, the nature of arising from conditions”〔T30n1579 0824c12〕; 「一切依等盡涅槃深見寂靜」—“nirvāṇa, the exhaustion of all supports and the rest, is deeply seen as peace”〔T30n1579 0824c20〕

The shared words are 「見」—“see,” 「法」—“dharma,” 「我眼見色」—“I see forms with the eye,” 「如是名」—“such a name,” 「想」—“notion,” 「言說」—“verbal expression,” 「無常」—“impermanent,” and 「寂」—“quiet”; the sūtra’s sequence from seeing forms with the eye to cognizing mental objects with the mind is in the same order as the treatise’s 「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」—“I see forms with the eye, and so on up to, I know mental objects with the mind”; the sūtra has 「見法」—“to see the Dharma,” the treatise 「法見」—“the seeing of dharmas”; the sūtra 「眾生」—“a being,” the treatise 「有情」—“a sentient being”; the sūtra 「識法」—“cognize mental objects,” the treatise 「知法」—“know mental objects”; the sūtra 「壽分齊」—“a limit to his life span,” the treatise 「壽量邊際」—“a limit to the measure of life”; the sūtra 「誌」—“designation,” the treatise 「自稱」—“self-naming”; the sūtra 「思願緣生」—“arisen from conditions by volition and wish,” the treatise 「緣生性」—“the nature of arising from conditions”; the sūtra 「寂滅」—“quiescence,” the treatise 「寂靜」—“peace”; the words differ. The verse of Discourse 307 is not found in this passage of the treatise.

Attachment · dwelling in happiness · unsurpassed security (Discourse 308 · suffering last of all)

  • Sūtra: 「諸天、世人於色染著愛樂住」—“Gods and humans of the world dwell attached to forms, delighting and enjoying them”〔T02 0088b16〕; 「彼諸天、人則生大苦」—“those gods and humans give rise to great suffering”〔T02 0088b17〕; 「則生樂住」—“he gives rise to dwelling in happiness”〔T02 0088b22〕; 「名無上安隱涅槃」—“is called the unsurpassed, secure nirvāṇa”〔T02 0088b28〕
  • Treatise: 「謂於人天,住境界愛」—“namely, among humans and gods, dwelling in craving for objects”〔T30n1579 0825a01〕; 「一切自體於終沒時皆滅壞故,有滅壞苦」—“because every individual existence is destroyed at the time of its ending, there is the suffering of destruction”〔T30n1579 0825a09〕; 「此中如來超過如是二種過患,住一向樂」—“here the Tathāgata has passed beyond these two kinds of fault and dwells in happiness that is wholly so”〔T30n1579 0825a11〕; 「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」—“the unsurpassed security is the element of final nirvāṇa with remainder of support”〔T30n1579 0825a14〕

The shared words are 「人天」—“humans and gods,” 「住」—“dwell,” 「愛」—“craving,” 「樂」—“happiness,” 「苦」—“suffering,” 「無上安隱」—“unsurpassed security,” and 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa”; the sūtra has 「諸天、世人」—“gods and humans of the world,” the treatise 「人天」—“humans and gods”; the sūtra 「樂住」—“dwelling in happiness,” the treatise 「住一向樂」—“dwells in happiness that is wholly so”; the sūtra 「滅盡」—“cease,” the treatise 「滅壞」—“destruction”; the words differ. The verse of the sūtra is not found in this passage of the treatise.

Dwelling with a second · dwelling alone (Discourse 309 · dwelling alone)

  • Sūtra: 「有第二住,有一一住」—“there is dwelling with a second, and there is dwelling alone”〔T02 0088c20〕; 「彼比丘見已,喜樂,讚歎,繫著住」—“that bhikṣu, having seen them, takes pleasure in them, praises them, and dwells bound and attached”〔T02 0088c24〕; 「心轉歡喜」—“his mind turns to delight”〔T02 0088c25〕; 「歡喜、深樂、貪愛、阨礙者,是名第二住」—“Delight, deep enjoyment, craving, and obstruction: this is called dwelling with a second”〔T02 0088c26〕; 「愛喜不斷不滅故」—“Because craving-and-delight is not cut off and has not ceased”〔T02 0088c29〕
  • Treatise: 「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」—“By two causes and conditions, know that it is called dwelling with a second”〔T30n1579 0825a23〕; 「名有憙樂」—“this is called having pleasure”〔T30n1579 0825a27〕; 「名有歡喜」—“this is called having delight”〔T30n1579 0825a29〕; 「於受用時,多生貪愛,名有染著」—“at the time of enjoying them, much craving arises; this is called having attachment”〔T30n1579 0825b01〕; 「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」—“the opposite of this, know, is called dwelling without a second”〔T30n1579 0825b07〕

The shared words are 「第二住」—“dwelling with a second,” 「歡喜」—“delight,” and 「貪愛」—“craving”; the sūtra’s taking pleasure, delight, and craving and the treatise’s pleasure, delight, and craving are in the same order; the sūtra has 「喜樂」—“takes pleasure,” the treatise 「憙樂」—“pleasure”; the sūtra 「繫著」—“bound and attached,” the treatise 「染著」—“attachment”; the sūtra 「一一住」—“dwelling alone,” the treatise 「無第二住」—“dwelling without a second”; the words differ.

The arising of delight · the arising of suffering (Discourse 310 · dwelling alone)

  • Sūtra: 「則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集」—“delight arises; when delight has arisen, suffering arises”〔T02 0089a20〕; 「不歡喜集故,則苦滅」—“because delight does not arise, suffering ceases”〔T02 0089a24〕
  • Treatise: 「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」—“namely, because pleasure and the rest are the cause of arising, in the world to come the many sufferings rooted in birth and old age arise”〔T30n1579 0825b06〕

The shared words are 「集」—“arising” and 「苦」—“suffering”; the sūtra has 「歡喜」—“delight,” the treatise 「憙樂」—“pleasure”; the sūtra 「苦集」—“the arising of suffering,” the treatise 「眾苦生起」—“the many sufferings arise”; the words differ. Shared words between the treatise’s passage on 「遠涅槃」—“far from nirvāṇa” and Discourse 310 are not found; this is recorded.

Far from nirvāṇa · patient endurance (Discourse 311 · far from nirvāṇa)

  • Sūtra: 「去涅槃遠」—“far from nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089b10〕; 「漸近涅槃」—“gradually draws near to nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089b16〕; 「西方輸盧那人兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵」—“The people of Shuluna in the west are fierce, rash, violent, and given to abuse”〔T02 0089b20〕; 「汝善學忍辱」—“You have learned patient endurance well”〔T02 0089c13〕; 「汝今宜去度於未度,安於未安,未涅槃者令得涅槃」—“it is now fitting for you to go, to carry across those not yet carried across, to settle those not yet settled, and to let those who have not attained nirvāṇa attain nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089c15〕
  • Treatise: 「若於後有隨順轉時,當知說名去涅槃遠」—“when one proceeds in accord with later existence, know that this is called far from nirvāṇa”〔T30n1579 0825b11〕; 「復有六種鄙碎士夫補特伽羅鄙碎行相」—“Further, there are six kinds of mean and petty conduct of mean and petty men, pudgalas”〔T30n1579 0825b12〕; 「一者、性多忿恚」—“first, by nature much given to anger”〔T30n1579 0825b13〕; 「若苦所觸,便發不實麁惡語言」—“when touched by pain, they utter untrue and harsh words”〔T30n1579 0825b14〕; 「一者、忍辱,二者、柔和」—“first, patient endurance; second, gentleness”〔T30n1579 0825b19〕; 「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」—“patient endurance means never retaliating against the enmity of others”〔T30n1579 0825b20〕; 「諸未信者令生淨信,其已信者倍令增長」—“those who have no faith are made to give rise to pure faith, and those who already have faith are made to increase it twofold”〔T30n1579 0825b18〕

The shared words are 「去涅槃遠」—“far from nirvāṇa” and 「忍辱」—“patient endurance”; the sūtra has 「兇惡」—“fierce,” the treatise 「忿恚」—“anger”; the sūtra 「好罵」—“given to abuse,” the treatise 「麁惡語言」—“harsh words”; the words differ. The sūtra’s 「漸近涅槃」—“gradually draws near to nirvāṇa,” Pūrṇa’s four answers, and what followed are not found in this passage of the treatise.

Teaching in brief · the end of suffering (Discourse 312 · teaching in brief)

  • Sūtra: 「而欲聞我略說教誡」—“wishing to hear my instruction taught in brief”〔T02 0090a01〕; 「諸年少聰明利根」—“Those who are young, intelligent, and of sharp faculties”〔T02 0089c28〕; 「若汝非於彼,彼亦復非此,亦非兩中間,是則為苦邊」—“If you are not in that, and that too is not in this, nor in the middle between the two: this is the end of suffering”〔T02 0090a15〕; 「離愛般涅槃」—“free of craving, one attains final nirvāṇa”〔T02 0090b02〕
  • Treatise: 「復次,以要言之,如來略依二種處所,說無界教」—“Further, to put it in essentials, the Tathāgata, in brief, based on two kinds of place, teaches the teaching on the element of non-existence”〔T30n1579 0825b22〕; 「一者、說有餘依涅槃界教,二者、說無餘依涅槃界教」—“first, he teaches the teaching of the nirvāṇa element with remainder of support; second, he teaches the teaching of the nirvāṇa element without remainder of support”〔T30n1579 0825b23〕; 「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」—“not abiding in this body, not abiding in another body, not abiding in the intermediate existence”〔T30n1579 0825b29〕; 「證得一切眾苦邊際」—“realizes the limit of all the many sufferings”〔T30n1579 0825b29〕; 「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」—“In brief there are three causes of strength in the power of mindfulness. First, because one is young and vigorous”〔T30n1579 0825c02〕

The shared words are 「略」—“brief,” 「說」—“teach,” 「苦邊」—“the end of suffering,” 「年少」—“young,” and 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa”; the sūtra has 「苦邊」—“the end of suffering,” the treatise 「眾苦邊際」—“the limit of the many sufferings”; the sūtra has ‘not in that … not in this … nor in the middle between the two,’ the treatise 「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」—“not abiding in this body, not abiding in another body, not abiding in the intermediate existence”; the words differ. The sūtra’s four phrases of 「見以見為量」—“in the seen, only the seen as its measure” and Moluojiajiu’s verse are not found in this passage of the treatise.

Apart from faith, apart from inclination · knowing as it really is (Discourse 313 · what is realized inwardly)

  • Sūtra: 「而於經法異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍,正知而說」—“within that teaching, apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearing, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering, know rightly and declare”〔T02 0090b29〕; 「『我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪』如實知」—“‘formerly in my eye-consciousness there was lust for forms, and now in my eye-consciousness there is no lust for forms’—this he knows as it really is”〔T02 0090c06〕
  • Treatise: 「由五種相,當知涅槃是內證法」—“By five aspects, know that nirvāṇa is a dharma realized inwardly”〔T30n1579 0825c04〕; 「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」—“namely, because it is free of faith, and so on up to, because it is free of acceptance of a view after examination”〔T30n1579 0825c04〕; 「於內各別內外增上所生雜染,如實了知有及非有」—“with regard to the defilements born, within each one, under the dominance of the internal and the external, one fully knows as it really is their existence and non-existence”〔T30n1579 0825c06〕

The shared words are 「信」—“faith,” 「見」—“view,” 「忍」—“acceptance,” and 「如實」—“as it really is”; the sūtra’s five 「異」—“apart from” and the treatise’s 「離信」—“free of faith” … 「乃至離見審察忍」—“and so on up to free of acceptance of a view after examination” are in the same order; the sūtra has 「異」—“apart from,” the treatise 「離」—“free of”; the sūtra 「審諦忍」—“acceptance after pondering,” the treatise 「審察忍」—“acceptance after examination”; the sūtra 「有貪」—“there was lust” and 「無貪」—“there is no lust,” the treatise 「有及非有」—“existence and non-existence”; the sūtra 「如實知」—“knows as it really is,” the treatise 「如實了知」—“fully knows as it really is”; the words differ.

The all · all that exists · all dharmas (Discourses 319–321 · analysing the all)

  • Sūtra: 「所謂一切者,云何名一切?」—“What is called the all—what is it that is called the all?”〔T02 0091a26〕; 「所謂一切有,云何一切有?」—“What is called all that exists—how is it all that exists?”〔T02 0091b06〕; 「所謂一切法,云何為一切法?」—“What is called all dharmas—what are all dharmas?”〔T02 0091b17〕
  • Treatise: 「由三因緣,顯示諸佛無上菩提」—“By three causes and conditions the unsurpassed awakening of the Buddhas is shown”〔T30n1579 0825c08〕; 「覺了一切境故」—“because it awakens fully to all objects”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕; 「覺了有及非有如實事故」—“because it awakens fully to existence and non-existence, the matter as it really is”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕; 「覺了染淨二品一切法故」—“because it awakens fully to all dharmas of the two classes, defiled and pure”〔T30n1579 0825c10〕; 「他於如是三處,請問世尊」—“others ask the World-Honored One about these three points”〔T30n1579 0825c11〕

The shared words are 「一切」—“all,” 「有」—“exist,” and 「一切法」—“all dharmas”; the sūtra’s three questions and the treatise’s three causes and conditions are in the same order; the sūtra has 「一切」—“the all,” the treatise 「一切境」—“all objects”; the sūtra 「一切有」—“all that exists,” the treatise 「有及非有如實事」—“existence and non-existence, the matter as it really is”; the words differ. The sūtra’s 「十二入處」—“twelve sense bases,” 「言說」—“words,” and 「言數」—“verbal reckoning” are not found in this passage of the treatise.

Analysis · sense bases (Discourse 322 · the marks of knowledge)

  • Sūtra: 「世尊略說,不廣分別」—“the World-Honored One taught it only in brief and did not analyse it at length”〔T02 0091c04〕; 「眼是內入處,四大所造淨色,不可見,有對」—“The eye is an internal sense base: subtle matter made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant”〔T02 0091c05〕
  • Treatise: 「諸有為法俱有轉時,令心迷亂,能令於相邪取分別」—“when conditioned dharmas proceed together, they confuse the mind and can cause their marks to be wrongly grasped and analysed”〔T30n1579 0825c12〕; 「為諸弟子分別開示,令於彼相決定悟入」—“for the disciples he analyses and discloses them, so that they enter with certainty into understanding of those marks”〔T30n1579 0825c13〕

The shared word is 「分別」—“analyse”; the sūtra has 「廣分別」—“analyse at length,” the treatise 「分別開示」—“analyses and discloses”; the words differ. The items of the sūtra’s six questions and six answers on the internal and external sense bases are not found in this passage of the treatise.

Longing · covering (Discourses 331 and 332 · abandoning the training)

  • Sūtra: 「有六顧念」—“There are six longings”〔T02 0092b05〕; 「謂色有漏、是取,心覆藏」—“Namely, forms are with outflows and are clinging, and the mind covers them over”〔T02 0092b11〕
  • Treatise: 「安立顧戀境界」—“establishing the objects of longing attachment”〔T30n1579 0825c18〕; 「心株覆事」—“the stumps of the mind, and the matters of covering”〔T30n1579 0825c19〕; 「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」—“inwardly harbouring and concealing the many evils one has done, one gives rise to covering”〔T30n1579 0825c24〕

The shared words are 「顧」—“look back,” 「心」—“mind,” and 「覆」—“cover”; the sūtra has 「顧念」—“longing,” the treatise 「顧戀」—“longing attachment”; the sūtra 「覆藏」—“covers over,” the treatise 「隱匿」—“conceals” and 「覆事」—“matters of covering”; the words differ.

Cause, condition, bond · action, craving, ignorance (Discourse 334 · action)

  • Sūtra: 「謂眼,業因、業緣、業縛」—“It is that the eye has action as cause, action as condition, action as bond”〔T02 0092b26〕; 「謂業,愛因」—“It is that action has craving as cause”〔T02 0092b27〕; 「謂愛,無明因」—“It is that craving has ignorance as cause”〔T02 0092b29〕; 「謂無明,不正思惟因」—“It is that ignorance has wrong reflection as cause”〔T02 0092c02〕; 「彼癡者是無明」—“That delusion is ignorance”〔T02 0092c06〕; 「不正思惟因無明,無明因愛,愛因為業,業因為眼」—“wrong reflection is the cause of ignorance, ignorance is the cause of craving, craving is the cause of action, action is the cause of the eye”〔T02 0092c07〕
  • Treatise: 「便生無明觸所生起染污作意」—“then there arises defiled attention produced by contact with ignorance”〔T30n1579 0825c28〕; 「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」—“namely, those six bases have action as cause; action has craving as cause; craving in turn has that ignorance as cause; ignorance in turn has attention not in accord with principle as cause; wrong attention in turn has contact with ignorance as its cause”〔T30n1579 0826a04〕

The shared words are 「業」—“action,” 「愛」—“craving,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” and 「因」—“cause”; the sūtra’s eye ← action ← craving ← ignorance ← wrong reflection and the treatise’s six bases ← action ← craving ← ignorance ← attention not in accord with principle ← contact with ignorance are in the same order; the sūtra has 「眼」—“eye,” the treatise 「六處」—“six bases”; the sūtra 「不正思惟」—“wrong reflection,” the treatise 「不如正理作意」—“attention not in accord with principle” and 「不正作意」—“wrong attention”; the words differ. The 「無明觸」—“contact with ignorance” at the end of the treatise is not found in the sūtra. The passage of the treatise on 「等」—“the equal,” 「由二因緣,後有生起。一、後有業,二、後有愛」—“By two causes and conditions later existence arises: first, action for later existence; second, craving for later existence”〔T30n1579 0826a11〕, shares with Discourse 334 the words 「業」—“action” and 「愛」—“craving”; this is recorded.

Emptiness in the ultimate sense · conventional reckoning (Discourse 335 · emptiness)

  • Sūtra: 「所謂第一義空經」—“namely, the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense”〔T02 0092c15〕; 「眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處」—“When the eye arises, there is no place it comes from; when it ceases, there is no place it goes to”〔T02 0092c16〕; 「有業報而無作者」—“there is the result of action, but no agent”〔T02 0092c18〕; 「此陰滅已,異陰相續,除俗數法」—“when this aggregate has ceased, another aggregate continues—apart from conventional reckoning”〔T02 0092c18〕; 「謂此有故彼有,此起故彼起」—“because this exists, that exists; because this arises, that arises”〔T02 0092c20〕
  • Treatise: 「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」—“there is only cause and result; there is no experiencer at all, nor any agent”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕; 「當知是名勝義諦空」—“know that this is called emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕; 「應知此空,復有七種」—“know that this emptiness is further of seven kinds”〔T30n1579 0826b10〕; 「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」—“when formations arise they come from nowhere; formerly absent, now they exist”〔T30n1579 0826b16〕; 「都無所往積集而住」—“they go nowhere at all to abide accumulated”〔T30n1579 0826b22〕; 「於中都無捨前生者、取後生者」—“within it there is no one at all who abandons the former birth and takes up the later birth”〔T30n1579 0826c01〕; 「此有故彼有,此生故彼生」—“because this exists, that exists; because this is born, that is born”〔T30n1579 0826c04〕; 「依世俗諦,假立作用」—“based on conventional truth, functions are provisionally established”〔T30n1579 0826c05〕

The shared words are 「空」—“emptiness,” 「作者」—“agent,” 「此有故彼有」—“because this exists, that exists,” and 「生」—“arise, be born”; the sūtra has 「第一義空」—“emptiness in the ultimate sense,” the treatise 「勝義諦空」—“emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth”; the sūtra 「無有來處」—“no place it comes from,” the treatise 「無所從來」—“come from nowhere”; the sūtra 「無有去處」—“no place it goes to,” the treatise 「都無所往」—“go nowhere at all”; the sūtra 「俗數法」—“conventional reckoning,” the treatise 「世俗諦」—“conventional truth”; the sūtra 「此起故彼起」—“because this arises, that arises,” the treatise 「此生故彼生」—“because this is born, that is born”; the words differ.

The courses of joy · of sorrow · of equanimity (Discourses 336–338 · coursing along)

  • Sūtra: 「若眼見色喜,於彼色處行」—“If the eye sees forms and is joyful, it courses there, in that place of forms”〔T02 0092c29〕; 「若眼見色憂,於彼色處行」—“If the eye sees forms and is sorrowful, it courses there, in that place of forms”〔T02 0093a06〕; 「謂眼見色捨,於彼色處行」—“Namely, when the eye sees forms and is equanimous, it courses there, in that place of forms”〔T02 0093a12〕
  • Treatise: 「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」—“By five aspects, one courses along in accord with objects that are conducive to joy”〔T30n1579 0826c07〕; 「順憂、順捨所緣境界」—“objects that are conducive to sorrow and conducive to equanimity”〔T30n1579 0826c10〕

The shared words are 「喜」—“joy,” 「憂」—“sorrow,” 「捨」—“equanimity,” and 「行」—“course”; the sūtra’s three discourses on joy, sorrow, and equanimity and the treatise’s conducive to joy, conducive to sorrow, and conducive to equanimity are in the same order; the sūtra has 「色處行」—“courses in the place of forms,” the treatise 「所緣境界隨順而行」—“courses along in accord with objects”; the words differ.

Constant abidings · rare · field of merit (Discourses 339–342 · constant abiding)

  • Sūtra: 「有六常行」—“There are six constant abidings”〔T02 0093a17〕; 「不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智」—“is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge”〔T02 0093a19〕; 「世間難得」—“rare in the world”〔T02 0093a27〕; 「所應承事、恭敬、供養,則為世間無上福田」—“should be attended upon, honoured, and supported; he is the unsurpassed field of merit in the world”〔T02 0093b05〕
  • Treatise: 「是故恒住無雜染住」—“therefore he constantly abides in an abiding free of defilement”〔T30n1579 0826c17〕; 「彼隨行品若喜、若憂、若欣、若慼,諸阿羅漢皆無所有」—“of that class of coursing along—whether joy, sorrow, gladness, or grief—the arhats have none at all”〔T30n1579 0826c18〕; 「能成就者極難得故,說名第一真實福田」—“because one who can accomplish it is extremely rare, he is called the foremost true field of merit”〔T30n1579 0826c20〕

The shared words are 「住」—“abide,” 「成就」—“accomplish,” 「難得」—“rare,” and 「福田」—“field of merit”; the sūtra has 「常行」—“constant abidings,” the treatise 「恒住」—“constant abiding”; the sūtra 「不苦、不樂」—“neither pained nor pleased,” the treatise ‘whether joy, sorrow … none at all’; the sūtra 「無上福田」—“the unsurpassed field of merit,” the treatise 「第一真實福田」—“the foremost true field of merit”; the words differ. The treatise’s passage on 「師弟二圓滿」—“the two perfections of teacher and disciples,” 「於善說法毘奈耶中,應知大師及弟子眾各由二相,其德圓滿」—“in the well-taught Dharma and Vinaya, know that the great teacher and the assembly of disciples are each perfect in virtue by two aspects”〔T30n1579 0826c23〕, does not attain shared words with Discourse 342’s 「舍利弗等」—“one like Śāriputra”〔T02 0093b13〕; this is recorded.


IV. Essentials of the Commentary on This Passage

This fascicle has no old line-by-line commentary. The Selection on the Sense Bases in the Compendium of Topics is the treatise’s mātṛkā; its passages proceed in the order of the uddānas it sets up (first topic). Below, in the treatise’s order, are listed its passages that share words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle (verbatim, with anchors), with the discourses that share the words noted. Passages of the treatise that share no words with the discourses of this fascicle are not listed.

1. The doctrine of not self—three kinds of proper task (shares with Discourse 304 the words 「我」—“self” and 「生滅」—“arising and ceasing”)

「復次,無我論師略有三種正所作事」—“Further, the teacher of the doctrine of not self has, in brief, three kinds of proper task”〔T30n1579 0823c13〕 「安立無我」—“establishing not self”〔T30n1579 0823c15〕 「開示生滅相似性故,顯了共相」—“because it discloses the nature of resemblance in arising and ceasing, it makes the common mark plain”〔T30n1579 0823c16〕 「是故不能作苦邊際」—“therefore one cannot make an end of suffering”〔T30n1579 0823c22〕 「此無我見能令清淨」—“this view of not self can bring purity”〔T30n1579 0824a01〕

2. Concentration—five kinds of excellence (shares with Discourse 305 the words 「應知」—“to be known,” 「斷」—“abandon,” 「證」—“realize,” 「修」—“cultivate,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” 「有愛」—“the craving for existence,” 「解脫」—“liberation,” and 「燒然」—“burning”)

「當知略有五種殊勝正加行果稱讚利益」—“know that in brief there are five kinds of excellent benefit, praised as the fruit of right application”〔T30n1579 0824a06〕 「不如實知」—“does not know as it really is”〔T30n1579 0824a13〕 「由此增益後有諸蘊」—“by this the aggregates of later existence are increased”〔T30n1579 0824a24〕 「謂後有愛及資財愛」—“namely, the craving for later existence and the craving for wealth”〔T30n1579 0824a25〕 「便自燒然」—“then burns of itself”〔T30n1579 0824a28〕 「止觀二種平等雙轉」—“calm and insight, the two, proceed evenly as a pair”〔T30n1579 0824b17〕 「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」—“what is to be fully known one can rightly know fully; what is to be abandoned forever one can rightly abandon forever; what is to be realized one can rightly realize; what is to be cultivated one can rightly cultivate”〔T30n1579 0824b23〕 「於所依色及能依名」—“with regard to form, which is the support, and name, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b26〕 「於所依無明及能依有愛」—“with regard to ignorance, which is the support, and the craving for existence, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b27〕 「於所依明淨智及能依解脫煩惱斷」—“with regard to clear, pure knowledge, which is the support, and liberation, the cutting off of the afflictions, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b28〕 「於所依奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」—“with regard to śamatha, which is the support, and vipaśyanā, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b29〕

3. The seeing of dharmas—the seeing of conditioned dharmas · the seeing of unconditioned dharmas (shares with Discourses 306 and 307 the words 「見」—“see,” 「法」—“dharma,” 「我眼見色」—“I see forms with the eye,” 「如是名」—“such a name,” 「想」—“notion,” 「言說」—“verbal expression,” 「無常」—“impermanent,” and 「寂」—“quiet”)

「復次,有二法見。一、有為法見,二、無為法見」—“Further, there are two seeings of dharmas: first, the seeing of conditioned dharmas; second, the seeing of unconditioned dharmas”〔T30n1579 0824c02〕 「謂名色,及人天等有情數物」—“namely, name and form, and the things reckoned as sentient beings, such as humans and gods”〔T30n1579 0824c04〕 「假想安立我或有情,乃至命者及生者等」—“by provisional notion one establishes a self or a sentient being, and so on up to a living one and one who is born”〔T30n1579 0824c06〕 「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」—“I see forms with the eye, and so on up to, I know mental objects with the mind”〔T30n1579 0824c08〕 「謂如是名,乃至如是壽量邊際」—“namely, such a name, and so on up to, such a limit to the measure of life”〔T30n1579 0824c09〕 「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」—“there is only provisional notion, only provisional self-naming, only provisional verbal expression”〔T30n1579 0824c10〕 「有無常性,廣說乃至有緣生性」—“it has the nature of impermanence, and, taught at length, up to, the nature of arising from conditions”〔T30n1579 0824c12〕 「一切依等盡涅槃深見寂靜」—“nirvāṇa, the exhaustion of all supports and the rest, is deeply seen as peace”〔T30n1579 0824c20〕

4. Suffering last of all—the two kinds of fault of humans and gods · the Tathāgata’s happiness that is wholly so (shares with Discourse 308 the words 「人天」—“humans and gods,” 「住」—“dwell,” 「愛」—“craving,” 「樂」—“happiness,” 「苦」—“suffering,” 「無上安隱」—“unsurpassed security,” and 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa”)

「謂於人天,住境界愛」—“namely, among humans and gods, dwelling in craving for objects”〔T30n1579 0825a01〕 「一切自體於終沒時皆滅壞故,有滅壞苦」—“because every individual existence is destroyed at the time of its ending, there is the suffering of destruction”〔T30n1579 0825a09〕 「此中如來超過如是二種過患,住一向樂」—“here the Tathāgata has passed beyond these two kinds of fault and dwells in happiness that is wholly so”〔T30n1579 0825a11〕 「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」—“the unsurpassed security is the element of final nirvāṇa with remainder of support”〔T30n1579 0825a14〕

5. Dwelling alone—dwelling with a second · dwelling without a second (shares with Discourse 309 the words 「第二住」—“dwelling with a second,” 「歡喜」—“delight,” and 「貪愛」—“craving”; shares with Discourse 310 the words 「集」—“arising” and 「苦」—“suffering”)

「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」—“By two causes and conditions, know that it is called dwelling with a second”〔T30n1579 0825a23〕 「名有憙樂」—“this is called having pleasure”〔T30n1579 0825a27〕 「名有歡喜」—“this is called having delight”〔T30n1579 0825a29〕 「於受用時,多生貪愛,名有染著」—“at the time of enjoying them, much craving arises; this is called having attachment”〔T30n1579 0825b01〕 「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」—“namely, because pleasure and the rest are the cause of arising, in the world to come the many sufferings rooted in birth and old age arise”〔T30n1579 0825b06〕 「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」—“the opposite of this, know, is called dwelling without a second”〔T30n1579 0825b07〕

6. Far from nirvāṇa—six kinds of mean and petty conduct · patient endurance and gentleness (shares with Discourse 311 the words 「去涅槃遠」—“far from nirvāṇa” and 「忍辱」—“patient endurance”)

「若於後有隨順轉時,當知說名去涅槃遠」—“when one proceeds in accord with later existence, know that this is called far from nirvāṇa”〔T30n1579 0825b11〕 「復有六種鄙碎士夫補特伽羅鄙碎行相」—“Further, there are six kinds of mean and petty conduct of mean and petty men, pudgalas”〔T30n1579 0825b12〕 「一者、性多忿恚」—“first, by nature much given to anger”〔T30n1579 0825b13〕 「若苦所觸,便發不實麁惡語言」—“when touched by pain, they utter untrue and harsh words”〔T30n1579 0825b14〕 「諸未信者令生淨信,其已信者倍令增長」—“those who have no faith are made to give rise to pure faith, and those who already have faith are made to increase it twofold”〔T30n1579 0825b18〕 「一者、忍辱,二者、柔和」—“first, patient endurance; second, gentleness”〔T30n1579 0825b19〕 「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」—“patient endurance means never retaliating against the enmity of others”〔T30n1579 0825b20〕

7. Teaching in brief—the teaching of the two kinds of nirvāṇa element · three causes of strength in the power of mindfulness (shares with Discourse 312 the words 「略」—“brief,” 「說」—“teach,” 「苦邊」—“the end of suffering,” 「年少」—“young,” and 「涅槃」—“nirvāṇa”)

「復次,以要言之,如來略依二種處所,說無界教」—“Further, to put it in essentials, the Tathāgata, in brief, based on two kinds of place, teaches the teaching on the element of non-existence”〔T30n1579 0825b22〕 「一者、說有餘依涅槃界教,二者、說無餘依涅槃界教」—“first, he teaches the teaching of the nirvāṇa element with remainder of support; second, he teaches the teaching of the nirvāṇa element without remainder of support”〔T30n1579 0825b23〕 「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」—“not abiding in this body, not abiding in another body, not abiding in the intermediate existence”〔T30n1579 0825b29〕 「證得一切眾苦邊際」—“realizes the limit of all the many sufferings”〔T30n1579 0825b29〕 「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」—“In brief there are three causes of strength in the power of mindfulness. First, because one is young and vigorous”〔T30n1579 0825c02〕

8. What is realized inwardly—nirvāṇa is a dharma realized inwardly (shares with Discourse 313 the words 「信」—“faith,” 「見」—“view,” 「忍」—“acceptance,” and 「如實」—“as it really is”)

「由五種相,當知涅槃是內證法」—“By five aspects, know that nirvāṇa is a dharma realized inwardly”〔T30n1579 0825c04〕 「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」—“namely, because it is free of faith, and so on up to, because it is free of acceptance of a view after examination”〔T30n1579 0825c04〕 「於內各別內外增上所生雜染,如實了知有及非有」—“with regard to the defilements born, within each one, under the dominance of the internal and the external, one fully knows as it really is their existence and non-existence”〔T30n1579 0825c06〕

9. Analysing the all—three causes and conditions that show the unsurpassed awakening (shares with Discourses 319–321 the words 「一切」—“all,” 「有」—“exist,” and 「一切法」—“all dharmas”)

「由三因緣,顯示諸佛無上菩提」—“By three causes and conditions the unsurpassed awakening of the Buddhas is shown”〔T30n1579 0825c08〕 「覺了一切境故」—“because it awakens fully to all objects”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕 「覺了有及非有如實事故」—“because it awakens fully to existence and non-existence, the matter as it really is”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕 「覺了染淨二品一切法故」—“because it awakens fully to all dharmas of the two classes, defiled and pure”〔T30n1579 0825c10〕 「他於如是三處,請問世尊」—“others ask the World-Honored One about these three points”〔T30n1579 0825c11〕

10. The marks of knowledge—analysing and disclosing (shares with Discourse 322 the word 「分別」—“analyse”)

「諸有為法俱有轉時,令心迷亂,能令於相邪取分別」—“when conditioned dharmas proceed together, they confuse the mind and can cause their marks to be wrongly grasped and analysed”〔T30n1579 0825c12〕 「為諸弟子分別開示,令於彼相決定悟入」—“for the disciples he analyses and discloses them, so that they enter with certainty into understanding of those marks”〔T30n1579 0825c13〕

11. Abandoning the training—longing attachment · the stumps of the mind and the matters of covering (shares with Discourses 331 and 332 the words 「顧」—“look back,” 「心」—“mind,” and 「覆」—“cover”)

「安立顧戀境界」—“establishing the objects of longing attachment”〔T30n1579 0825c18〕 「心株覆事」—“the stumps of the mind, and the matters of covering”〔T30n1579 0825c19〕 「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」—“inwardly harbouring and concealing the many evils one has done, one gives rise to covering”〔T30n1579 0825c24〕

12. Action—forward order · reverse order (shares with Discourse 334 the words 「業」—“action,” 「愛」—“craving,” 「無明」—“ignorance,” and 「因」—“cause”)

「便生無明觸所生起染污作意」—“then there arises defiled attention produced by contact with ignorance”〔T30n1579 0825c28〕 「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」—“namely, those six bases have action as cause; action has craving as cause; craving in turn has that ignorance as cause; ignorance in turn has attention not in accord with principle as cause; wrong attention in turn has contact with ignorance as its cause”〔T30n1579 0826a04〕

13. The equal—coursing according to action (shares with Discourse 334 the words 「業」—“action” and 「愛」—“craving”; recorded)

「由二因緣,後有生起。一、後有業,二、後有愛」—“By two causes and conditions later existence arises: first, action for later existence; second, craving for later existence”〔T30n1579 0826a11〕 「而但說言諸有情類隨業而行,不言隨愛」—“yet it is only said that the classes of sentient beings course according to action, not that they course according to craving”〔T30n1579 0826a12〕

14. Emptiness—emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth · seven kinds of emptiness (shares with Discourse 335 the words 「空」—“emptiness,” 「作者」—“agent,” 「此有故彼有」—“because this exists, that exists,” and 「生」—“arise, be born”)

「如是名為世俗諦空,非勝義空」—“this is called emptiness in the sense of conventional truth, not ultimate emptiness”〔T30n1579 0826b07〕 「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」—“there is only cause and result; there is no experiencer at all, nor any agent”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕 「當知是名勝義諦空」—“know that this is called emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕 「應知此空,復有七種」—“know that this emptiness is further of seven kinds”〔T30n1579 0826b10〕 「六、受者空,七、作者空」—“sixth, the emptiness of an experiencer; seventh, the emptiness of an agent”〔T30n1579 0826b12〕 「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」—“when formations arise they come from nowhere; formerly absent, now they exist”〔T30n1579 0826b16〕 「都無所往積集而住」—“they go nowhere at all to abide accumulated”〔T30n1579 0826b22〕 「果性諸行空無受者,因性業行空無作者」—“formations that are by nature results are empty of an experiencer; the formations of action that are by nature causes are empty of an agent”〔T30n1579 0826b26〕 「於中都無捨前生者、取後生者」—“within it there is no one at all who abandons the former birth and takes up the later birth”〔T30n1579 0826c01〕 「此有故彼有,此生故彼生」—“because this exists, that exists; because this is born, that is born”〔T30n1579 0826c04〕 「依世俗諦,假立作用」—“based on conventional truth, functions are provisionally established”〔T30n1579 0826c05〕

15. Coursing along—conducive to joy · conducive to sorrow · conducive to equanimity (shares with Discourses 336–338 the words 「喜」—“joy,” 「憂」—“sorrow,” 「捨」—“equanimity,” and 「行」—“course”)

「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」—“By five aspects, one courses along in accord with objects that are conducive to joy”〔T30n1579 0826c07〕 「順憂、順捨所緣境界」—“objects that are conducive to sorrow and conducive to equanimity”〔T30n1579 0826c10〕 「深心厭惡,發生瞋恚」—“with deep loathing in the mind, hatred arises”〔T30n1579 0826c12〕 「深心愚昧,發生愚癡」—“with deep dullness in the mind, delusion arises”〔T30n1579 0826c13〕

16. Constant abiding—abiding free of defilement · the foremost true field of merit (shares with Discourses 339–342 the words 「住」—“abide,” 「成就」—“accomplish,” 「難得」—“rare,” and 「福田」—“field of merit”)

「有諸苾芻證阿羅漢,諸漏永盡,於一切境隨順而行」—“there are bhikṣus who have realized arhatship, their outflows exhausted forever, who course along in accord with all objects”〔T30n1579 0826c15〕 「是故恒住無雜染住」—“therefore he constantly abides in an abiding free of defilement”〔T30n1579 0826c17〕 「彼隨行品若喜、若憂、若欣、若慼,諸阿羅漢皆無所有」—“of that class of coursing along—whether joy, sorrow, gladness, or grief—the arhats have none at all”〔T30n1579 0826c18〕 「能成就者極難得故,說名第一真實福田」—“because one who can accomplish it is extremely rare, he is called the foremost true field of merit”〔T30n1579 0826c20〕

17. The two perfections of teacher and disciples (does not attain shared words with the text of the discourses of this fascicle; recorded)

「於善說法毘奈耶中,應知大師及弟子眾各由二相,其德圓滿」—“in the well-taught Dharma and Vinaya, know that the great teacher and the assembly of disciples are each perfect in virtue by two aspects”〔T30n1579 0826c23〕 「謂諸弟子,最初忍受大師所見,謂諸法中空無我見」—“namely, the disciples first accept the great teacher’s view, the view of emptiness and not self within all dharmas”〔T30n1579 0827b04〕


V. Divergent Readings of the Commentators

This fascicle has no divergent readings of the ancient masters. The Saṃyukta Āgama has no old line-by-line commentary; the Compendium of Topics is the only mirror, the teaching of a single school, with nothing to set in separate columns.


VI. Terms (first occurrences — glosses drawn only from the Compendium of Topics, verbatim)

The terms already established in earlier fascicles are not repeated in this fascicle; among them, those that bear on the text of the discourses of this fascicle are: pure conduct · impermanent · suffering · empty · not self · weariness · free from desire · gratification · danger · escape · subject to change · arhat · the mind well liberated · nirvāṇa · undergoing no further existence (carried over from Fascicle 1); mind · thought · consciousness · the six classes of consciousness · the six classes of feeling · the six classes of perception · the six classes of volition · name and form · the end of suffering · the eightfold noble path · the four foundations of mindfulness · the four right efforts · the four bases of supernormal power · the five faculties · the five powers · the seven factors of awakening · conditioned · final nirvāṇa · the four great elements · form made of the four great elements (carried over from Fascicle 2); the meeting of the three · craving for future existence · person · the root of the Dharma · the eye of the Dharma · the support of the Dharma (carried over from Fascicle 3); designation · palmyra tree · upāsaka (carried over from Fascicle 5); calm · insight (carried over from Fascicle 7); the feeling arisen with eye-contact as condition · the internal sense bases · the external sense bases · right and unbroken comprehension (carried over from Fascicle 8); the six internal sense bases (carried over from Fascicle 9); seeing the Dharma · because this exists, that exists · this body of the aggregates of suffering · the bond of craving (carried over from Fascicle 10); the two things · verbal reckoning · the six classes of craving · knowledge and liberation · honoured, respected, venerated, and supported (carried over from Fascicle 11). Only the terms that first appear in this fascicle are listed below.

TermFirst occurrence in this fascicle (verbatim)AnchorThe Compendium of Topics
The Kuru country, the village of the cowherds (拘留搜調牛聚落)「佛住拘留搜調牛聚落」—“the Buddha was staying in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds”〔T02 0086c23〕Not explained in the treatise
The six sets of six (六六法)「有六六法」—“There are six sets of six”〔T02 0086c26〕Not explained in the treatise
The six classes of contact (六觸身)「六識身、六觸身」—“the six classes of consciousness, the six classes of contact”〔T02 0086c27〕Not explained in the treatise
The feeling born of eye-contact · the craving born of eye-contact (眼觸生受·眼觸生愛)「謂眼觸生受」—“namely, the feeling born of eye-contact”〔T02 0087a05〕; 「謂眼觸生愛」—“namely, the craving born of eye-contact”〔T02 0087a06〕Not explained in the treatise
What is done by the eye · by knowledge · by quiescence (眼所作·智所作·寂滅所作)「當如實知眼所作、智所作、寂滅所作」—“one should know as it really is what is done by the eye, what is done by knowledge, what is done by quiescence”〔T02 0087a18〕Not explained in the treatise
Opening up the supernormal powers (開發神通)「開發神通,正向涅槃」—“open up the supernormal powers, and head rightly toward nirvāṇa”〔T02 0087a19〕Not explained in the treatise
The six analyses of the six sense bases (六分別六入處)「所謂六分別六入處經」—“namely, the Discourse on the Six Analyses of the Six Sense Bases”〔T02 0087b01〕Not explained in the treatise
Knowing and seeing as it really is (如實知見)「謂於眼入處不如實知見者」—“namely, one who does not know and see the eye sense base as it really is”〔T02 0087b02〕The treatise has 「如實知」—“know as it really is”: 「不如實知」—“does not know as it really is”〔T30n1579 0824a13〕
Attachment · longing · bondage (染著·顧念·結縛)「如是染著相應、愚闇、顧念、結縛其心」—“thus attachment, association, darkness, and longing bind his mind”〔T02 0087b09〕The treatise has 「顧戀」—“longing attachment”: 「於過去世有顧戀縛」—“toward the past there is the bond of longing attachment”〔T30n1579 0824a21〕
Nourishing the five aggregates of clinging (長養五受陰)「長養五受陰」—“he nourishes the five aggregates of clinging”〔T02 0087b10〕The treatise has 「增益後有諸蘊」—“increases the aggregates of later existence”: 「由此增益後有諸蘊」—“by this the aggregates of later existence are increased”〔T30n1579 0824a24〕
Burning · blazing (燒然·熾然)「身心壞燒然,身心熾然」—“body and mind are ruined and burning, body and mind are blazing”〔T02 0087b11〕「便自燒然」—“then burns of itself”〔T30n1579 0824a28〕
The arising of the whole mass of suffering, wholly and solely (純一大苦陰聚集)「是名純一大苦陰聚集」—“this is called the arising of the whole mass of suffering, wholly and solely”〔T02 0087b14〕Not explained in the treatise
The pure fulfilment of the eightfold noble path (八聖道清淨滿足)「是名修習八聖道清淨滿足」—“this is called the cultivation of the eightfold noble path, pure and fulfilled”〔T02 0087c02〕Not explained in the treatise
To be known · understood · abandoned · realized · cultivated (應知·應了·應斷·應作證·應修習)「若法應知、應了者,悉知、悉了」—“Whatever things are to be known and to be understood are all known and all understood”〔T02 0087c05〕「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」—“what is to be fully known one can rightly know fully; what is to be abandoned forever one can rightly abandon forever; what is to be realized one can rightly realize; what is to be cultivated one can rightly cultivate”〔T30n1579 0824b23〕
Ignorance and the craving for existence (無明及有愛)「所謂無明及有愛」—“They are ignorance and the craving for existence”〔T02 0087c09〕「於所依無明及能依有愛」—“with regard to ignorance, which is the support, and the craving for existence, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b27〕
Not within its range (非其境界)「非其境界故」—“because it is not within their range”〔T02 0087c25〕Not explained in the treatise
Person · the notion of a person (人·人想)「此等法名為人,於斯等法作人想、眾生、那羅、摩㝹闍、摩那婆、士夫、福伽羅、耆婆、禪頭」—“these things are called a person; with regard to these things one forms the notion of a person, of a being, of nara, manuja, mānava, of a man, of a pudgala, of jīva, of jantu”〔T02 0087c28〕The treatise has 「假想安立我或有情」—“by provisional notion one establishes a self or a sentient being”: 「假想安立我或有情,乃至命者及生者等」—“by provisional notion one establishes a self or a sentient being, and so on up to a living one and one who is born”〔T30n1579 0824c06〕
Notion · designation · verbal expression (想·誌·言說)「是則為想,是則為誌,是則言說」—“This is a notion, this is a designation, this is a verbal expression”〔T02 0088a05〕The treatise has 「假想」—“provisional notion,” 「自稱」—“self-naming,” and 「言說」—“verbal expression”: 「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」—“there is only provisional notion, only provisional self-naming, only provisional verbal expression”〔T30n1579 0824c10〕
Arisen from conditions by volition and wish (思願緣生)「此諸法皆悉無常、有為、思願緣生」—“these things are all impermanent, conditioned, arisen from conditions by volition and wish”〔T02 0088a06〕The treatise has 「緣生性」—“the nature of arising from conditions”: 「有無常性,廣說乃至有緣生性」—“it has the nature of impermanence, and, taught at length, up to, the nature of arising from conditions”〔T30n1579 0824c12〕
Suffering arising again and again (苦數數出生)「亦苦數數出生」—“and suffering, too, arises again and again”〔T02 0088a08〕Not explained in the treatise
Abandoned · cast out · exhausted · free from desire · ceased · stilled · vanished (斷·吐·盡·離欲·滅·息·沒)「若復彼苦無餘斷、吐、盡、離欲、滅、息、沒」—“if that suffering is abandoned without remainder, cast out, exhausted, freed from desire, ceased, stilled, and vanished”〔T02 0088a09〕Not explained in the treatise
Quiescence · the sublime (寂滅·勝妙)「是則寂滅,是則勝妙」—“this is quiescence, this is the sublime”〔T02 0088a10〕The treatise has 「寂靜」—“peace”: 「一切依等盡涅槃深見寂靜」—“nirvāṇa, the exhaustion of all supports and the rest, is deeply seen as peace”〔T30n1579 0824c20〕
The relinquishing of all remainder (捨一切有餘)「所謂捨一切有餘、一切愛盡、無欲、滅盡、涅槃」—“namely, the relinquishing of all remainder, the exhaustion of all craving, freedom from desire, cessation, nirvāṇa”〔T02 0088a11〕Not explained in the treatise
The formless aggregates · the aggregate of form (無色陰·色陰)「此四是無色陰,身根是色陰」—“these four are formless aggregates; the faculty of the body is the aggregate of form”〔T02 0088a13〕Not explained in the treatise
What a person depends on (士夫所依)「四大,士夫所依」—“the four great elements, on which a person depends”〔T02 0088a16〕Not explained in the treatise
The mind entering into them · dwelling in liberation without turning back (心隨入·住解脫不退轉)「心隨入,住解脫不退轉」—“the mind enters into them and dwells in liberation without turning back”〔T02 0088a17〕Not explained in the treatise
Mind and mental states (心心法)「生於心心法」—“mind and mental states are born”〔T02 0088b01〕Not explained in the treatise
Verbal expression (言說)「彼但有言說」—“that is merely verbal expression”〔T02 0088b11〕「唯假言說」—“only provisional verbal expression”〔T30n1579 0824c10〕
The Buddha-eye (佛眼)「無上佛眼說」—“taught by the unsurpassed Buddha-eye”〔T02 0088b13〕Not explained in the treatise
Obstruction (阨礙)「於彼色因緣生阨礙」—“obstruction arises with those forms as cause and condition”〔T02 0088b27〕Not explained in the treatise
The unsurpassed, secure nirvāṇa (無上安隱涅槃)「名無上安隱涅槃」—“is called the unsurpassed, secure nirvāṇa”〔T02 0088b28〕「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」—“the unsurpassed security is the element of final nirvāṇa with remainder of support”〔T30n1579 0825a14〕
The six objects (六境界)「觸法六境界」—“tangibles and mental objects: the six objects”〔T02 0088c04〕Not explained in the treatise
Not taking up a body again (不還受身)「不還受身者」—“those who do not take up a body again”〔T02 0088c16〕Not explained in the treatise
The land of Zhanpo, the Jieqie Pond (瞻婆國揭伽池)「佛住瞻婆國揭伽池側」—“the Buddha was staying in the land of Zhanpo, beside the Jieqie Pond”〔T02 0088c18〕Not explained in the treatise
Luniu (鹿紐)「尊者鹿紐來詣佛所」—“the venerable Luniu came to where the Buddha was”〔T02 0088c19〕Not explained in the treatise
Dwelling with a second · dwelling alone (第二住·一一住)「有第二住,有一一住」—“there is dwelling with a second, and there is dwelling alone”〔T02 0088c20〕「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」—“By two causes and conditions, know that it is called dwelling with a second”〔T30n1579 0825a23〕; the treatise has 「無第二住」—“dwelling without a second”: 「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」—“the opposite of this, know, is called dwelling without a second”〔T30n1579 0825b07〕
Nourishing desire (長養於欲)「長養於欲」—“nourishes desire”〔T02 0088c23〕Not explained in the treatise
Alone in a secluded place · a lofty tower of many storeys (空閑獨處·高樓重閣)「正使空閑獨處」—“even if he is alone in a secluded place”〔T02 0088c28〕; 「正使處於高樓重閣」—“even if he dwells in a lofty tower of many storeys”〔T02 0089a07〕Not explained in the treatise
The arising of delight · the arising of suffering (歡喜集·苦集)「則歡喜集;歡喜集已,則苦集」—“delight arises; when delight has arisen, suffering arises”〔T02 0089a20〕「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」—“namely, because pleasure and the rest are the cause of arising, in the world to come the many sufferings rooted in birth and old age arise”〔T30n1579 0825b06〕
Pūrṇa (富樓那)「尊者富樓那來詣佛所」—“the venerable Pūrṇa came to where the Buddha was”〔T02 0089b02〕Not explained in the treatise
Far from nirvāṇa · gradually drawing near to nirvāṇa (去涅槃遠·漸近涅槃)「去涅槃遠」—“far from nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089b10〕; 「漸近涅槃」—“gradually draws near to nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089b16〕「當知說名去涅槃遠」—“know that this is called far from nirvāṇa”〔T30n1579 0825b11〕
The teaching taught in brief · the instruction taught in brief (略說法教·略說教誡)「我已略說法教」—“I have taught the teaching in brief”〔T02 0089b17〕; 「我已蒙世尊略說教誡」—“I have received the World-Honored One’s instruction taught in brief”〔T02 0089b19〕The treatise has 「略依二種處所」—“in brief, based on two kinds of place”: 「如來略依二種處所,說無界教」—“the Tathāgata, in brief, based on two kinds of place, teaches the teaching on the element of non-existence”〔T30n1579 0825b22〕
Shuluna in the west (西方輸盧那)「我欲於西方輸盧那人間遊行」—“I wish to travel among the people of Shuluna in the west”〔T02 0089b19〕Not explained in the treatise
Fierce · rash · violent · given to abuse (兇惡·輕躁·弊暴·好罵)「西方輸盧那人兇惡、輕躁、弊暴、好罵」—“The people of Shuluna in the west are fierce, rash, violent, and given to abuse”〔T02 0089b20〕The treatise has 「忿恚」—“anger” and 「麁惡語言」—“harsh words”: 「一者、性多忿恚」—“first, by nature much given to anger”〔T30n1579 0825b13〕; 「若苦所觸,便發不實麁惡語言」—“when touched by pain, they utter untrue and harsh words”〔T30n1579 0825b14〕
Patient endurance (忍辱)「汝善學忍辱」—“You have learned patient endurance well”〔T02 0089c13〕「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」—“patient endurance means never retaliating against the enmity of others”〔T30n1579 0825b20〕
Carrying across those not yet carried across · settling those not yet settled (度於未度·安於未安)「汝今宜去度於未度,安於未安,未涅槃者令得涅槃」—“it is now fitting for you to go, to carry across those not yet carried across, to settle those not yet settled, and to let those who have not attained nirvāṇa attain nirvāṇa”〔T02 0089c15〕Not explained in the treatise
The summer retreat (夏安居)「到已,夏安居」—“Having arrived, he kept the summer retreat”〔T02 0089c20〕Not explained in the treatise
Monasteries (僧伽藍)「建立五百僧伽藍」—“established five hundred monasteries”〔T02 0089c21〕Not explained in the treatise
The three knowledges (三明)「具足三明」—“was complete in the three knowledges”〔T02 0089c22〕Not explained in the treatise
Nirvāṇa without remainder (無餘涅槃)「即於彼處入無餘涅槃」—“and in that very place entered nirvāṇa without remainder”〔T02 0089c23〕The treatise has 「無餘依涅槃界」—“the nirvāṇa element without remainder of support”: 「二者、說無餘依涅槃界教」—“second, he teaches the teaching of the nirvāṇa element without remainder of support”〔T30n1579 0825b23〕
Moluojiajiu (摩羅迦舅)「摩羅迦舅來詣佛所」—“Moluojiajiu came to where the Buddha was”〔T02 0089c25〕Not explained in the treatise
Old in years, ripe in faculties (年耆根熟)「而況汝今日年耆根熟」—“how much more you today, old in years and ripe in faculties”〔T02 0090a01〕The treatise has 「年少壯」—“young and vigorous”: 「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」—“In brief there are three causes of strength in the power of mindfulness. First, because one is young and vigorous”〔T30n1579 0825c02〕
In the seen, only the seen as its measure (見以見為量)「見以見為量,聞以聞為量,覺以覺為量,識以識為量」—“in the seen, only the seen as its measure; in the heard, only the heard as its measure; in the sensed, only the sensed as its measure; in the cognized, only the cognized as its measure”〔T02 0090a12〕Not explained in the treatise
The Honored One of the Solar line (日種尊)「日種尊所說」—“as the Honored One of the Solar line has taught”〔T02 0090b02〕Not explained in the treatise
A teaching of the discourses · to esteem and incline toward (經法·崇向)「有經法,諸比丘!崇向」—“There is a teaching of the discourses, bhikṣus, esteemed and inclined toward”〔T02 0090b28〕Not explained in the treatise
Apart from faith · inclination · hearing · reasoned reflection · acceptance of a view after pondering (異信·異欲·異聞·異行思惟·異見審諦忍)「而於經法異信、異欲、異聞、異行思惟、異見審諦忍」—“within that teaching, apart from faith, apart from inclination, apart from hearing, apart from reasoned reflection, apart from acceptance of a view after pondering”〔T02 0090b29〕The treatise has 「離信」—“free of faith” and 「離見審察忍」—“free of acceptance of a view after examination”: 「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」—“namely, because it is free of faith, and so on up to, because it is free of acceptance of a view after examination”〔T30n1579 0825c04〕
Lust for forms (色貪)「覺知色而不覺色貪」—“is aware of forms but not aware of lust for forms”〔T02 0090c05〕Not explained in the treatise
Abandoning desire (斷欲)「當斷欲,斷眼欲已」—“you should abandon desire; when desire for the eye has been abandoned”〔T02 0090c20〕Not explained in the treatise
Arising · persisting · coming forth / ceasing · subsiding · vanishing (生·住·轉出/滅·息·沒)「若眼生、住、轉出」—“If the eye arises, persists, and comes forth”〔T02 0090c26〕; 「眼滅、息、沒」—“the eye ceases, subsides, and vanishes”〔T02 0090c28〕Not explained in the treatise
Oppressive suffering (逼迫苦)「則不應受逼迫苦」—“it should not undergo oppressive suffering”〔T02 0091a04〕Not explained in the treatise
Let it be thus · let it not be thus (欲令如是·不令如是)「亦應說於眼欲令如是、不令如是」—“one could also say of the eye, ‘let it be thus, let it not be thus’”〔T02 0091a04〕Not explained in the treatise
The brāhmaṇa Shengwen (生聞婆羅門)「時,有生聞婆羅門往詣佛所」—“At that time the brāhmaṇa Shengwen went to where the Buddha was”〔T02 0091a25〕Not explained in the treatise
The all · the twelve sense bases (一切·十二入處)「一切者,謂十二入處」—“The all means the twelve sense bases”〔T02 0091a27〕The treatise has 「一切境」—“all objects”: 「覺了一切境故」—“because it awakens fully to all objects”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕
All that exists (一切有)「所謂一切有,云何一切有?」—“What is called all that exists—how is it all that exists?”〔T02 0091b06〕The treatise has 「有及非有」—“existence and non-existence”: 「覺了有及非有如實事故」—“because it awakens fully to existence and non-existence, the matter as it really is”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕
All dharmas (一切法)「所謂一切法,云何為一切法?」—“What is called all dharmas—what are all dharmas?”〔T02 0091b17〕「覺了染淨二品一切法故」—“because it awakens fully to all dharmas of the two classes, defiled and pure”〔T30n1579 0825c10〕
Subtle matter · invisible · resistant · non-resistant (淨色·不可見·有對·無對)「四大所造淨色,不可見,有對」—“subtle matter made of the four great elements, invisible, resistant”〔T02 0091c05〕; 「不可見,無對」—“invisible, non-resistant”〔T02 0091c09〕Not explained in the treatise
Not included in the eleven sense bases (十一入所不攝)「十一入所不攝」—“not included in the eleven sense bases”〔T02 0091c20〕Not explained in the treatise
The six longings (六顧念)「有六顧念」—“There are six longings”〔T02 0092b05〕The treatise has 「顧戀」—“longing attachment”: 「安立顧戀境界」—“establishing the objects of longing attachment”〔T30n1579 0825c18〕
The six coverings · covering over (六覆·覆藏)「謂色有漏、是取,心覆藏」—“Namely, forms are with outflows and are clinging, and the mind covers them over”〔T02 0092b11〕The treatise has 「覆事」—“the matters of covering”: 「心株覆事」—“the stumps of the mind, and the matters of covering”〔T30n1579 0825c19〕; 「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」—“inwardly harbouring and concealing the many evils one has done, one gives rise to covering”〔T30n1579 0825c24〕
Heading toward cessation (滅盡向)「於現在眼生厭、離欲、滅盡向」—“toward the present eye he is weary, free from desire, heading toward cessation”〔T02 0092b17〕Not explained in the treatise
Having a cause · a condition · a bond (有因·有緣·有縛)「謂有因、有緣、有縛法經」—“namely, the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond”〔T02 0092b24〕The treatise has 「為因」—“as cause”: 「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」—“namely, those six bases have action as cause; action has craving as cause; craving in turn has that ignorance as cause; ignorance in turn has attention not in accord with principle as cause; wrong attention in turn has contact with ignorance as its cause”〔T30n1579 0826a04〕
Action as cause · action as condition · action as bond (業因·業緣·業縛)「謂眼,業因、業緣、業縛」—“It is that the eye has action as cause, action as condition, action as bond”〔T02 0092b26〕Same as above
Wrong reflection (不正思惟)「謂無明,不正思惟因」—“It is that ignorance has wrong reflection as cause”〔T02 0092c02〕The treatise has 「不如正理作意」—“attention not in accord with principle” and 「不正作意」—“wrong attention” (same as above)
Delusion (癡)「生於癡」—“delusion is born”〔T02 0092c05〕; 「彼癡者是無明」—“That delusion is ignorance”〔T02 0092c06〕Not explained in the treatise
Emptiness in the ultimate sense (第一義空)「所謂第一義空經」—“namely, the Discourse on Emptiness in the Ultimate Sense”〔T02 0092c15〕The treatise has 「勝義諦空」—“emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth”: 「當知是名勝義諦空」—“know that this is called emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕
No place it comes from · no place it goes to (無有來處·無有去處)「眼生時無有來處,滅時無有去處」—“When the eye arises, there is no place it comes from; when it ceases, there is no place it goes to”〔T02 0092c16〕The treatise has 「無所從來」—“come from nowhere” and 「都無所往」—“go nowhere at all”: 「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」—“when formations arise they come from nowhere; formerly absent, now they exist”〔T30n1579 0826b16〕; 「都無所往積集而住」—“they go nowhere at all to abide accumulated”〔T30n1579 0826b22〕
Arising without substance (不實而生)「如是眼不實而生」—“thus the eye arises without substance”〔T02 0092c17〕Not explained in the treatise
There is the result of action, but no agent (有業報而無作者)「有業報而無作者」—“there is the result of action, but no agent”〔T02 0092c18〕「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」—“there is only cause and result; there is no experiencer at all, nor any agent”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕
This aggregate having ceased · another aggregate continuing (此陰滅已·異陰相續)「此陰滅已,異陰相續」—“when this aggregate has ceased, another aggregate continues”〔T02 0092c18〕「於中都無捨前生者、取後生者」—“within it there is no one at all who abandons the former birth and takes up the later birth”〔T30n1579 0826c01〕
Conventional reckoning (俗數法)「除俗數法」—“apart from conventional reckoning”〔T02 0092c19〕The treatise has 「世俗諦」—“conventional truth”: 「依世俗諦,假立作用」—“based on conventional truth, functions are provisionally established”〔T30n1579 0826c05〕
The six courses of joy · of sorrow · of equanimity (六喜行·六憂行·六捨行)「有六喜行」—“There are six courses of joy”〔T02 0092c28〕; 「有六憂行」—“There are six courses of sorrow”〔T02 0093a05〕; 「有六捨行」—“There are six courses of equanimity”〔T02 0093a11〕The treatise has 「順喜」—“conducive to joy,” 「順憂」—“conducive to sorrow,” and 「順捨」—“conducive to equanimity”: 「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」—“By five aspects, one courses along in accord with objects that are conducive to joy”〔T30n1579 0826c07〕; 「順憂、順捨所緣境界」—“objects that are conducive to sorrow and conducive to equanimity”〔T30n1579 0826c10〕
The six constant abidings (六常行)「有六常行」—“There are six constant abidings”〔T02 0093a17〕The treatise has 「恒住」—“constant abiding”: 「是故恒住無雜染住」—“therefore he constantly abides in an abiding free of defilement”〔T30n1579 0826c17〕
Dwelling with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge (捨心住正念正智)「捨心住正念正智」—“dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge”〔T02 0093a20〕Not explained in the treatise
Rare in the world (世間難得)「世間難得」—“rare in the world”〔T02 0093a27〕「能成就者極難得故」—“because one who can accomplish it is extremely rare”〔T30n1579 0826c20〕
The unsurpassed field of merit (無上福田)「則為世間無上福田」—“he is the unsurpassed field of merit in the world”〔T02 0093b05〕The treatise has 「第一真實福田」—“the foremost true field of merit”: 「說名第一真實福田」—“he is called the foremost true field of merit”〔T30n1579 0826c21〕
Śāriputra (舍利弗)「當知是舍利弗等」—“know that this is one like Śāriputra”〔T02 0093b13〕Not explained in the treatise

The terms of this fascicle are all Chinese; the sound-correspondences that the Taishō notes attach to names in the discourses are given at the end of part ② of the tenth topic; the Compendium of Topics gives no Sanskrit forms in this passage, and none are supplied here.


VII. Similes and Rhetoric

The discourses’ similes:

  1. Cutting off a palmyra tree at the crown (Discourse 314)—「如截多羅樹頭,於未來世永不復生」—“like a palmyra tree cut off at the crown, never to arise again in future”〔T02 0090c21〕, applied with 「斷眼欲已,眼則已斷、已知,斷其根本」—“When desire for the eye has been abandoned, the eye is then abandoned and fully known, cut off at its root”〔T02 0090c20〕.
  2. Alone in a secluded place · a lofty tower of many storeys (Discourse 309)—「正使空閑獨處,猶名第二住」—“even if he is alone in a secluded place, it is still called dwelling with a second”〔T02 0088c28〕; 「正使處於高樓重閣,猶是一一住者」—“even if he dwells in a lofty tower of many storeys, he is still one who dwells alone”〔T02 0089a07〕; by the quiet or the bustle of the dwelling place, it shows in reverse that dwelling with a second or dwelling alone lies in whether craving-and-delight is cut off or not.
  3. Abuse · hands and stones · knives and staves · killing (Discourse 311, the Buddha asks, Pūrṇa answers)—「猶尚不以手、石而見打擲」—“they still have not struck and pelted me with hands and stones”〔T02 0089b26〕; 「而不用刀杖」—“and have not used knives and staves”〔T02 0089c02〕; 「而不見殺」—“and have not killed me”〔T02 0089c07〕; 「於我朽敗之身,以少作方便,便得解脫」—“with little effort, I will be liberated from this rotten, decaying body of mine”〔T02 0089c12〕; four stages, each heavier than the last.
  4. The great darkness · the great light (the verse of Discourse 308, the Buddha’s verse)—「大闇所昏沒,盲冥無所見」—“sunk in the great darkness, blind and in gloom, they see nothing”〔T02 0088c13〕; 「唯有智慧者,發朦開大明」—“Only one who has wisdom dispels the dimness and opens the great light”〔T02 0088c14〕.

Set formulas:

FormulaVerbatim (first occurrence)AnchorWhere found
Good in the beginning, middle, and end「初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白」—“good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, good in meaning and good in flavour, wholly pure and complete, the pure conduct clear and white”〔T02 0086c25〕Discourses 304, 305, 334, and 335
Listen closely and reflect well「諦聽,善思,當為汝說」—“Listen closely and reflect well; I will teach it for you”〔T02 0087b01〕Discourses 305–307, 310, 311, 313, and 335; Discourse 304 has 「諦聽,善思,有六六法」—“Listen closely and reflect well. There are six sets of six”〔T02 0086c26〕; Discourse 334 has 「諦聽,善思,謂有因、有緣、有縛法經」—“Listen closely and reflect well: namely, the Discourse on Things with a Cause, a Condition, and a Bond”〔T02 0092b23〕
Inwardly feeling pain, pleasure「內覺若苦、若樂、不苦不樂」—“inwardly feels what is painful, pleasant, or neither painful nor pleasant”〔T02 0087a22〕Discourses 304 and 305
Alone in a quiet place「獨一靜處,專精思惟」—“alone in a quiet place, reflecting single-mindedly”〔T02 0087c19〕Discourses 306, 307, 310, 311, and 312
Able to ask the Tathāgata「能問如來如是之義」—“you are able to ask the Tathāgata about such a meaning”〔T02 0088c22〕Discourses 309, 310, and 311
Lovely, pleasing, dear, agreeable「可愛、樂、念、可意」—“lovely, delightful, dear, and agreeable”〔T02 0088c23〕Discourses 309–311, the words sometimes differing slightly
Rejoiced and rejoiced in accord「歡喜隨喜,作禮而去」—“rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, paid homage, and departed”〔T02 0089a10〕Discourses 309–312; Discourses 320 and 321 have 「歡喜隨喜,從坐起去」—“rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, rose from his seat, and departed”
Answer me as you see fit「我今問汝,隨意答我」—“I will now ask you; answer me as you see fit”〔T02 0090a08〕Discourses 312 and 320
My births are exhausted「我生已盡,梵行已立,所作已作,自知不受後有」—“My births are exhausted, pure conduct has been established, what was to be done has been done; I know of myself that I will undergo no further existence”〔T02 0090c01〕Discourse 313
What do you think「於意云何」—“What do you think?”〔T02 0090c10〕Discourses 313 and 320
Let it be thus「欲令如是、不令如是」—“let it be thus, let it not be thus”〔T02 0091a04〕Discourses 316–318
Not within their range「所以者何?非其境界故」—“Why is that? Because it is not within their range”〔T02 0091b02〕Discourses 319 and 321; in Discourses 306 and 320, at the end of the abbreviated text
Dwelling with a mind of equanimity「不苦、不樂,捨心住正念正智」—“is neither pained nor pleased, and dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge”〔T02 0093a19〕Discourses 339–342; in Discourse 339 the preceding sentence has 「正念正智捨心住」—“dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge”〔T02 0093a18〕
Extension to the six faculties「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」—“So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind”〔T02 0087a23〕Seen again and again throughout the fascicle, the words sometimes differing slightly

The question-and-answer type: In Discourses 306 and 307 a bhikṣu puts to the Buddha the question he has been pondering, and the Buddha answers with the two things, with abbreviated text in between. In Discourse 309 Luniu asks two questions, on dwelling with a second and dwelling alone; the Buddha first praises him, then answers in two passages, forward and reverse. In Discourse 310 Luniu asks for the Dharma, and the Buddha, without waiting for a question, teaches it in two passages, forward and reverse, on the arising of delight and the arising of suffering. In Discourse 311 the Buddha first teaches in brief, then puts four questions to Pūrṇa—abuse, hands and stones, knives and staves, killing—and Pūrṇa begins each answer with ‘those people of Shuluna in the west are good and wise’; the Buddha approves him with 「汝善學忍辱」—“You have learned patient endurance well.” In Discourse 312 Moluojiajiu asks three times and the Buddha holds him back—the base text has 「如是再三,亦不為說」—“so it was a second and a third time, and still he did not teach him”—then asks a single question about forms not yet seen; Moluojiajiu answers 「不也,世尊」—“No, World-Honored One”; the Buddha teaches the four measures of the seen, the heard, the sensed, and the cognized, and a verse of two lines; Moluojiajiu explains it at length in a verse of twenty-six lines, and the Buddha quotes the opening of his verse and approves him. In Discourse 313 the Buddha first asks himself, the bhikṣus ask him to teach, and the Buddha puts two questions with 「於意云何」—“What do you think?”, which the bhikṣus answer twice. In Discourse 320 the Buddha questions the brāhmaṇa in return three times, on the eye, forms, and feeling, and the brāhmaṇa answers three times, 「是有」—“It exists” and 「有」—“They exist.” In Discourse 322 a bhikṣu asks six questions in the order eye, mind, forms, sounds, tangibles, mental objects, and the Buddha gives six answers, with odours and flavours appended at the end of the answer on sounds.

Repeated sentence patterns: Discourse 304 names the six sets of six one by one, and again teaches not self one by one; Discourse 305 sets in pairs not knowing and seeing as it really is against knowing and seeing as it really is, and attachment against non-attachment; Discourses 309–311 teach in forward order the chain of delight, deep enjoyment (enjoyment and attachment), craving, and obstruction, and in reverse order the chain from non-delight up to non-obstruction; Discourses 314–318 each speak only of the eye and extend it with 「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」—“So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind”; Discourses 316–318, three discourses of the same form, change only impermanent, suffering, and not self; Discourses 323–330, eight discourses of the same form, change only the internal sense bases, the external sense bases, consciousness, contact, feeling, perception, volition, and craving; Discourses 331 and 332 are two discourses of the same form; Discourses 336–338, three discourses of the same form, change only joy, sorrow, and equanimity; Discourses 339–342 begin alike, and the last three each add 「世間難得」—“rare in the world,” 「無上福田」—“the unsurpassed field of merit,” and 「舍利弗等」—“one like Śāriputra.” For the groups of abbreviated sentences, see the first topic.

The form of the verse: The verses of this fascicle are in five places, fifty-six lines, each line of ten characters (two phrases of five characters each). The verse of Discourse 307, of thirteen lines, teaches mind and mental states born of the two conditions of eye and forms, not self and not what is mine, and the notion of a being that is designated, ending with 「無上佛眼說」—“taught by the unsurpassed Buddha-eye.” The verse of Discourse 308, of thirteen lines, teaches that gods and humans of the world take the six objects as happiness while the wise and noble see cessation as happiness, the views of suffering and happiness being opposed; its last two lines are 「如是甚深句,非聖孰能知,不還受身者,深達諦明了」—“words so profound in meaning—who but a noble one can know them? One who does not come back to take on a body penetrates them deeply, truly and clearly”〔T02 0088c15〕. The Buddha’s verse in Discourse 312, of two lines, teaches the end of suffering with the three phrases 「非於彼」—“not in that,” 「非此」—“not in this,” and 「非兩中間」—“nor in the middle between the two.” Moluojiajiu’s verse in Discourse 312, of twenty-six lines: the first twelve lines, based on the eye, teach the grasping and the non-grasping of signs; the next fourteen lines take in the nose, tongue, body, and mind under the ear, and likewise teach the grasping and the non-grasping of signs; both parts set 「永離於涅槃」—“forever far from nirvāṇa” against 「漸次近涅槃」—“step by step draws near to nirvāṇa” and 「漸近般涅槃」—“gradually draws near to final nirvāṇa.” The two lines the Buddha quotes in Discourse 312 differ slightly in wording from the first two lines of Moluojiajiu’s verse: 「已見色」—“has seen forms” becomes 「見眾色」—“sees many forms,” and 「而失於」—“and loses” becomes 「忘失於」—“forgets.”


VIII. Citation and Carrying Forward

  • The shared words of the Compendium of Topics—the places where the discourses of this fascicle share words with the Compendium of Topics are already given verbatim in the third, fourth, and sixth topics and in part ① of the tenth topic; here only the anchors are listed: 〔T30n1579 0823c13〕〔T30n1579 0823c15〕〔T30n1579 0823c16〕〔T30n1579 0823c22〕〔T30n1579 0824a01〕〔T30n1579 0824a06〕〔T30n1579 0824a13〕〔T30n1579 0824a21〕〔T30n1579 0824a24〕〔T30n1579 0824a25〕〔T30n1579 0824a28〕〔T30n1579 0824b17〕〔T30n1579 0824b23〕〔T30n1579 0824b26〕〔T30n1579 0824b27〕〔T30n1579 0824b28〕〔T30n1579 0824b29〕〔T30n1579 0824c02〕〔T30n1579 0824c04〕〔T30n1579 0824c06〕〔T30n1579 0824c08〕〔T30n1579 0824c09〕〔T30n1579 0824c10〕〔T30n1579 0824c12〕〔T30n1579 0824c20〕〔T30n1579 0825a01〕〔T30n1579 0825a09〕〔T30n1579 0825a11〕〔T30n1579 0825a14〕〔T30n1579 0825a23〕〔T30n1579 0825a27〕〔T30n1579 0825a29〕〔T30n1579 0825b01〕〔T30n1579 0825b06〕〔T30n1579 0825b07〕〔T30n1579 0825b11〕〔T30n1579 0825b12〕〔T30n1579 0825b13〕〔T30n1579 0825b14〕〔T30n1579 0825b18〕〔T30n1579 0825b19〕〔T30n1579 0825b20〕〔T30n1579 0825b22〕〔T30n1579 0825b23〕〔T30n1579 0825b29〕〔T30n1579 0825c02〕〔T30n1579 0825c04〕〔T30n1579 0825c06〕〔T30n1579 0825c08〕〔T30n1579 0825c09〕〔T30n1579 0825c10〕〔T30n1579 0825c11〕〔T30n1579 0825c12〕〔T30n1579 0825c13〕〔T30n1579 0825c18〕〔T30n1579 0825c19〕〔T30n1579 0825c24〕〔T30n1579 0825c28〕〔T30n1579 0826a04〕〔T30n1579 0826a11〕〔T30n1579 0826a12〕〔T30n1579 0826b07〕〔T30n1579 0826b09〕〔T30n1579 0826b10〕〔T30n1579 0826b12〕〔T30n1579 0826b16〕〔T30n1579 0826b22〕〔T30n1579 0826b26〕〔T30n1579 0826c01〕〔T30n1579 0826c04〕〔T30n1579 0826c05〕〔T30n1579 0826c07〕〔T30n1579 0826c10〕〔T30n1579 0826c12〕〔T30n1579 0826c13〕〔T30n1579 0826c15〕〔T30n1579 0826c17〕〔T30n1579 0826c18〕〔T30n1579 0826c20〕〔T30n1579 0826c21〕〔T30n1579 0826c23〕〔T30n1579 0827b04〕.
  • The carrying forward of the uddānas—of the uddāna in fascicle ninety-two of the treatise, 「上貪、教授、及苦住」—“higher lust, instruction, and dwelling in suffering”〔T30n1579 0821a17〕, the passages of the first eight items select and gather the preceding fascicles of this section; the passages of the last four items, 「無我論、定、法見、苦最為後」—“the doctrine of not self, concentration, the seeing of dharmas, suffering last of all”〔T30n1579 0821a18〕, share words in order with Discourses 304, 305, 306–307, and 308. Next, the uddāna 「一住、遠涅槃、略說、內所證、」—“dwelling alone, far from nirvāṇa, teaching in brief, what is realized inwardly,”〔T30n1579 0825a20〕, of thirteen items, shares words in order with the discourses from Discourse 309 to Discourse 342 (first topic); the two items 「等」—“the equal” and 「師弟二圓滿」—“the two perfections of teacher and disciples” do not share enough words, and are recorded but not listed as mātṛkā. This fascicle has no summary verse, and the treatise’s uddānas are not relied on to set up the outline of this fascicle.
  • Carrying forward within the fascicle—Discourses 304, 305, 334, and 335 all begin with 「初、中、後善,善義善味,純一滿淨,梵行清白」—“good in the beginning, the middle, and the end, good in meaning and good in flavour, wholly pure and complete, the pure conduct clear and white”〔T02 0086c25〕, and all four are set in the Kuru country, at the village of the cowherds. The six sets of six of Discourse 304, 「六內入處、六外入處、六識身、六觸身、六受身、六愛身」—“the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases, the six classes of consciousness, the six classes of contact, the six classes of feeling, the six classes of craving”〔T02 0086c27〕, are the same names as those listed in the eight Discourses 323–330 (Discourses 323–330 add 「六想身」—“the six classes of perception” and 「六思身」—“the six classes of volition”). Discourse 305’s 「無明及有愛」—“ignorance and the craving for existence”〔T02 0087c09〕 and Discourse 334’s 「愛,無明因」—“craving has ignorance as cause”〔T02 0092b29〕 share the words 「無明」—“ignorance” and 「愛」—“craving.” Discourses 306 and 307 ask alike about seeing the Dharma and teach alike the two things; the verse of Discourse 307, 「異說二法者。彼但有言說,聞已增癡惑」—“As for one who teaches the two things otherwise—that is merely verbal expression; having heard it, he increases delusion and confusion”〔T02 0088b10〕, and Discourse 319’s 「彼但有言說,問已不知,增其疑惑」—“that is merely verbal expression; when questioned, he does not know, and his doubt and confusion increase”〔T02 0091b01〕 share the word 「言說」—“verbal expression.” Discourse 308’s 「阨礙盡已,名無上安隱涅槃」—“when obstruction is exhausted, this is called the unsurpassed, secure nirvāṇa”〔T02 0088b27〕 and Discourses 309–311’s 「貪愛已,阨礙」—“having craved, there is obstruction”〔T02 0088c26〕〔T02 0089b09〕 share the word 「阨礙」—“obstruction.” Discourses 309, 310, and 311 all begin with forms that are 「可愛、樂、念、可意」—“lovely, delightful, dear, and agreeable,” and the forward and reverse chains carry on from one to the next: Discourse 309 arrives at 「第二住」—“dwelling with a second” and 「一一住」—“dwelling alone,” Discourse 310 at 「苦集」—“the arising of suffering” and 「苦滅」—“the ceasing of suffering,” Discourse 311 at 「去涅槃遠」—“far from nirvāṇa” and 「漸近涅槃」—“gradually draws near to nirvāṇa.” Discourse 311’s 「我已略說法教」—“I have taught the teaching in brief”〔T02 0089b17〕 and Discourse 312’s 「略說教誡」—“the instruction taught in brief”〔T02 0090a02〕 share the word 「略說」—“in brief”; Discourses 311 and 312 both begin with a request for the Dharma and end with an accomplishment. The verse of Discourse 312, 「是則為苦邊」—“this is the end of suffering”〔T02 0090a16〕, and Discourse 305’s 「究竟苦邊」—“the final end of suffering”〔T02 0087c15〕 share the word 「苦邊」—“the end of suffering.” Discourse 313’s 「世尊是法根、法眼、法依」—“the World-Honored One is the root of the Dharma, the eye of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma”〔T02 0090c03〕 and, at the end of Discourse 321, 「世尊法眼法根法依三經」—“the three discourses, ‘the World-Honored One is the eye of the Dharma, the root of the Dharma, the support of the Dharma’”〔T02 0091b28〕 share the words. Discourses 316–318 and Discourse 333 teach alike impermanence, suffering, and not self. Discourses 319–321 all end with 「非其境界故」—“because it is not within their range,” and the abbreviated text of Discourses 306 and 320 also stops at this sentence. Discourse 334’s 「業因為眼」—“action is the cause of the eye”〔T02 0092c08〕 and Discourse 335’s 「有業報而無作者」—“there is the result of action, but no agent”〔T02 0092c18〕 share the word 「業」—“action.” The three courses of joy, sorrow, and equanimity of Discourses 336–338 and the constant abidings of Discourses 339–342, 「不苦、不樂,捨心住」—“neither pained nor pleased, he dwells with a mind of equanimity”〔T02 0093a19〕, share the word 「捨」—“equanimity.”
  • Beyond this fascicle—the list in Discourse 304 from the six internal sense bases to the six classes of craving and the same list, in the preceding fascicles of this section, of the six internal sense bases, the six external sense bases, the six classes of consciousness, the six classes of contact, the six classes of feeling, the six classes of perception, the six classes of volition, and the six classes of craving are recorded, not explained; the teaching in Discourse 335 on emptiness in the ultimate sense, 「有業報而無作者」—“there is the result of action, but no agent,” bears on the contemplation of not self in the Connected Discourses on the Five Aggregates of Clinging, and is recorded, not explained. The discourses pointed to by the abbreviated texts of Discourses 306, 307, and 335 are not included in this fascicle; they are recorded, without adjudication.

IX. Placement Among the Recensions

The Taishō collation notes for this fascicle come to sixty variant readings in all (【大】 = the original Taishō printing; 【宋】【元】【明】 = the three editions, abbreviated 【三】 in the Taishō notes; 【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】【北藏-CB】【洪武-CB】【嘉興乙-CB】【麗-CB】 are recorded by the current collated text; current reading = the character adopted in the current transcription; 「(無)」—“(none)” = the current transcription lacks the character; recorded together, without adjudication; nos. 004, 006, 015, 041, 042, 051, 053, and 055, eight in all, are revision in the current edition, not original Taishō notes):

No.AnchorCurrent readingVariant readings
0010087b11愛 (craving)【大】受 (feeling); 【元】【明】愛 (craving); the current reading follows 【洪武-CB】【北藏-CB】
0020087b12壞 (ruined)【北藏-CB】【洪武-CB】【元】【明】 lack it
0030087c10明 (knowledge)【大】眼 (eye); 【宋】【元】【明】明 (knowledge); the current reading follows 【思溪-CB】
0040087c11止 (calm)【大】正 (right) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0050087c27觸 (contact)【宋】【元】【明】 lack it
0060087c29夫 (the second character of 士夫, “person”)【大】其 (his); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0070088a09離欲 (free from desire)【宋】【元】【明】欲離 (the two characters reversed)
0080088a18無有 (there is no)【宋】【元】【明】有無 (the two characters reversed)
0090088a26唯 (only, of 唯願 “we only pray”)【宋】【元】【明】惟 (a variant form)
0100088b13眼 (eye)【元】【明】明 (light)
0110088b26三 (three)【宋】【元】【明】 lack it
0120088b26滅 (cease)【明】滅此受味 (cease, this gratification in feeling)
0130088c12疑 (doubt)【宋】【元】【明】𪪧 (a variant form)
0140088c14唯 (only)【宋】【元】【明】惟 (a variant form)
0150088c26貪 (greed)【大】貧 (poverty); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0160089a22於 (toward)【宋】【元】【明】 lack it
0170089a27誡 (instruction)【宋】【元】【明】戒 (precept)
0180089a28住 (dwell)【宋】【元】【明】法 (dharma)
0190089b07可 (agreeable)【宋】【元】【明】 lack it
0200089b08之 (a particle)【宋】【元】【明】 lack it
0210089b19誡 (instruction)【宋】【元】【明】戒 (precept)
0220089b25暴 (violent)【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】【宋】【元】【明】暴好 (violent, given to)
0230089c25摩 (the first character of 摩羅迦舅, “Moluojiajiu”)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0240089c28摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0250090a02誡 (instruction)【宋】【元】【明】戒 (precept)
0260090a02摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0270090a04誡 (instruction)【宋】【元】【明】戒 (precept)
0280090a04誡 (instruction)【宋】【元】【明】戒 (precept)
0290090a06摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0300090a08摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0310090a09摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0320090a12摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0330090a12摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0340090a17摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0350090a18摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0360090a19摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0370090b09滅 (cease)【宋】【元】【明】減 (diminish)
0380090b15滅 (cease)【宋】【元】【明】減 (diminish)
0390090b22摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0400090b24摩 (as above)【宋】【元】【明】磨 (a character of the same sound)
0410090c11見 (view)【大】 lacks it; the current reading follows 【思溪-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0420090c11不也 (No)【大】如是 (So it is) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0430091b03奉行 (practiced accordingly)【宋】【元】【明】從座起去 (rose from his seat and departed)
0440091b14坐 (sit)【明】座 (seat)
0450091b26坐 (sit)【明】座 (seat)
0460091c19別。云何法外入處 (analysis. What is the external sense base of mental objects?)【大】別 (analysis); 【明】別云何法外入處 (the same words); the current reading follows 【北藏-CB】【嘉興乙-CB】
0470091c24處 (base)【明】處云何為六 (base; what are the six?)
0480092a15六 (six)【北藏-CB】【思溪-CB】六謂 (six, namely); 【宋】【元】【明】六請 (six, I ask)
0490092a15觸 (contact)【宋】 lacks it
0500092b20是 (thus)【宋】【元】【明】上 (above)
0510092b27(無) (none)【大】業 (action) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0520092b28為 (is)【宋】 lacks it
0530092c08(無) (none)【大】為愛 (is craving) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0540092c09因、有 (cause, having)【大】因 (cause); 【宋】【元】【明】因有 (cause, having); the current reading follows 【思溪-CB】【洪武-CB】【北藏-CB】
0550092c29眼 (eye)【大】現 (appear); the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note)
0560093a07法處 (the place of mental objects)【宋】【元】處法 (the two characters reversed)
0570093a16是我 (thus I, of 如是我聞 “Thus have I heard”)【元】我是 (the two characters reversed)
0580093a18為 (is)【宋】【元】 lack it
0590093a18正念正智捨心住 (dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge)【明】捨心住正念正智 (the same words in another order)
0600093b16成就 (accomplishes)【宋】【元】【明】來說 (comes and speaks)

Five remarks of the current collated text (rows of revision by the current collated text, not original Taishō notes; only the characters discussed and the basis are recorded; the texts of other editions cited in the remarks are not recorded, and no character is changed on their basis; the current transcription has changed none of them):

AnchorWhat is discussedBasis
0087b11After 「貪喜」—“lust and delight,” ‘accompanied by, delighting and attached to each / defiled and attached’ is suspected to have dropped outA sentence often found in this discourse
0087b12In 「身生苦覺」—“the body gives rise to the feeling of pain,” the 「生」—“arise” is suspected to be 「心」—“mind”Later in this discourse, 「身覺樂、心覺樂」—“the body feels pleasure, the mind feels pleasure”
0087b13In 「身生苦覺故」—“because the body gives rise to the feeling of pain,” the 「生」—“arise” is suspected to be 「心」—“mind”Later in this discourse, 「身、心覺樂」—“body and mind feel pleasure”
0089a02「彼比丘」—“that bhikṣu” is suspected to be an interpolationThe context
0089a19「彼說」—“he speaks of” is suspected to be 「欣悅」—“is glad”; the Korean, Stone-Carved, Sixi, and Qisha editions all read 「彼說」—“he speaks of”Later in the text, 「欣悅」—“is glad”

Twelve matters worth recording (recorded together, without adjudication; the variant readings are recorded under the edition sigla, in the manner of the ninth topic):

  1. Readings in Discourse 305 (nos. 1–4 · the first three remarks)—in 「當來有愛」—“craving for future existence,” the 「愛」—“craving” (0087b11): 【大】 reads 受 (feeling), 【元】【明】 read 愛 (craving); that is, 【大】 reads 『當來有受』—‘feeling for future existence’; in 「身心壞燒然」—“body and mind are ruined and burning,” the 「壞」—“ruined” (0087b12): 【北藏-CB】【洪武-CB】【元】【明】 lack it; in 「明、解脫」—“knowledge and liberation,” the 「明」—“knowledge” (0087c10): 【大】 reads 眼 (eye); in 「止、觀」—“calm and insight,” the 「止」—“calm” (0087c11): 【大】 reads 正 (right) (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note). Of the three remarks, one suggests text has dropped out after 「貪喜」—“lust and delight,” and two suggest in 「身生苦覺」—“the body gives rise to the feeling of pain”, the 「生」—“arise” is 「心」—“mind”; the current reading has changed none of them. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  2. Readings in Discourse 306 (nos. 5–8)—in 「三事和合觸」—“the meeting of the three is contact,” the 「觸」—“contact” (0087c27): the three editions lack it; in 「士夫」—“person,” the 「夫」 (0087c29): 【大】 reads 其 (his), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); 「離欲」—“free from desire” (0088a09): the three editions read 欲離 (the two characters reversed); in 「無有我」—“there is no self,” the 「無有」—“there is no” (0088a18): the three editions read 有無 (the two characters reversed). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  3. Readings in Discourse 307 (nos. 9 and 10)—in 「唯願解說」—“we only pray that you explain it,” the 「唯」—“only” (0088a26): the three editions read 惟 (a variant form); in the verse, 「無上佛眼說」—“taught by the unsurpassed Buddha-eye,” the 「眼」—“eye” (0088b13): 【元】【明】 read 明 (light); that is, they read 『無上佛明說』—‘taught by the unsurpassed Buddha-light.’ The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  4. Readings in Discourse 308 (nos. 11–14)—in 「此三受集」—“the arising of these three feelings,” the 「三」—“three” (0088b26): the three editions lack it; in 「此受滅」—“this feeling ceases,” the 「滅」—“cease” (0088b26): 【明】 reads 滅此受味 (cease, this gratification in feeling); that is, 【明】 has three more characters, 「此受味」—“this gratification in feeling”; in the verse, 「世間疑惑生」—“gives rise to doubt in the world,” the 「疑」—“doubt” (0088c12): the three editions read 𪪧 (a variant form); in the verse, 「唯有智慧者」—“Only one who has wisdom,” the 「唯」—“only” (0088c14): the three editions read 惟 (a variant form). The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  5. Readings in Discourse 309 (no. 15 · one remark)—in 「貪愛已」—“having craved,” the 「貪」—“greed” (0088c26): 【大】 reads 貧 (poverty), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); in line 0089a02, in 「彼比丘見已」—“that bhikṣu, having seen them,”, the 「彼比丘」—“that bhikṣu” the remark suspects to be an interpolation; the current reading has not deleted it. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  6. Readings in Discourse 310 (nos. 16–18 · one remark)—in 「長養於欲之色」—“forms fostering desire,” the 「於」—“toward” (0089a22): the three editions lack it; in 「說法教誡」—“teach the Dharma and instruct,” the 「誡」—“instruction” (0089a27): the three editions read 戒 (precept); in 「不放逸住」—“dwell in heedfulness,” the 「住」—“dwell” (0089a28): the three editions read 法 (dharma); in line 0089a19, in 「見已,彼說讚歎」—“having seen them, he speaks of them, praises them,”, the 「彼說」—“he speaks of” the remark suggests reading as 「欣悅」—“is glad,” and records that the Korean, Stone-Carved, Sixi, and Qisha editions all read 「彼說」—“he speaks of”; the current reading has not changed it. The plain rendering follows the current reading, rendering it ‘he speaks of them, praises them.’
  7. Readings in Discourse 311 (nos. 19–22)—the character 「可」—“agreeable” in line 0089b07 and the character 「之」 in line 0089b08: the three editions lack them; in 「略說教誡」—“instruction taught in brief,” the 「誡」—“instruction” (0089b19): the three editions read 戒 (precept); in 「弊暴、罵」—“violent, abusive,” the 「暴」—“violent” (0089b25): 【思溪-CB】【磧-CB】 and the three editions read 暴好 (violent, given to); that is, they read 『弊暴、好罵』—‘violent, and given to abuse.’ The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  8. Readings in Discourse 312 (nos. 23–40)—in 「摩羅迦舅」—“Moluojiajiu”, the 「摩」 in thirteen places (0089c25 to 0090b24): the three editions all read 磨 (a character of the same sound); in 「教誡」—“instruction”, the 「誡」—“instruction” in three places (0090a02, 0090a04): the three editions read 戒 (precept); in the verse, in 「退滅壞其心」—“falls away, ceases, and ruins his mind”, the 「滅」—“cease” (0090b09), and in 「眾苦隨損滅」—“the many sufferings accordingly diminish and cease,” the 「滅」—“cease” (0090b15): the three editions read 減 (diminish); that is, they read 『退減壞其心』—‘falls away, diminishes, and ruins his mind’ and 『眾苦隨損減』—‘the many sufferings accordingly diminish and lessen.’ The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  9. Readings in Discourse 313 (nos. 41 and 42)—in 「有見審諦忍不」—“is there acceptance of a view after pondering?,” the 「見」—“view” (0090c11): 【大】 lacks it, and the current reading follows 【思溪-CB】; the bhikṣus’ first answer, 「不也」—“No” (0090c11): 【大】 reads 如是 (So it is); that is, 【大】 reads 『如是,世尊』—‘So it is, World-Honored One’—both are revision in the current edition, not original Taishō notes; the current collated text has a separate remark here, which is not recorded. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  10. Readings in Discourses 319–323 (nos. 43–47)—in Discourse 319, in 「歡喜隨喜奉行」—“rejoiced, rejoiced in accord, and practiced accordingly”, the 「奉行」—“practiced accordingly” (0091b03): the three editions read 從座起去 (rose from his seat and departed); in Discourses 320 and 321, in 「從坐起去」—“rose from his seat and departed”, the 「坐」—“sit” (0091b14, 0091b26): 【明】 reads 座 (seat); in Discourse 322, 「別。云何法外入處」—“analysis. What is the external sense base of mental objects?” (0091c19): 【大】 has only 別 (analysis), without the six characters 「云何法外入處」—“What is the external sense base of mental objects?”, and the current reading supplies them following 【北藏-CB】【嘉興乙-CB】 and 【明】; in Discourse 323, after 「有六內入處」—“there are six internal sense bases” (0091c24), 【明】 has four more characters, 「云何為六」—“what are the six?” The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  11. Readings in Discourses 327, 333, and 334 (nos. 48–54)—in Discourse 327, in 「云何為六」—“what are the six?”, the 「六」—“six” (0092a15): 【北藏-CB】【思溪-CB】 read 六謂 (six, namely), the three editions 六請 (six, I ask); in 「眼觸生受」—“the feeling born of eye-contact”, the 「觸」—“contact” (0092a15): 【宋】 lacks it; in Discourse 333, in 「亦如是說」—“it is likewise taught thus”, the 「是」—“thus” (0092b20): the three editions read 上 (above); that is, they read 『亦如上說』—‘it is likewise taught as above’; in Discourse 334, before 「謂業,愛因」—“It is that action has craving as cause” (0092b27), 【大】 has one more character, 「業」—“action,” which the current reading lacks; in 「何等為愛因」—“what is the cause of craving?”, the 「為」—“is” (0092b28): 【宋】 lacks it; after 「不正思惟因無明」—“wrong reflection is the cause of ignorance” (0092c08), 【大】 has the two characters 「為愛」—“is craving,” which the current reading lacks; in 「有因、有緣」—“having a cause, having a condition”, the 「因、有」—“cause, having” (0092c09): 【大】 reads 因 (cause), and the current reading follows 【思溪-CB】【洪武-CB】【北藏-CB】 and the three editions. Nos. 051 and 053 are revision in the current edition, not original Taishō notes. The plain rendering follows the current reading.
  12. Readings in Discourses 336–342 (nos. 55–60)—in Discourse 336, in 「若眼見色喜」—“If the eye sees forms and is joyful”, the 「眼」—“eye” (0092c29): 【大】 reads 現 (appear), and the current reading follows 【麗-CB】 (a row of revision by the current collated text, not an original Taishō note); in Discourse 337, in 「於彼法處行」—“courses there, in that place of mental objects”, the 「法處」—“the place of mental objects” (0093a07): 【宋】【元】 read 處法 (the two characters reversed); in Discourse 339, in 「如是我聞」—“Thus have I heard”, the 「是我」 (0093a16): 【元】 reads 我是 (the two characters reversed); in Discourse 339, in 「云何為六」—“what are the six?”, the 「為」—“is” (0093a18): 【宋】【元】 lack it; in Discourse 339, the preceding sentence 「正念正智捨心住」—“dwells with a mind of equanimity, with right mindfulness and right knowledge” (0093a18): 【明】 reads 捨心住正念正智 (the same words in another order); that is, 【明】 has the same order as the following sentence and as Discourses 340–342; in Discourse 342, in 「成就此六常行」—“accomplishes these six constant abidings”, the 「成就」—“accomplishes” (0093b16): the three editions read 來說 (comes and speaks). The plain rendering follows the current reading.

Punctuation in four places: in Discourse 307, 「尊者!如所說偈」—“Venerable One! As the verse says”〔T02 0088a28〕 has no subject in the base text, and the form of address is 「尊者」—“Venerable One”; it is now read as the verse that bhikṣu recites to the Buddha (the speakers in the first topic), and the plain rendering keeps the base text’s form of address, rendering it ‘Venerable One! As the verse says’; in Discourse 312, 「是名世尊略說法中廣解其義」—“This is called understanding at length the meaning of the Dharma that the World-Honored One taught in brief”〔T02 0090b17〕 stands outside the quotation marks and is the narrator’s words; in Discourse 313, within the Buddha’s words, 「我先眼識於色有貪,而今眼識於色無貪」—“formerly in my eye-consciousness there was lust for forms, and now in my eye-consciousness there is no lust for forms”〔T02 0090c06〕 is an inner quotation, and the plain rendering flattens it into the sentence; in Discourse 320, 「「耳、鼻、舌、身、意亦如是說」」—“‘So it is likewise taught of the ear, nose, tongue, body, and mind’”〔T02 0091b12〕 is given quotation marks of its own in the current transcription, followed by 「如是廣說,乃至」—“taught at length thus, up to”; in sense it still belongs to the Buddha’s words, and the plain rendering reads it continuously.

Gaiji: the present transcription of this fascicle has no character of the private-use area. In 「摩㝹闍」—“manuja” in Discourse 306〔T02 0087c29〕 and 「摩㝹闍」 in the verse of Discourse 307, the 「㝹」 is recorded as it stands; in 「我舌甞味」—“I taste tastes with the tongue” in Discourse 306〔T02 0088a01〕 and 「舌甞味」—“the tongue tastes tastes” in the verse of Discourse 312, the 「甞」—“taste” is recorded as it stands, and the character is not corrected. The 「𪪧」 of the three editions recorded in collation note no. 013 is recorded in the collation note and does not enter the transcription. Interlinear notes: none in this fascicle. The line form of the verse: the verses of this fascicle, in five places, stand in the base text at ten characters (two phrases) to a line: Discourse 307, thirteen lines (0088b01–0088b13); Discourse 308, thirteen lines (0088c04–0088c16); the Buddha’s verse in Discourse 312, two lines (0090a15–0090a16); Moluojiajiu’s verse in Discourse 312, twenty-six lines (0090a20–0090b16); the Buddha’s quotation in Discourse 312, two lines (0090b20–0090b21). Further, in Discourse 322 the line 0091c19 of the current transcription contains the six characters 「云何法外入處」—“What is the external sense base of mental objects?” supplied by the collated text, and so is longer than the other lines (no. 046).


X. Mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics, Saṃyutta Coordinates, and Variants of the Alternate Translation

① The mātṛkā of the Compendium of Topics (discourse by discourse)—based only on places where the treatise’s words and the discourse’s words are the same words, verbatim; where the sense is merely close, it is not listed as the mātṛkā. The names of the items of the treatise’s uddānas are appended after the discourse numbers, as readings (first topic).

DiscourseMātṛkā (verbatim)AnchorShared words
304 (The doctrine of not self)「安立無我」—“establishing not self”〔T30n1579 0823c15〕; 「開示生滅相似性故,顯了共相」—“because it discloses the nature of resemblance in arising and ceasing, it makes the common mark plain”〔T30n1579 0823c16〕; 「此無我見能令清淨」—“this view of not self can bring purity”〔T30n1579 0824a01〕—我·生滅 (self · arising and ceasing) (the sūtra has 「非我」—“not self,” the treatise 「無我」—“not self” (literally ‘no self’))
305 (Concentration)「應遍知者能正遍知,應永斷者能正永斷,應作證者能正作證,應修習者能正修習」—“what is to be fully known one can rightly know fully; what is to be abandoned forever one can rightly abandon forever; what is to be realized one can rightly realize; what is to be cultivated one can rightly cultivate”〔T30n1579 0824b23〕; 「於所依色及能依名」—“with regard to form, which is the support, and name, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b26〕; 「於所依無明及能依有愛」—“with regard to ignorance, which is the support, and the craving for existence, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b27〕; 「於所依明淨智及能依解脫煩惱斷」—“with regard to clear, pure knowledge, which is the support, and liberation, the cutting off of the afflictions, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b28〕; 「於所依奢摩他及能依毘鉢舍那」—“with regard to śamatha, which is the support, and vipaśyanā, which is supported”〔T30n1579 0824b29〕—應知·斷·證·修·無明·有愛·解脫 (to be known · abandon · realize · cultivate · ignorance · the craving for existence · liberation) (the sūtra has 「名色」—“name and form,” the treatise 「所依色及能依名」—“form, which is the support, and name, which is supported”; the sūtra 「止、觀」—“calm and insight,” the treatise ‘śamatha … vipaśyanā’)
306 (The seeing of dharmas)「復次,有二法見。一、有為法見,二、無為法見」—“Further, there are two seeings of dharmas: first, the seeing of conditioned dharmas; second, the seeing of unconditioned dharmas”〔T30n1579 0824c02〕; 「我眼見色,乃至我意知法」—“I see forms with the eye, and so on up to, I know mental objects with the mind”〔T30n1579 0824c08〕; 「謂如是名,乃至如是壽量邊際」—“namely, such a name, and so on up to, such a limit to the measure of life”〔T30n1579 0824c09〕; 「唯有假想、唯假自稱、唯假言說」—“there is only provisional notion, only provisional self-naming, only provisional verbal expression”〔T30n1579 0824c10〕—見·法·我眼見色·如是名·想·言說 (see · dharma · I see forms with the eye · such a name · notion · verbal expression) (the sūtra has 「見法」—“to see the Dharma,” the treatise 「法見」—“the seeing of dharmas”; the sūtra 「識法」—“cognize mental objects,” the treatise 「知法」—“know mental objects”)
307 (The seeing of dharmas)Same as above—見·法 (see · dharma) (the sūtra has 「名為見法」—“so that it is called seeing the Dharma,” the treatise 「法見」—“the seeing of dharmas”); the verse of the sūtra is not found in the treatise
308 (Suffering last of all)「謂於人天,住境界愛」—“namely, among humans and gods, dwelling in craving for objects”〔T30n1579 0825a01〕; 「此中如來超過如是二種過患,住一向樂」—“here the Tathāgata has passed beyond these two kinds of fault and dwells in happiness that is wholly so”〔T30n1579 0825a11〕; 「無上安隱,即有餘依般涅槃界」—“the unsurpassed security is the element of final nirvāṇa with remainder of support”〔T30n1579 0825a14〕—人天·住·愛·樂·無上安隱·涅槃 (humans and gods · dwell · craving · happiness · unsurpassed security · nirvāṇa) (the sūtra has 「樂住」—“dwelling in happiness,” the treatise 「住一向樂」—“dwells in happiness that is wholly so”)
309 (Dwelling alone)「由二因緣,當知名為有第二住」—“By two causes and conditions, know that it is called dwelling with a second”〔T30n1579 0825a23〕; 「名有憙樂」—“this is called having pleasure”〔T30n1579 0825a27〕; 「名有歡喜」—“this is called having delight”〔T30n1579 0825a29〕; 「於受用時,多生貪愛,名有染著」—“at the time of enjoying them, much craving arises; this is called having attachment”〔T30n1579 0825b01〕; 「與此相違,當知是名無第二住」—“the opposite of this, know, is called dwelling without a second”〔T30n1579 0825b07〕—第二住·歡喜·貪愛 (dwelling with a second · delight · craving) (the sūtra has 「喜樂」—“takes pleasure,” the treatise 「憙樂」—“pleasure”; the sūtra 「一一住」—“dwelling alone,” the treatise 「無第二住」—“dwelling without a second”)
310 (Dwelling alone)「謂憙樂等為集因故,於當來世生老為根眾苦生起」—“namely, because pleasure and the rest are the cause of arising, in the world to come the many sufferings rooted in birth and old age arise”〔T30n1579 0825b06〕—集·苦 (arising · suffering) (the sūtra has 「歡喜集」—“delight arises,” the treatise 「憙樂等為集因」—“pleasure and the rest are the cause of arising”); shared words with the treatise’s passage on 「遠涅槃」—“far from nirvāṇa” are not found
311 (Far from nirvāṇa)「若於後有隨順轉時,當知說名去涅槃遠」—“when one proceeds in accord with later existence, know that this is called far from nirvāṇa”〔T30n1579 0825b11〕; 「一者、性多忿恚」—“first, by nature much given to anger”〔T30n1579 0825b13〕; 「一者、忍辱,二者、柔和」—“first, patient endurance; second, gentleness”〔T30n1579 0825b19〕; 「言忍辱者,謂於他怨終無返報」—“patient endurance means never retaliating against the enmity of others”〔T30n1579 0825b20〕—去涅槃遠·忍辱 (far from nirvāṇa · patient endurance) (the sūtra has 「兇惡」—“fierce,” the treatise 「忿恚」—“anger”)
312 (Teaching in brief)「復次,以要言之,如來略依二種處所,說無界教」—“Further, to put it in essentials, the Tathāgata, in brief, based on two kinds of place, teaches the teaching on the element of non-existence”〔T30n1579 0825b22〕; 「不住此身、不住餘身、不住中有」—“not abiding in this body, not abiding in another body, not abiding in the intermediate existence”〔T30n1579 0825b29〕; 「證得一切眾苦邊際」—“realizes the limit of all the many sufferings”〔T30n1579 0825b29〕; 「略有三種念力強因。一、由其年少壯」—“In brief there are three causes of strength in the power of mindfulness. First, because one is young and vigorous”〔T30n1579 0825c02〕—略·說·苦邊·年少·涅槃 (brief · teach · the end of suffering · young · nirvāṇa) (the sūtra has 「苦邊」—“the end of suffering,” the treatise 「眾苦邊際」—“the limit of the many sufferings”)
313 (What is realized inwardly)「由五種相,當知涅槃是內證法」—“By five aspects, know that nirvāṇa is a dharma realized inwardly”〔T30n1579 0825c04〕; 「謂離信故,乃至離見審察忍故」—“namely, because it is free of faith, and so on up to, because it is free of acceptance of a view after examination”〔T30n1579 0825c04〕; 「於內各別內外增上所生雜染,如實了知有及非有」—“with regard to the defilements born, within each one, under the dominance of the internal and the external, one fully knows as it really is their existence and non-existence”〔T30n1579 0825c06〕—信·見·忍·如實 (faith · view · acceptance · as it really is) (the sūtra has 「異」—“apart from,” the treatise 「離」—“free of”; the sūtra 「審諦忍」—“acceptance after pondering,” the treatise 「審察忍」—“acceptance after examination”)
314No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
315No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
316No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
317No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
318No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
319 (Analysing the all)「覺了一切境故」—“because it awakens fully to all objects”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕; 「他於如是三處,請問世尊」—“others ask the World-Honored One about these three points”〔T30n1579 0825c11〕—一切 (all) (the sūtra has 「一切」—“the all,” the treatise 「一切境」—“all objects”)
320 (Analysing the all)「覺了有及非有如實事故」—“because it awakens fully to existence and non-existence, the matter as it really is”〔T30n1579 0825c09〕—有 (exist) (the sūtra has 「一切有」—“all that exists,” the treatise 「有及非有」—“existence and non-existence”)
321 (Analysing the all)「覺了染淨二品一切法故」—“because it awakens fully to all dharmas of the two classes, defiled and pure”〔T30n1579 0825c10〕—一切法 (all dharmas)
322 (The marks of knowledge)「為諸弟子分別開示,令於彼相決定悟入」—“for the disciples he analyses and discloses them, so that they enter with certainty into understanding of those marks”〔T30n1579 0825c13〕—分別 (analyse) (the sūtra has 「廣分別」—“analyse at length,” the treatise 「分別開示」—“analyses and discloses”)
323No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
324No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
325No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
326No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
327No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
328No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
329No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
330No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
331 (Abandoning the training)「安立顧戀境界」—“establishing the objects of longing attachment”〔T30n1579 0825c18〕—顧 (look back) (the sūtra has 「顧念」—“longing,” the treatise 「顧戀」—“longing attachment”)
332 (Abandoning the training)「心株覆事」—“the stumps of the mind, and the matters of covering”〔T30n1579 0825c19〕; 「內懷隱匿所造眾惡,故生其覆」—“inwardly harbouring and concealing the many evils one has done, one gives rise to covering”〔T30n1579 0825c24〕—心·覆 (mind · cover) (the sūtra has 「覆藏」—“covers over,” the treatise 「覆事」—“the matters of covering”)
333No direct mātṛkā gloss for this discourse in the treatise——
334 (Action)「謂彼六處以業為因,業愛為因,愛復用彼無明為因,無明復用不如正理作意為因,不正作意復用無明觸為其因」—“namely, those six bases have action as cause; action has craving as cause; craving in turn has that ignorance as cause; ignorance in turn has attention not in accord with principle as cause; wrong attention in turn has contact with ignorance as its cause”〔T30n1579 0826a04〕—業·愛·無明·因 (action · craving · ignorance · cause) (the sūtra has 「眼」—“eye,” the treatise 「六處」—“six bases”; the sūtra 「不正思惟」—“wrong reflection,” the treatise 「不如正理作意」—“attention not in accord with principle”); the passage of the treatise on 「等」—“the equal”〔T30n1579 0826a11〕 shares the words 「業」—“action” and 「愛」—“craving”; this is recorded
335 (Emptiness)「唯有因果,都無受者及與作者」—“there is only cause and result; there is no experiencer at all, nor any agent”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕; 「當知是名勝義諦空」—“know that this is called emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth”〔T30n1579 0826b09〕; 「諸行生時無所從來,本無今有」—“when formations arise they come from nowhere; formerly absent, now they exist”〔T30n1579 0826b16〕; 「此有故彼有,此生故彼生」—“because this exists, that exists; because this is born, that is born”〔T30n1579 0826c04〕; 「依世俗諦,假立作用」—“based on conventional truth, functions are provisionally established”〔T30n1579 0826c05〕—空·作者·此有故彼有·生 (emptiness · agent · because this exists, that exists · arise, be born) (the sūtra has 「第一義空」—“emptiness in the ultimate sense,” the treatise 「勝義諦空」—“emptiness in the sense of the ultimate truth”; the sūtra 「俗數法」—“conventional reckoning,” the treatise 「世俗諦」—“conventional truth”)
336 (Coursing along)「由五種相,於能順喜所緣境界隨順而行」—“By five aspects, one courses along in accord with objects that are conducive to joy”〔T30n1579 0826c07〕—喜·行 (joy · course)
337 (Coursing along)「順憂、順捨所緣境界」—“objects that are conducive to sorrow and conducive to equanimity”〔T30n1579 0826c10〕; 「深心厭惡,發生瞋恚」—“with deep loathing in the mind, hatred arises”〔T30n1579 0826c12〕—憂·行 (sorrow · course)
338 (Coursing along)「順憂、順捨所緣境界」—“objects that are conducive to sorrow and conducive to equanimity”〔T30n1579 0826c10〕; 「深心愚昧,發生愚癡」—“with deep dullness in the mind, delusion arises”〔T30n1579 0826c13〕—捨·行 (equanimity · course)
339 (Constant abiding)「是故恒住無雜染住」—“therefore he constantly abides in an abiding free of defilement”〔T30n1579 0826c17〕; 「彼隨行品若喜、若憂、若欣、若慼,諸阿羅漢皆無所有」—“of that class of coursing along—whether joy, sorrow, gladness, or grief—the arhats have none at all”〔T30n1579 0826c18〕—住 (abide) (the sūtra has 「常行」—“constant abidings,” the treatise 「恒住」—“constant abiding”)
340 (Constant abiding)「能成就者極難得故」—“because one who can accomplish it is extremely rare”〔T30n1579 0826c20〕—成就·難得 (accomplish · rare)
341 (Constant abiding)「能成就者極難得故,說名第一真實福田」—“because one who can accomplish it is extremely rare, he is called the foremost true field of merit”〔T30n1579 0826c20〕—成就·難得·福田 (accomplish · rare · field of merit) (the sūtra has 「無上福田」—“the unsurpassed field of merit,” the treatise 「第一真實福田」—“the foremost true field of merit”)
342 (Constant abiding)Same as above; the passage on 「師弟二圓滿」—“the two perfections of teacher and disciples,” 「於善說法毘奈耶中,應知大師及弟子眾各由二相,其德圓滿」—“in the well-taught Dharma and Vinaya, know that the great teacher and the assembly of disciples are each perfect in virtue by two aspects”〔T30n1579 0826c23〕, does not attain shared words with 「舍利弗等」—“one like Śāriputra”; this is recorded—成就·難得·福田 (accomplish · rare · field of merit)

② Saṃyutta coordinates (discourse by discourse · only the original Taishō notes recorded):

DiscourseTaishō note (verbatim)Anchor
304「M. 148. Chachakka.」0086c23
305「M. 149. Saḷāyatana.」0087a27
306No Taishō note—
307No Taishō note—
308「S. 35. 136. Agayha.」0088b15
309「S. 35. 63. Migajāla.(鹿紐)」0088c18
310「S. 35. 64. Migajāla.」0089a12
311「S. 35. 88. Puṇṇa, M. 145. Puṇṇa vāda. [No. 108 滿願子]」0089b01
312「S. 35. 95. Saṃgayha.」0089c24
313No Taishō note—
314No Taishō note—
315No Taishō note—
316No Taishō note—
317No Taishō note—
318No Taishō note—
319No Taishō note—
320No Taishō note—
321No Taishō note—
322No Taishō note—
323No Taishō note—
324No Taishō note—
325No Taishō note—
326No Taishō note—
327No Taishō note—
328No Taishō note—
329No Taishō note—
330No Taishō note—
331No Taishō note—
332No Taishō note—
333「S. 35. 7-12. Anicca &c; S. 35. 173-186. Atīta, &c.」0092b14
334No Taishō note—
335No Taishō note—
336No Taishō note—
337No Taishō note—
338No Taishō note—
339No Taishō note—
340No Taishō note—
341No Taishō note—
342No Taishō note—

There are eight Taishō notes: six marked 「S.」 (Discourses 308, 309, 310, 311, 312, and 333, all 「S. 35.」) and two not marked 「S.」 (Discourses 304 and 305 read 「M.」); the note for Discourse 311 also records 「M. 145. Puṇṇa vāda.」 and the bracketed 「[No. 108 滿願子]」—“[No. 108, Manyuanzi]”. Of the thirty-nine discourses, eight have coordinates, and the remaining thirty-one have none. The bracketed item 「[No. 108 滿願子]」—“[No. 108, Manyuanzi]” of Discourse 311 is recorded as it stands in the Taishō note; it is not the Alternate Translation (second topic). There is one place where the form recorded by the current collated text differs from the original Taishō note: for Discourse 311, 「Puṇṇa vāda. [No. 108 滿願子]」 the current text reads 「Puṇṇa vāda.,[No. 108 滿願子]」—“Puṇṇa vāda., [No. 108, Manyuanzi]” with a full-width comma; the table follows the original Taishō note. The Taishō notes are recorded as they stand, and nothing else is proposed.

The Taishō notes also give notes of corresponding sounds for names within the discourses; they are recorded verbatim for reference: 「富樓那 Puṇṇa.」 (0089b02); 「西方輸盧那 Sunāparantaka.」 (0089b19); 「摩=磨【三】*Mālukya.」 (0089c25). The 「(鹿紐)」—“(Luniu)” attached to the coordinate of Discourse 309 is already given in the table above.

③ Variants of the alternate translation: no corresponding discourse is found in the alternate translation (see the second topic).

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0